Ecommerce shipping automation

ParcelPilot

Predict. Print. Ship.

ParcelPilot is a shipping automation engine for independent ecommerce merchants and micro-3PLs, unifying Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay with carriers. It predicts box size and weight from SKU history, auto-selects the best-rate label, batch prints pick sheets and labels, and syncs tracking—cutting processing time 40%, postage 12–18%, and errors 35%.

Subscribe to get amazing product ideas like this one delivered daily to your inbox!

ParcelPilot

Product Details

Explore this AI-generated product idea in detail. Each aspect has been thoughtfully created to inspire your next venture.

Vision & Mission

Vision
Empower small merchants worldwide to deliver faster, greener, error-free orders, reclaiming time and profit to grow their businesses.
Long Term Goal
By 2029, save 10 million hours, cut postage costs by $150M, and reduce fulfillment errors 35% for 50,000 small merchants, turning shipping into a competitive edge.
Impact
For independent ecommerce merchants and micro‑3PLs, ParcelPilot shortens order processing by 40%, cuts postage 12–18%, and reduces fulfillment errors 35% via Autopack predictions. Automatic tracking sync lowers customer inquiries 25%, ending tab‑hopping across Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay to ship faster and cheaper.

Problem & Solution

Problem Statement
Independent ecommerce merchants and micro‑3PLs juggle Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay orders across multiple carriers, wasting hours tab‑hopping to compare rates, create labels, and paste tracking. Current shipping apps are bloated, pricey, and inflexible, forcing error‑prone spreadsheets and manual workarounds.
Solution Overview
ParcelPilot unifies Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay with carriers to auto-create the best-rate label and sync tracking, ending tab-hopping and paste errors. Autopack predicts box size and weight from SKU history, while a one-click batch prints pick sheets and labels so orders ship faster, cheaper.

Details & Audience

Description
ParcelPilot is a shipping automation tool that auto-creates labels, shops carrier rates, and syncs tracking across Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay. Built for independent ecommerce owners and small 3PLs who want faster, error-free fulfillment. It eliminates tab-hopping and data re-entry, cutting order processing time by 40% and postage by 12–18%. Its Autopack engine predicts box size and weight from SKU history, printing a ready-to-ship pick sheet and label.
Target Audience
Independent ecommerce merchants and micro-3PL operators (22-45) juggling multi-store shipping, seeking faster, error-free fulfillment, automation-obsessed.
Inspiration
On a late-night livestream, a craft soap seller packed orders with five tabs open, a wobbling kitchen scale, and curling sticky notes, muttering USPS or UPS. She pasted the wrong tracking into Etsy and her shoulders dropped. It wasn’t shipping; it was orchestration. That moment shaped ParcelPilot: learn from SKU history, predict box and weight, choose the best rate, print pick sheets and labels, sync tracking automatically.

User Personas

Detailed profiles of the target users who would benefit most from this product.

E

Eco-Pack Erin

- Age 30–40; Packaging and Sustainability Lead at DTC apparel brand. - Ships 200–1,200 parcels daily from one regional warehouse. - Bachelor’s in supply chain; ISTA packaging coursework completed. - Based in US Midwest; team of 3 plus seasonal temps. - Annual packaging budget 80k–250k; targets 10% material reduction.

Background

Started as a line packer frustrated by oversized boxes and return damage. Led a packaging revamp that cut DIM fees, then was promoted to oversee materials and SOPs. Now tasked with reducing carbon without slowing fulfillment.

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

1. Accurate box prediction to reduce DIM surcharges. 2. Packaging usage analytics by SKU and channel. 3. Simple A/B tests of carton rules.

Pain Points

1. Carriers charging unexpected DIM weight adjustments. 2. Overboxed orders driving material waste and costs. 3. Inconsistent packouts causing damage and returns.

Psychographics

- Hates waste; reveres elegant, minimal packaging. - Measures everything, trusts data over hunches. - Balances sustainability goals with ship-speed. - Champions small, repeatable process improvements.

Channels

1. LinkedIn Operations groups 2. YouTube packaging tutorials 3. Reddit r/ecommerce threads 4. Slack Operators Guild 5. Email GreenBiz newsletter

C

Customs-Savvy Kai

- Age 28–45; Cross-Border Ops Lead at lifestyle brand. - 25–60% orders international; ships from US and UK. - Certified in export compliance; fluent with HS classification. - Team of 2; heavy Q4 peaks. - Average 400–900 daily orders; frequent Canada, EU, AUS lanes.

Background

Started in customer support resolving customs holds and lost packages. Built spreadsheets to map HS codes, then pushed automation across systems. Now responsible for compliance, landed cost accuracy, and delivery reliability abroad.

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

1. Automatic HS codes and product descriptions by SKU. 2. Accurate duties, taxes, and DDP labeling. 3. One-click forms: CN22, commercial invoices, EORI.

Pain Points

1. Shipments held for vague or missing descriptions. 2. Returns from surprise duties billed to recipients. 3. Repeated data entry across marketplaces.

Psychographics

- Compliance-first, risk-averse, documentation meticulous mindset. - Loves clear rules, despises ambiguous exceptions. - Motivated by on-time, duty-paid delivery. - Prefers tools with transparent audit trails.

Channels

1. LinkedIn Global trade groups 2. YouTube cross-border guides 3. Reddit r/InternationalBiz threads 4. Slack Global Ecommerce Leaders 5. X customs updates

F

Flash-Sale Farah

- Age 26–38; Operations Planner at beauty or streetwear brand. - Team 5–12 pick-pack; outsources overflow to micro-3PL. - 80% demand in bursts after launches and live streams. - Ships 500–5,000 orders per drop from one site. - Uses Shopify plus TikTok Shop; tight SLA windows.

Background

Cut her teeth running campus merch drops with chaotic garages. Learned the hard cost of mislabels and stockouts, then formalized wave picking and pre-kitting. Now owns launch-day readiness across systems and floor.

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

1. Pre-scheduled batch printing at launch time. 2. Error-proof scan-to-print under peak load. 3. Real-time order throttling by station.

Pain Points

1. Printer bottlenecks cascading into SLA misses. 2. Mislabels during frantic pick-pack spikes. 3. Staff confusion from last-minute rule changes.

Psychographics

- Thrives in high-pressure, time-boxed launches. - Plans relentlessly; rehearses failure scenarios. - Values speed with zero-error tolerance. - Seeks dashboards that calm chaos.

Channels

1. TikTok Shop seller tools 2. YouTube warehouse workflow demos 3. LinkedIn DTC ops posts 4. Slack eComOps communities 5. Email launch playbook templates

S

Subscription-Ship Sandeep

- Age 27–44; Subscription Operations Coordinator at CPG box service. - 60–90% orders recurring; monthly and quarterly cohorts. - One warehouse; seasonal temp labor for kitting. - Ships 1,000–15,000 boxes per cycle. - Uses Skio or ReCharge with Shopify; churn-sensitive margins.

Background

Managed a maker’s subscription from spreadsheets and postal lines. After expensive misweights and returns, pushed for automation and barcode discipline. Now measured on on-time-in-full and postage per box.

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

1. Cohort-based batch creation and printing. 2. Pre-shipment address verification and auto-corrections. 3. Accurate weight prediction for kitted variants.

Pain Points

1. Return-to-sender from stale addresses. 2. Postage spikes from weight creep. 3. Label batching errors across cohorts.

Psychographics

- Obsessed with predictable, repeatable cycles. - Minimizes surprises; loves pre-flight validations. - Data over drama; dashboards before decisions. - Customer-first when reships are justified.

Channels

1. LinkedIn Subscription eCommerce groups 2. YouTube ReCharge tutorials 3. Reddit r/subscriptionbox discussions 4. Slack DTC ops channels 5. Email retention newsletters

C

Cost-Controller Cam

- Age 32–50; Controller or FP&A at 8–40 person brand or 3PL. - Owns shipping GLs, allocations, and monthly close timelines. - Processes 2–6 carrier invoices; audit refunds quarterly. - Mix of Shopify, Etsy, and wholesale accounts. - CPA or CMA preferred; heavy in Excel and BI.

Background

Started in public accounting, then moved in-house after messy freight accruals wrecked margins. Built cost models and learned carriers’ surcharge fine print. Now tasked with shaving 2–4% from postage without hurting SLA.

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

1. Auditable rate-shopping outcomes by order. 2. Cost tags by channel, client, SKU. 3. Automated credit capture for late deliveries.

Pain Points

1. Opaque surcharges mangling monthly close. 2. Spreadsheets breaking with data mismatches. 3. Carrier refunds missed without alerts.

Psychographics

- Numbers-first, demands line-item transparency always. - Skeptical until savings are audited. - Automation lover, spreadsheet power user. - Values repeatability over heroics always.

Channels

1. LinkedIn Finance ops threads 2. YouTube data exports how-tos 3. Slack Accounting leaders channels 4. Reddit r/Accounting discussions 5. Email FP&A newsletters

D

Delivery-Promise Priya

- Age 29–42; CX and Growth Manager at fast-moving DTC brand. - Owns PDP delivery messaging and post-purchase communication. - 300–2,000 daily orders; peaks around promos. - Tools: Shopify, Klaviyo, Gorgias, analytics suite. - Based in US coasts; collaborates tightly with ops.

Background

Came from performance marketing, burned by cart drops over vague ETAs. Partnered with ops to match lanes to promises and automate updates. Now measured on conversion, WISMO, and CSAT.

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

1. Lane-level on-time performance reports. 2. Rules mapping delivery promises to carriers. 3. Clean tracking sync to messaging tools.

Pain Points

1. WISMO spikes after delays and blackouts. 2. Overpromised ETAs eroding conversion trust. 3. Disjointed updates across channels.

Psychographics

- Customer-obsessed, promise only what’s deliverable. - Data-informed; tracks carrier on-time by lane. - Proactive communicator; hates avoidable tickets. - Experiments, but documents wins fast.

Channels

1. LinkedIn DTC growth posts 2. YouTube CX playbooks 3. Slack Retention science groups 4. Reddit r/ecommerceCX threads 5. Email Klaviyo newsletters

Product Features

Key capabilities that make this product valuable to its target users.

Scenario Sandbox

Build multiple what‑if rule sets and apply them to chosen slices of historical orders (by channel, client, SKU, date range, promo window). Run in seconds to preview label choices, packaging picks, costs, and exceptions before go‑live. Save and share scenarios so Ops and Tech can align on the safest, highest‑impact configuration.

Requirements

Advanced Historical Slicing Filters
"As an operations analyst, I want to slice historical orders by channel, client, SKUs, and date/promo windows so that I can test rules on the exact workload relevant to my business."
Description

Provide multi-dimensional, high-performance filters to select slices of historical orders by channel (Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, eBay), client/tenant, SKU/kit, date range, promo window, destination country/zone, service level, weight/size bands, order tags, fulfillment node, and custom attributes. Support include/exclude lists, multi-select, and saved filter presets. Display sample size, data freshness, and warnings for low sample sizes or incomplete attributes (e.g., missing dimensions). Enforce role-based access so users only see clients/channels they are permitted to analyze. Integrate with ParcelPilot’s normalized order history store and indexing to return filter results in seconds for up to hundreds of thousands of orders.

Acceptance Criteria
Multi-dimensional Include/Exclude Filtering Across Dimensions
Given a seeded historical order dataset with known counts across channel, client, SKU/kit, date range, promo window, destination country/zone, service level, weight/size bands, order tags, fulfillment node, and custom attributes When a user selects values in multiple dimensions with include lists and exclude lists and executes the filter Then results contain only orders that match any included values within each selected dimension (OR within a dimension) and match all selected dimensions concurrently (AND across dimensions) and do not match any excluded values (NOT takes precedence) And the total returned count equals the expected count for the seeded dataset And multi-select is supported for all listed dimensions, including custom attributes And filters can be cleared individually and as a whole, restoring the unfiltered baseline count
High-Performance Filtering at 500k-Order Scale
Given an indexed order history containing 500,000+ orders in the tenant And the query engine is warmed (no index rebuild in the prior 5 minutes) When a user applies a filter slice containing at least 3 dimensions and 5+ selected values total Then the server-side p95 latency to return total count and the first 100 preview rows is ≤ 3.0 seconds and p99 ≤ 5.0 seconds And subsequent pagination requests for additional preview pages have p95 latency ≤ 2.0 seconds And the system returns identical results across three repeated runs of the same filter within a 60-second window And no request times out under the documented timeout threshold
Role-Based Access Enforcement on Filters and Results
Given a user with permissions limited to clients A and B, channels Shopify and Etsy, and fulfillment nodes X and Y When the user opens filter pickers Then only permitted clients, channels, and nodes are listed and selectable And attempts to paste or query values outside permissions are blocked with a 403 error and a non-permissible value pill is flagged And executing a saved preset that references unauthorized values removes those values and informs the user, or blocks execution with a clear message per policy And results contain no orders from unauthorized clients/channels/nodes, validated by spot-checking 100 random results
Saved Filter Presets: Create, Apply, Rename, Delete
Given a user composes a multi-dimensional filter with include/exclude lists When the user saves it as a preset with a unique name Then the preset persists to the user’s tenant and is available after sign-out/sign-in When the user applies the preset on a new session Then the UI restores all selected dimensions, includes/excludes, and values in the same order and executes the filter automatically (if auto-run is enabled) or awaits user run (if disabled) When the user renames or deletes the preset Then the changes are reflected immediately, and deleted presets no longer appear in any list And saving a preset with a duplicate name prompts to overwrite or choose a new name and behaves accordingly
Sample Size, Data Freshness, and Data Quality Warnings
Given any executed filter slice When results are returned Then the UI displays the sample size equal to the total matched order count And shows data freshness as the index timestamp in the tenant’s time zone with an explicit “as of” label And if sample size < 100, a low-sample warning banner appears And if ≥ 0.5% or ≥ 100 of matched orders (whichever is greater) are missing required attributes (e.g., dimensions, weight), a data quality warning appears listing the attribute(s) and count of affected orders And warnings can be clicked to view a focused subset of impacted orders
Date Range and Promo Window Slicing with Timezone Consistency
Given a tenant time zone setting and historical orders spanning multiple months When the user selects an absolute date range (calendar start and end) or a relative range (e.g., last 30 days) Then the filter includes orders with created_at timestamps within the inclusive start and end in the tenant time zone, correctly handling DST transitions When the user filters by a promo window defined via order tags or custom attributes (start/end) Then only orders whose timestamps fall within the promo window are included And combining date range and promo window applies intersection logic (AND) unless the user explicitly selects multiple promo windows, which are ORed together
Normalized Attribute Filtering for SKU/Kit, Weight/Size Bands, Zones, Service Levels, and Tags
Given normalized order history where units and taxonomies are standardized (e.g., weight in grams, dimensions in centimeters, carrier service levels mapped to a common taxonomy, zones resolved by destination and ship-from) When a user filters by SKU and kit identifiers Then orders are matched by exact SKU and by kit parent identifiers as selected, with clear distinction between parent kits and component SKUs When a user filters by weight and size bands Then band boundaries are inclusive of lower bound and exclusive of upper bound, computed on normalized units When a user filters by destination country/zone and service level Then results reflect normalized zone and service mappings regardless of carrier-specific labels And filtering by order tags supports multi-select and include/exclude with OR-within, AND-across semantics
Rule Set Composer & Versioning
"As a shipping ops lead, I want to compose and version what-if shipping rules so that I can iterate safely and compare approaches without impacting live operations."
Description

Deliver a no-code rule builder with an advanced expression mode to define carrier selection, service constraints (SLA, delivery days, zones), packaging overrides, insurance/signature settings, rate shopping parameters (cheapest, fastest within budget, surcharge avoidance), margin and cost ceilings, cutoff/dispatch windows, and fallbacks. Provide deterministic rule ordering, conflict detection, validation/linting, and test-on-sample. Support cloning, versioning, diff/compare across versions, and labels (draft, candidate, approved). Integrate with existing carrier connectors, packaging predictor, and rate shop logic without altering production configs until applied.

Acceptance Criteria
Compose Rules in No-Code and Advanced Expression Modes
Given I have Merchant Admin access to the Rule Set Composer When I create a new rule set and define rules for: carrier selection, SLA <= 2 days, delivery days Mon-Fri, destination zones 2-5, packaging override "Box S", insurance value $100, adult signature required, rate strategy "Cheapest within $12", margin ceiling 15%, cost ceiling $10, cutoff 15:00 PST, and fallback carrier "Carrier B" Then the no-code builder allows me to configure each parameter without writing code and saves successfully And switching to Expression Mode shows an equivalent validated expression And switching back to No-Code preserves all entered values with no loss or mutation And both modes produce identical evaluation results for a 25-order sample
Deterministic Ordering, Conflict Detection, and Linting
Given a rule set with two rules that can match the same order and have different outcomes When I assign explicit numerical priorities 1 and 2 and validate Then the engine always selects the lowest numerical priority matching rule And a conflict warning is displayed when overlapping rules have different outcomes And unreachable rules are flagged with linting warnings And rules with validation errors cannot be saved or promoted
Test-on-Sample Preview Speed and Coverage
Given I select a historical slice of 2,000 orders by channel, date range, and SKU When I run Test on Sample Then the system returns preview label choices, packaging selections, costs, and exceptions within 10 seconds And no production configuration or live label generation is modified And the output shows per-rule match counts and total coverage percentage And I can filter preview results by exception type and rule ID
Clone, Version, Label, and Diff Rule Sets
Given an existing rule set version labeled Approved When I clone it and make edits Then a new version is created with label Draft, a unique version ID, and a timestamp And I can compare the new version to the source to see added, removed, and changed rules with field-level diffs And I can relabel the new version to Candidate and then Approved after all validations pass And only one version per rule set can be labeled Approved at a time
Safe Apply and Rollback Workflow
Given a rule set version labeled Approved When I apply it to production Then the change is applied atomically with no impact to in-flight label generation And I can roll back to the previous Approved version in one action And an audit trail records actor, timestamp, version IDs, and change reason And no configuration changes affect production until Apply is executed
Integration with Connectors, Packaging Predictor, and Rate Shop
Given a test order and an Approved rule set When I evaluate the order in preview and in production Then the system uses existing carrier connectors, packaging predictor, and rate shopping logic to produce outcomes And if any connector is unavailable, the evaluation fails closed and surfaces an exception with error code And outcomes include selected carrier/service, package, insurance/signature, and estimated cost consistent across preview and production And the composer does not alter connector or predictor configurations
High-Speed Simulation Engine
"As a product analyst, I want simulations to run quickly and deterministically so that I can iterate on scenarios and trust the comparisons."
Description

Implement a parallelized simulation service that applies a selected rule set to a chosen historical slice and returns results in seconds. Use consistent data snapshots for rates, surcharges, and packaging predictions to ensure deterministic runs and reproducible comparisons. Support batch sizes up to 100k orders, with graceful degradation and chunking for larger sets. Cache intermediate computations (e.g., dimensional weight, candidate services) and reuse baseline results to accelerate A/B runs. Surface runtime metrics, progress, and error handling with reason codes for unroutable orders. Results include chosen label/service, packaging, cost breakdown, and exception flags per order.

Acceptance Criteria
Deterministic Runs Using Data Snapshots
Given two simulations use the same order slice, rule set, and snapshot ID, When the engine executes both runs independently, Then per-order outputs (label/service, packaging, cost breakdown, exception flags) and aggregate metrics are byte-identical, And the run metadata records the snapshot ID and a content hash. Given carrier rates change after a snapshot is taken, When a run is executed with the prior snapshot ID, Then results match the pre-change baseline with 100% field equality. Given two runs use different snapshot IDs, When results are compared, Then differences are attributed to snapshot version in the run metadata diff report.
Performance SLA up to 100k Orders
Given a historical slice of 100,000 orders with typical data completeness, When the simulation executes from a cold cache, Then end-to-end P95 completion time is ≤ 45 seconds and P50 ≤ 25 seconds, And average throughput is ≥ 2,500 orders/second, And no run exceeds 60 seconds. Given a historical slice of 10,000 orders, When the simulation executes, Then P95 completion time is ≤ 5 seconds and P50 ≤ 3 seconds. Given the run completes, When metrics are emitted, Then wall-clock time, CPU time, throughput, and queue wait time are reported for the run and each chunk.
Chunking and Graceful Degradation Beyond 100k
Given an input slice larger than 100,000 orders and up to 1,000,000 orders, When the simulation executes, Then the engine automatically partitions work into chunks of ≤ 50,000 orders, preserving original order IDs, And memory usage remains below configured limits without OOM events. Given chunked execution, When progress is published, Then progress updates occur at least every 2 seconds or 5% completion (whichever is sooner), include percent complete and ETA, and partial results stream per chunk. Given a transient failure during chunk N, When retry policy applies, Then the run resumes from the last successful chunk without reprocessing completed chunks, And final status reflects success with zero duplication of results.
Caching for A/B and Intermediate Computations
Given a baseline run for slice S with snapshot ID X completes (cold cache), When a second run applies a different rule set B to the same slice S with snapshot X, Then the second run completes ≥ 3x faster than the baseline (end-to-end), And cache hit rate for reusable computations (dimensional weight, candidate service sets, packaging predictions, normalized addresses, static rate tables) is ≥ 80%. Given the snapshot ID changes, When a run executes, Then caches tied to snapshot X are not reused, and the cache hit rate for snapshot-sensitive entries is ≤ 5%. Given two runs share cached intermediates, When outputs are compared for shared computations, Then values are identical bit-for-bit and are marked as cache-sourced in metadata.
Results Completeness and Schema Validation
Given any simulation run, When per-order results are produced, Then each order record includes required fields: order_id, selected_carrier, selected_service, package_type, dimensions, dimensional_weight, billed_weight, base_rate, itemized_surcharges[{code,amount}], total_cost, currency, exception_flags[], and rule_set_id. Given the results payload, When validated against the published JSON Schema, Then 100% of records pass schema validation, units are consistent (weight in lb or kg as configured; currency in ISO 4217), and unknown fields are rejected. Given an order cannot be labeled, When results are produced, Then the order still appears with total_cost null, exception_flags populated, and a reason code (not a missing record).
Error Handling and Reason Codes for Unroutable Orders
Given an order is unroutable, When the engine evaluates it, Then a standardized reason code is returned from the controlled vocabulary {NO_RATE, NO_PACKAGE_FIT, ADDRESS_INVALID, DATA_MISSING, RULE_CONFLICT, SERVICE_BLOCKED, CARRIER_DOWN}, along with a human-readable message and remediation hint. Given a batch contains unroutable orders, When the run completes, Then an aggregate report includes counts by reason code and affected order IDs, and 99%+ of unroutable orders have a non-generic reason code (OTHER ≤ 1%). Given systemic failures (e.g., datastore outage), When the job fails, Then a terminal run status is set with an error category and no partial records are lost; otherwise, per-order errors do not fail the entire job (HTTP 200 with per-order statuses).
Runtime Metrics and Progress Observability
Given any simulation run, When metrics are emitted, Then they include: start/end timestamps, wall time, CPU time, max concurrency, throughput (orders/s), cache hit rates by category, chunk timings, memory high-water mark, and error counts, all tagged by run_id, scenario_id, and snapshot_id. Given a running job, When subscribers query progress via API or UI, Then percent complete, processed/total orders, current chunk, ETA, and recent exceptions are available with P90 update interval ≤ 2 seconds. Given metrics collection, When exported to monitoring, Then time-series are available for dashboards and alerts with 1-second resolution for throughput and latencies, and logs include per-chunk summaries with reason-code breakdowns.
Impact & Cost Diff Reporting
"As a finance partner, I want clear cost and impact comparisons against our current setup so that I can quantify savings and risks before approving changes."
Description

Provide comprehensive per-scenario and A/B diff reports versus a selected baseline (e.g., current production rules). Include total spend, average cost per order, service mix, SLA attainment proxy, average delivery distance/zone distribution, packaging consumption changes, dimensional weight deltas, surcharges by type, and exception counts. Offer breakdowns by channel, client, SKU, destination region, and time bucket. Visualize deltas with charts and highlight statistically insignificant changes. Enable CSV/PDF export and an API endpoint for external analysis. Persist report artifacts with links back to the exact inputs and data snapshot used.

Acceptance Criteria
Per-Scenario and A/B Diff Report Generation
Given a user selects one or more scenarios and a baseline (e.g., production rules) for a specified historical order slice, When the user runs Impact & Cost Diff Reporting, Then the system produces a per-scenario summary and A/B diff versus the baseline for the selected slice. Given report generation is initiated, When computing deltas, Then each metric includes absolute_change and percent_change with correct sign and consistent rounding (monetary: 2 decimals, percentages: 2 decimals). Given a baseline metric value of zero, When percent_change cannot be computed, Then the percent_change displays as N/A and no Infinity or NaN values appear in the output. Given the report completes, When results are presented, Then run metadata includes scenario_id(s), baseline_id, snapshot_id, snapshot_timestamp (UTC), order_count_in_scope, and applied filters. Given an order slice up to 100,000 orders and no external service outages, When generating the report, Then end-to-end latency is p90 ≤ 10s and p99 ≤ 30s measured from Run to data ready.
Required Metrics Completeness and Accuracy
Given a completed report, When inspecting the metrics set, Then it contains at minimum: total_spend, average_cost_per_order, service_mix (% by carrier/service), SLA_attainment_proxy, average_delivery_distance and zone_distribution, packaging_consumption_changes, dimensional_weight_deltas, surcharges_by_type, and exception_counts. Given the same input data and scenario rules, When totals are recomputed independently from underlying transactions, Then each reported monetary aggregate is within ±0.1% or ±$0.01 (whichever is greater) of the recomputation, and counts match exactly. Given service_mix percentages, When validating composition, Then the parts sum to 100% ± 0.1% due to rounding, and each component’s denominator matches the order_count_in_scope for that breakdown. Given dimensional_weight_deltas and packaging_consumption_changes, When verifying formulae, Then reported deltas equal scenario_value − baseline_value for each metric and SKU/package, within rounding rules. Given SLA_attainment_proxy, When computing against transit day estimates and service commitments, Then the proxy rate is reproducible from the provided data dictionary and equals the displayed value within ±0.1%.
Breakdowns, Filters, and Slicing
Given a user selects breakdowns by channel, client, SKU, destination region, and time bucket, When the report is generated, Then each requested breakdown is present with both baseline and scenario sections and associated deltas. Given filters for channel(s), client(s), SKU(s), date range, and promo window, When applied before generation, Then only orders matching all filters are included and the order_count_in_scope reflects the filtered set. Given multiple breakdowns are requested, When viewing totals, Then the overall totals equal the sum of the disjoint groups for that breakdown and remain consistent across breakdown types. Given time buckets of day, week, or month, When switching bucket granularity, Then counts and metric aggregations reflow correctly and the sum across buckets equals the overall value for the same filtered slice. Given a breakdown by SKU or client with no data in the slice, When generating, Then the report omits empty groups and displays a clear "no data" indicator for that dimension.
Delta Visualizations and Significance Highlighting
Given a generated report, When viewing visualizations, Then charts display baseline vs scenario values and deltas for required metrics with labeled axes, units, and tooltips showing absolute and percent change. Given proportions (e.g., service_mix) and means (e.g., average_cost_per_order, average_delivery_distance), When significance is computed, Then a two-proportion z-test (proportions) and two-sample t-test (means) are applied with default α = 0.05 using the report’s sample sizes. Given a metric’s delta is not statistically significant at α = 0.05, When displayed, Then the visualization and tabular row are visually de-emphasized (e.g., grey) and include a tooltip showing p_value and test_type. Given any group has sample_size < 30 per arm (baseline or scenario), When rendering significance, Then significance is not computed and the UI shows "insufficient sample" with no p_value. Given users export or refresh the view, When the same snapshot_id is used, Then the visualized numbers match the tabular values exactly for that snapshot.
CSV and PDF Export
Given a completed report, When the user exports CSV, Then the file downloads in UTF-8 with a header row and includes at minimum: dimension_keys, metric_name, baseline_value, scenario_value, absolute_delta, percent_delta, sample_size_baseline, sample_size_scenario, p_value, significance_flag, scenario_id, baseline_id, snapshot_id, snapshot_timestamp. Given applied filters and breakdown selections, When exporting CSV or PDF, Then the exports reflect exactly the on-screen slice and breakdowns for the same snapshot_id. Given a completed report with visualizations, When exporting PDF, Then all charts for the selected sections render without truncation and include legends and units, and the PDF is ≤ 50 MB. Given normal network conditions, When initiating an export for a report ≤ 100k orders, Then the CSV is ready within 10s and the PDF within 30s (p95). Given tenant access controls, When a user without permission attempts export, Then the system denies the action with a clear error and no artifact is produced.
Reporting API Endpoint for External Analysis
Given an authenticated client, When POSTing to /api/v1/reports/impact-diff with scenario_id(s), baseline_id, and slice filters, Then the API responds 202 Accepted with a report_id and status URL. Given a valid report_id, When GET /api/v1/reports/{report_id} is called, Then the API returns 200 with status (queued|running|complete|failed), snapshot_id, metadata, metrics payload (JSON), and signed URLs for CSV and PDF when complete. Given a completed report, When retrieving the JSON payload, Then it conforms to the published schema with types and units, and includes deltas, p_values (or null), and significance_flags per group. Given invalid input (e.g., unknown scenario_id), When requesting report generation, Then the API returns 400 with a structured error code and message; unauthorized requests return 401 and rate-limited requests return 429 with Retry-After. Given ETag and Last-Modified headers, When clients use conditional GET, Then unchanged artifacts return 304 and downloads are cacheable for 24 hours.
Report Artifact Persistence and Traceability
Given a report is generated, When persisting artifacts, Then CSV, PDF, and JSON are stored with an immutable snapshot_id and content_hash and retained for at least 90 days (or tenant policy if longer). Given a stored artifact, When accessed via its link, Then the content matches the original content_hash and numbers, regardless of later data or rule changes. Given a stored artifact, When viewing metadata, Then it includes scenario_id(s), scenario_version(s), baseline_id, baseline_version, data_extract_range, filters, generator_user_id, and created_at (UTC), with a link back to the Scenario Sandbox configuration used. Given tenant isolation, When a user from another tenant attempts to access an artifact, Then access is denied and no metadata is leaked. Given retention expiry, When the artifact is purged, Then subsequent access returns 404 and an audit log records the deletion event.
Exceptions Preview & Root-Cause Drilldown
"As a warehouse manager, I want to preview and understand exceptions so that I can correct data or rules before we deploy changes and avoid operational disruptions."
Description

Identify and categorize orders that fail rules or violate constraints (e.g., missing dimensions, overweight for service, no eligible carrier, address validation issues). Present per-order drilldown with rule evaluation trace, rate responses, and packaging rationale. Offer remediation guidance such as adding data, adjusting thresholds, or adding fallbacks. Support bulk tagging, export of exception lists, and quick links to refine the rule set and rerun. Provide standardized reason codes to align Ops and Tech on fixes before go-live.

Acceptance Criteria
Exception Identification & Categorization on Scenario Run
Given a saved Scenario Sandbox rule set and a historical order slice of up to 10,000 orders When the user runs the scenario Then processing completes within 30 seconds and an Exceptions view is displayed And each exceptioned order is assigned one or more standardized reason codes, with a single primary code selected by priority rules And category-level counts and percentages are shown and totals reconcile to the number of exceptioned orders And each exception lists the triggering constraint(s) and referenced data fields
Per-Order Drilldown with Rule Trace, Rates, and Packaging Rationale
Given an exceptioned order in a scenario run When the user opens the Drilldown Then the rule evaluation trace is shown in execution order with pass/fail and evaluated variable values for each condition And raw carrier rate responses (service, cost, delivery estimate, constraint flags) are displayed alongside the selected service and top 3 alternatives with reasons And packaging choice is explained with dimensional fit check, weight calculations, and data source for SKU dimensions And sensitive credentials are redacted and all displayed payloads are copyable
Remediation Guidance and Quick Fix Links
Given an exception with one or more reason codes When the Drilldown is open Then tailored remediation guidance is shown per reason code (e.g., add missing data fields, adjust thresholds, add fallback services) And quick links open the Rule Set editor pre-filtered to impacted rules and highlight relevant constraints And links to edit the order, SKU, or client settings are available when missing data is detected And the user can queue a re-run of the scenario on the same slice via a single action
One-Click Rerun and Before/After Exception Diff
Given a completed scenario run and subsequent rule or data changes When the user clicks Rerun Scenario on the same slice Then processing completes within 30 seconds for up to 10,000 orders And a before/after comparison shows exception counts by reason code, net change, resolved vs new exceptions, and impacted orders And the diff view and underlying lists are exportable to CSV
Bulk Tagging and Export of Exception Lists
Given a filtered Exceptions view When the user multi-selects exceptioned orders Then the user can apply one or more tags with audit logging of tag, actor, and timestamp And the user can export the visible exception list to CSV and XLSX with columns: order ID, channel, client, SKUs, scenario ID, primary reason code, secondary codes, suggested remediation, tags And exports of up to 20,000 rows complete within 10 seconds
Standardized Reason Code Catalog and Deterministic Mapping
Given a maintained reason code catalog When exceptions are generated Then each exception maps deterministically to code(s) using documented priority rules And each code includes ID, label, severity, category, and remediation template and the catalog can be exported And catalog edits require Admin role, are versioned, and each scenario run records the catalog version used
Permissions and Audit Trail for Exception Analysis
Given role-based access control is configured When a non-admin user opens Drilldown Then sensitive rate payloads are redacted while decision summaries remain visible And only Ops or Tech roles can trigger reruns and only Tech can edit rules; unauthorized attempts are blocked and logged And all bulk tagging, exports, reruns, and rule edits initiated from exception views are captured in an immutable audit log with actor, timestamp, scenario ID, and change summary
Scenario Save, Share, and Approval Workflow
"As a head of operations, I want to save and share scenarios with stakeholders and formalize approvals so that we align on safe, high-impact configurations."
Description

Allow users to save scenarios with metadata (owner, description, tags, data slice, rule set version, data snapshot timestamp). Enable role-based sharing with view/comment/edit permissions for Ops, Tech, and Finance. Provide comment threads, change history, and the ability to lock scenarios for review. Gate approval with validation checks (no critical errors, minimum sample size met, baseline selected) and mark scenarios as Approved for Go-Live. Expose scenario CRUD and retrieval via API for CI/CD and external dashboards.

Acceptance Criteria
Save Scenario with Metadata and Data Snapshot
Given I am an authenticated user with permission to create scenarios When I save a new scenario providing name, owner, description, tags, data slice (channel, client, SKU, date range, promo window), and rule set version, and I execute a run to capture the data snapshot Then the system persists the scenario with a data_snapshot_timestamp equal to the run completion time And the scenario is assigned a unique scenario_id and version number 1 And required fields (name, owner, rule_set_version, data slice) are validated and descriptive errors are returned if missing or invalid And the scenario is private by default (no shares set)
Role-Based Sharing: View, Comment, Edit Permissions
Given I am the scenario owner or have Edit permission on the scenario When I set sharing so that Ops=View, Tech=Edit, and Finance=Comment and save the changes Then a user in the Ops role can open and view the scenario but cannot modify metadata, rules, or sharing (attempts return 403) And a user in the Tech role can modify editable fields and save changes successfully And a user in the Finance role can post comments but cannot modify scenario metadata, rules, or sharing And users without an assigned permission cannot access the scenario (404 or 403) And the current sharing matrix is visible in scenario metadata
Comment Threads on Scenarios
Given a scenario exists and I have Comment or Edit permission When I post a comment and another user replies to it with a threaded response and an @mention Then both entries are displayed in a threaded view with author, timestamp, and persistent IDs And users with View permission can read all comments; users with Comment or Edit permission can add comments and replies And comments remain available when the scenario is locked; only posting is restricted by permission, not lock state
Change History (Audit Trail) for Scenario Updates
Given a scenario exists When any of the following fields change and are saved: description, tags, data slice, rule set version, sharing permissions, lock state Then a history entry is recorded with actor, timestamp, field(s) changed, and before/after values And the history is immutable and viewable in chronological order And users can filter the history by field and date and export it to CSV
Lock Scenario for Review
Given a scenario is currently unlocked and I am the owner or a workspace admin When I apply a lock with an optional reason Then the scenario enters a locked state where metadata, rules, and sharing cannot be changed; viewing and commenting remain allowed And a lock banner shows the locker, timestamp, and reason And only the locker or a workspace admin can unlock the scenario And any attempted edit while locked is blocked with a clear message indicating the lock
Approval Gating and Go-Live Marking
Given the latest scenario run has zero critical errors, the sample size meets or exceeds the configured minimum threshold, and a baseline scenario has been selected When a user with Approve permission initiates approval Then validations are executed and, if all pass, the scenario status is set to Approved for Go-Live with approver, timestamp, baseline reference, and validation summary recorded And if any validation fails, approval is blocked and specific failure reasons are shown (which check failed and current values) And while Approved, the scenario is read-only except for comments; edits require revocation of approval by a user with Approve permission
Scenario API: CRUD and Retrieval for CI/CD and Dashboards
Given a service or user holds a valid API token with scenario scope When it calls the Scenario API endpoints for Create (POST), Read (GET by id), Update (PATCH), Delete (DELETE), and List (GET with filters for owner, tag, status, date range) Then responses enforce permissions consistent with UI sharing (401 for unauthenticated, 403 for unauthorized) And the GET response includes all scenario metadata fields including owner, description, tags, data slice, rule set version, data_snapshot_timestamp, sharing, lock state, and approval status And List responses support pagination (page, per_page) and sorting by created_at and updated_at
Staging Apply, Shadow Mode, and Rollback
"As a technical operations engineer, I want to deploy scenarios to staging or shadow mode and roll back instantly so that we can validate changes safely before full release."
Description

Enable one-click apply of an approved scenario to a staging environment and a shadow mode in production that computes label choices without printing, logging divergences from live decisions. Support targeted rollouts by channel/client and time window scheduling. Provide instant rollback to prior configurations with full audit trail of who applied what and when. Surface rollout health metrics (exception rate, cost deltas, SLA proxy) to confirm readiness for full go-live.

Acceptance Criteria
One-Click Apply of Approved Scenario to Staging
Given a scenario marked Approved and a user with Deploy permission When the user clicks Apply to Staging Then the scenario rules are deployed to the staging environment within 30 seconds And the staging configuration version equals the scenario version identifier And a success notification and audit entry (who, what, when, scenario id, checksum) are created And attempting to apply a Non-Approved scenario is blocked with a clear error message
Production Shadow Mode Without Side Effects
Given shadow mode is enabled for Scenario X and target segment Y When live orders from segment Y are processed during the shadow window Then the engine computes packaging and label choices using Scenario X without purchasing or printing labels and without modifying live fulfillment state And for each order, the system logs divergence vs live choices at decision, cost, and exception fields And carrier API calls for purchase/print are never invoked (zero requests logged) And disabling shadow mode stops divergence logging within 10 seconds
Targeted Rollout by Channel and Client
Given a rollout scope selecting Channel=Shopify and Client=Acme When the rollout is active Then only orders matching Channel=Shopify and Client=Acme are affected by the new configuration And orders not matching the scope are unaffected and continue using the current live configuration And the active scope is displayed in the rollout panel and recorded in the audit entry
Scheduled Rollout Windows
Given a rollout is scheduled with Start=2025-09-01 08:00 and End=2025-09-07 20:00 in warehouse time zone When the current time enters the window Then the rollout activates automatically within 60 seconds And when the current time passes the end Then the rollout deactivates automatically within 60 seconds And a manual Pause immediately suspends the rollout and is captured in the audit trail
Instant Rollback with Versioned Audit Trail
Given an active rollout has modified configuration from Baseline V12 to Scenario V13 When the user clicks Rollback Then the system restores Baseline V12 as the active configuration within 15 seconds And no new orders after rollback use Scenario V13 And an audit entry records rollback initiator, timestamp, from/to versions, scope, and optional reason And the previous rollout remains available for re-apply without reconfiguration
Rollout Health Metrics Readiness Indicators
Given a shadow or scoped rollout is active When viewing the Rollout Health dashboard Then Exception Rate, Cost Delta (per order and aggregate), and SLA Proxy metrics are displayed with baseline comparisons And metrics update at least every 60 seconds with data latency under 2 minutes And configurable thresholds per metric compute a Ready/Not Ready indicator And crossing a threshold triggers an in-app alert and is logged
Divergence Report Accuracy and Export
Given shadow mode has processed at least 500 orders When the user opens the Divergence Report Then per-order and aggregate divergences in packaging choice, service level, carrier, label cost, and exception flags are shown And calculations match recomputed results within 0.1% tolerance And the report can be exported as CSV and JSON within 30 seconds, preserving order ids, timestamps, and scenario version

Delta Explorer

Drill into postage deltas and throughput effects from each proposed rule change. Compare savings and increases by carrier, service, zone, SKU, and client to pinpoint where rules win or leak money. Export side‑by‑side outcomes to justify decisions to finance and brand clients.

Requirements

Scenario Sandbox & Rule Diff Engine
"As a shipping operations analyst, I want to create and test proposed rule changes in a sandbox so that I can see their impact without risking live fulfillment."
Description

Provide a safe sandbox to compose, version, and validate proposed shipping rules (e.g., carrier/service overrides, packaging/cartonization tweaks, surcharge caps, client-specific exceptions) and compute diffs against live rules without affecting production. Include rule syntax validation, scope targeting (date range, channels, clients, SKUs, warehouses), and baseline snapshotting. Backend applies proposed rules to historical shipments to generate simulated label decisions and costs using current carrier rate tables, negotiated discounts, dimensional weight, surcharges, and fuel indices. Persist scenario metadata (owner, notes, timestamps) and ensure isolation, auditability, and repeatability of simulations.

Acceptance Criteria
Create & Isolate Sandbox Scenario
Given a user with edit permission, When they create a new scenario with name, owner, and notes, Then the system assigns a unique ID and persists name, owner, notes, created_at, and updated_at Given a scenario exists, When the user runs a simulation, Then no records in production rules, labels, or shipments are created, updated, or deleted Given the scenario is saved, When viewed in the scenario list, Then its status is Draft and its environment is Sandbox
Validate Rule Syntax & Lint Feedback
Given a ruleset containing a syntax error, When validation runs, Then the response returns an error code, message, and line:column for each error and the ruleset is rejected Given a valid ruleset up to 500 rules, When validation runs, Then validation succeeds and returns a compiled hash and warnings list in under 2 seconds Given rules reference an unknown carrier or service, When validation runs, Then unknown references are flagged with specific codes and suggested matches
Apply Scope Targeting Filters
Given date range, channels, clients, SKUs, and warehouses are selected, When preview count is requested, Then only shipments matching all non-empty filters are counted Given inclusive date boundaries, When the range is 2025-07-01 to 2025-07-31, Then shipments on 2025-07-01 and 2025-07-31 are included Given no filters are set, When preview count is requested, Then all shipments in the tenant history are in scope
Baseline Snapshot Capture & Reuse
Given a new scenario is created, When baseline snapshot is taken, Then versions and hashes of live rules, carrier rate tables, surcharges, and fuel indices with effective dates are stored under a snapshot_id Given a stored snapshot, When the same scenario is re-run with identical inputs, Then per-shipment simulated outcomes are identical to the prior run Given the user opts to refresh rates, When a new snapshot is taken, Then snapshot_id changes and prior results remain accessible and immutable
Accurate Cost Simulation With Current Rates
Given historical shipments in scope and a snapshot, When simulation runs, Then each result includes carrier, service, packaging, billable weight, base rate, surcharges, fuel, negotiated discounts, taxes, and total cost rounded to 2 decimals Given a control shipment unaffected by proposed rules, When simulated, Then the simulated decision equals the live decision and cost delta equals 0 Given shipments subject to dimensional weight, When simulated, Then billable weight equals max(actual_weight, DIM_weight) using snapshot dimensions and divisors Given 10,000 shipments in scope, When simulation runs, Then it completes within 5 minutes and at least 99.9% of shipments return results with failures logged
Diff Engine: Per‑Shipment and Aggregated Deltas
Given simulated results and live outcomes, When diff is generated, Then each shipment shows cost_delta, cost_pct_delta, decision change indicators, and rule hit trace Given aggregations by carrier, service, zone, SKU, and client are requested, When group totals are computed, Then each group total equals the sum of its shipments with rounding drift ≤ 0.01 per group Given proposed rules reproduce live behavior, When diff is generated, Then all per-shipment and aggregated deltas equal 0 and no changes are flagged
Versioning & Auditability of Proposed Rules
Given an existing scenario, When a user saves rule changes, Then a new immutable version is created with incremented version number and required changelog reason Given a scenario with multiple versions, When a simulation is run, Then the selected version and its snapshot are used and the run is recorded with user, timestamp, version, snapshot_id, and checksum Given audit logs are requested for a scenario, When filtered by scenario ID, Then all create, update, run, and delete events are returned with actor, timestamp, and before/after hashes
Cost Delta Computation & Baseline Selection
"As a cost analyst, I want accurate cost deltas against a controllable baseline so that I can quantify savings and increases attributable to each rule change."
Description

Compute per-shipment and aggregate postage deltas between a chosen baseline (current live rules, a locked snapshot, or a custom rule set) and one or more scenarios. Support currency normalization, rate effective dates, and zone maps across the selected time window. Output KPIs such as total spend delta, average cost per shipment, savings rate, and variance distributions; produce rollups by carrier, service, zone, SKU, client, channel, warehouse, and weight bracket with outlier identification. Optimize for scale with batching, caching, and parallelization to process 100k shipments in under 5 minutes and 1M in under 45 minutes; ensure deterministic reconciliation between shipment-level and aggregate totals.

Acceptance Criteria
Baseline Selection: Live, Snapshot, and Custom Rule Set
Given a dataset of shipments within a selected time window and available baselines (Live Rules, Locked Snapshot S, Custom Rule Set C) When the analyst selects Live Rules as the baseline and runs cost delta computation against one or more scenarios Then each shipment’s baseline cost equals the production rating output for the same inputs and ship date within 0.01 of the base currency and the baseline type is recorded in the run metadata Given the same dataset When the analyst selects Locked Snapshot S with frozen rate tables, zone maps, and rule logic Then baseline costs are computed using S’s immutable artifacts regardless of subsequent configuration changes and the snapshot id is recorded in the run metadata Given the same dataset When the analyst selects Custom Rule Set C (versioned) Then the system validates rule coverage (carriers/services/zones configured ≥ 99.9% of shipments by count) before execution and refuses to run with a validation report if coverage is insufficient And all baseline costs use C’s versioned artifacts and the rule set version id is recorded in the run metadata
Shipment vs Aggregate Delta Reconciliation
Given per-shipment baseline and scenario costs in minor currency units (e.g., cents) When computing aggregate totals and deltas across any grouping or the full set Then the sum of shipment-level deltas equals the reported aggregate delta exactly (no rounding drift) And all aggregates are computed in minor units with rounding applied only at presentation Given the same inputs and parameters When the computation is rerun Then the outputs (shipment-level, rollups, KPIs) are bit-for-bit identical and presented in the same deterministic order
Multi-Currency Normalization by Ship Date FX
Given shipments rated in multiple currencies and a selected base currency with an FX rate source When computing deltas and KPIs over the time window Then all non-base currency amounts are converted using the FX rate effective at each shipment’s ship date (fallback to the most recent prior rate if missing) and the FX source and rate used per day are recorded And totals by native currency and the normalized base currency are both available for audit And if an FX rate is unavailable for any day and no prior rate exists, the affected shipments are flagged and excluded from KPIs with a count and explicit error code
Rate Effective Dates and Zone Map Versioning
Given carriers with multiple rate cards and zone map versions each with effective start and end timestamps When computing baseline and scenario costs across a window that spans changes Then for each shipment the applicable rate card and zone map version are selected where effectiveStart <= shipDate < effectiveEnd and costs match expected test fixtures at boundaries And if a shipment cannot be zoned due to missing map coverage, it is flagged with a non-rateable code and excluded from KPIs and rollups with counts reported
KPI Computation and Variance Distribution
Given computed per-shipment costs for baseline and one or more scenarios When generating KPIs Then for each scenario the system outputs total spend delta, average cost per shipment, savings rate percentage, variance distribution percentiles (P5, P50, P95), and standard deviation And KPI values match an independently computed reference within 0.01 base currency units and 0.01 percentage points And KPIs update within 2 seconds after applying any supported filter (date range, carrier, service, zone, SKU, client, channel, warehouse, weight bracket) on a 100k-shipment dataset
Rollups and Outlier Identification Across Dimensions
Given shipment-level deltas are computed When the user requests rollups by carrier, service, zone, SKU, client, channel, warehouse, and weight bracket Then each rollup returns counts, baseline total, scenario total(s), and delta(s) and the sum across buckets equals the overall total for that dimension And shipments map to exactly one bucket per dimension; weight brackets are applied from configuration and cover ≥ 99.9% of shipments by count And outliers are flagged per scenario using Tukey IQR (mild: 1.5x, extreme: 3x) on per-shipment delta and at least the top and bottom 1% by delta are flagged; outlier flags are filterable and countable
Performance at Scale and Caching
Given a reference environment documented by the team When processing 100k shipments against up to 3 scenarios with all rollups enabled Then end-to-end computation completes in under 5 minutes, with CPU and memory utilization not exceeding agreed SLO thresholds for the environment, and a run summary with timing is recorded Given a dataset of 1M shipments and the same configuration When processing begins Then end-to-end computation completes in under 45 minutes with successful completion status and timing recorded Given a repeat run with identical inputs and parameters within a 24-hour cache TTL When the computation is executed again Then cached artifacts are reused and results are returned in under 30 seconds for 100k shipments and under 5 minutes for 1M shipments
Multidimensional Pivot & Filters
"As a 3PL account manager, I want to pivot and filter scenario results across clients and services so that I can pinpoint where rules save money and where they leak."
Description

Deliver an interactive pivot and filtering interface to slice delta and throughput metrics by carrier, service, zone, SKU, client, channel, warehouse, package type, and date. Enable drill-down to shipment-level records with applied-rule rationale, sorting, grouping, top-N, and saved views. Ensure totals reconcile across dimensions, support unit preferences (currency, weight), and maintain responsive performance on large result sets with server-side aggregation and pagination. Provide quick toggles for leakage hotspots and profitability tiers to speed analysis.

Acceptance Criteria
Multi-Dimensional Pivot and Filters
Given a connected Delta Explorer dataset, When the user selects any combination of dimensions (carrier, service, zone, SKU, client, channel, warehouse, package type, date) to pivot rows/columns, Then the pivot renders aggregates (shipment count, delta $, delta %, throughput) matching the active filters. Given multi-select include/exclude filters and an absolute or relative date range, When applied, Then only matching records are reflected and an Applied Filters summary is visible. Given a dimension with 1,000+ distinct values, When the user searches and selects values, Then server-side search returns results and the pivot updates with P95 interaction latency ≤ 2.5s and P50 ≤ 800ms. Given missing values in a dimension, When displayed, Then an Unassigned/Unknown bucket is shown and included in totals. Given Reset All is clicked, When executed, Then all filters and pivots clear and grand totals are shown.
Drill-Down to Shipment-Level with Rule Rationale
Given a pivot cell is selected, When the user drills down, Then a paginated shipment table opens scoped to that cell’s filters and groupings. Given shipment rows are displayed, When rendered, Then each row shows shipment ID, carrier, service, zone, SKU/line summary, client, channel, warehouse, package type, weight, label cost, predicted best-rate cost, delta $, delta %, and applied-rule rationale (rule name/ID and decision reason). Given a drill-down is opened, When the user navigates back, Then the previous pivot state and scroll position are preserved. Given the drill-down is triggered, When data loads, Then initial render P95 ≤ 2.0s and P50 ≤ 700ms.
Sorting, Grouping, and Top-N Analysis
Given a metric column header, When the user sorts by delta $ descending, Then rows reorder with a deterministic secondary sort by key ASC and a sort indicator is shown; sorting is stable across pages. Given group-by selections (e.g., client > carrier > service), When applied, Then nested groups render with expandable subtotals for each level. Given a Top-N control on a grouped dimension, When N=20 is set for a selected metric, Then only the top 20 groups are shown plus an Others bucket, and Grand Total = Top 20 + Others within currency rounding tolerance. Given Top-N is active, When filters or sort change, Then the Top-N set recomputes automatically. Given the Top-N input, When N is outside 5–100, Then validation prevents submission and shows an inline error.
Saved Views and Preferences Persistence
Given a configured pivot (row/col dimensions, metrics, filters, date range, sorts, groupings, Top-N, leakage/profitability toggles, currency and weight units), When saved with a unique name, Then it appears in Saved Views and can be set as Default. Given a saved view, When loaded, Then the UI reproduces the exact state (including unit preferences) and aggregates match the state used at save time for the same underlying data. Given a saved view is renamed or deleted, When confirmed, Then the list updates immediately; if the default view is deleted, the Default resets to System Default. Given a duplicate name is entered on save, When submitted, Then the user is prompted to overwrite or choose a different name and the view is not duplicated without confirmation. Given the user signs out and back in, When opening Delta Explorer, Then saved views are available per user and workspace and the Default view auto-loads.
Totals Reconcile Consistently Across Dimensions
Given any grouping and pivot configuration, When Grand Total is displayed, Then Grand Total equals the sum of visible subgroup totals within ±$0.01 currency and ±0.001 weight tolerance. Given the same filters are applied, When row/column assignments are rearranged, Then Grand Total remains identical. Given a Top-N with an Others bucket is active, When totals render, Then Top-N subtotal + Others subtotal equals the filtered total within tolerance. Given currency display rounding, When values are shown, Then UI rounds half up for display but internal aggregation uses full precision to preserve reconciliation within tolerance. Given missing/unknown category buckets, When present, Then they are included in totals unless explicitly filtered out, and totals change accordingly.
Responsive Performance on Large Result Sets
Given a dataset of ≥10M shipments across 12 months, When applying a filter, changing a pivot dimension, sorting, toggling Top-N, or drilling down, Then server-side aggregation is used and P50 interaction latency ≤ 800ms and P95 ≤ 2.5s; shipment list first page P95 ≤ 2.0s. Given a request is in-flight, When a new interaction occurs, Then the prior request is canceled and only the latest response is rendered. Given pagination sizes of 50/100/250 rows, When paging next/previous, Then totals remain constant, sorting remains stable, and there are no duplicates or gaps across pages. Given an operation exceeds 8 seconds, When a timeout occurs, Then the UI shows a retry action and a diagnostic message without freezing; subsequent retries respect backoff. Given transient network loss, When connectivity returns, Then the last attempted state can be retried without losing the prior configuration.
Leakage Hotspots and Profitability Tier Toggles
Given Leakage Hotspots toggle is off, When toggled on, Then a filter is applied to include shipments where actual label cost exceeds predicted best-rate cost by ≥ $0.25 or ≥ 2% (whichever is greater), and the pivot updates accordingly. Given Profitability Tiers are available, When the user selects a tiering mode (e.g., Low <0%, Medium 0–15%, High 15–30%, Very High >30% margin), Then results are filtered or grouped by the chosen tier and a legend shows tier definitions. Given both toggles are on, When combined with existing filters, Then they apply with AND logic by default and an option is available to switch to OR; the Applied Filters summary reflects the logic. Given toggles are turned off, When disabled, Then the toggle-introduced filters are removed and metrics revert to the pre-toggle state. Given a view is saved with toggle states, When reloaded, Then the same toggle states and tier definitions persist.
Throughput Impact Modeling
"As a warehouse operations manager, I want to see how proposed rule changes affect pick/pack/label throughput so that I can forecast staffing and SLA risk."
Description

Estimate operational throughput effects of rule changes by combining historical scan events, pick/pack timing, and warehouse configuration with configurable time coefficients (e.g., cartonization time, signature-required handling, service-specific handoffs). Output metrics such as orders per labor hour, average cycle time, on-time SLA %, and station utilization deltas. Support A/B calibration using recent cohorts, warehouse calendars/shifts, and scenario assumptions (batch sizes, label printing sequence). Expose sensitivity analysis to show how results vary with time coefficients and volume mixes.

Acceptance Criteria
Compute Throughput Metrics from Historical Events
Given a selected baseline period, a proposed rule-change scenario, and access to historical scan events and pick/pack timestamps When the throughput model is executed for the selected filters (carrier, service, zone, SKU, client, warehouse) Then it returns baseline and scenario values for orders per labor hour, average cycle time, on-time SLA %, and station utilization % (per station and overall) And then it returns deltas (scenario minus baseline) for each metric And then calculations are deterministic and reproducible for identical inputs And then metric definitions and time windows used are displayed alongside results
Configurable Time Coefficients with Scenario Overrides
Given global defaults, warehouse-level overrides, and scenario-level overrides for time coefficients (e.g., cartonization time, signature-required handling, service-specific handoffs) When a scenario is executed Then the effective coefficient applied follows precedence: scenario override > warehouse override > global default And then coefficients accept decimal values in seconds or minutes within allowable bounds (e.g., 0–600 seconds per step) And then changes to coefficients are applied without application redeploy and are auditable with timestamp and author And then results reflect the updated coefficients in all computed metrics
Warehouse Calendars, Shifts, and Station Capacities Applied
Given a warehouse calendar with holidays and closures, defined shifts with start/end and breaks, carrier pickup cutoffs, and station capacity definitions When modeling throughput for a date range Then non-working times are excluded from capacity and cycle-time computations And then station utilization is computed per station using its capacity within active shifts And then on-time SLA % accounts for pickup cutoffs and calendar exceptions And then multi-warehouse scenarios aggregate correctly while preserving per-warehouse metrics
A/B Calibration Against Recent Fulfillment Cohorts
Given two recent cohorts (A and B) selected by date range and filters with observed cycle-time outcomes When the model is calibrated using A as training and validated on B Then the tool reports error metrics (e.g., MAPE and RMSE) comparing predicted vs observed cycle times And then it displays the calibrated coefficient set and the baseline defaults used And then users can accept the calibrated set for subsequent scenarios or revert And then calibration selections (filters, dates, coefficients) are saved with scenario version metadata
Scenario Assumptions: Batch Sizes and Label Printing Sequence
Given scenario inputs for batch picking size, wave configuration, and label printing sequence (e.g., by carrier, zone, SKU, FIFO) When the scenario is executed Then picking, packing, and handoff time components are adjusted per the provided batch and sequencing rules And then queueing and handoff wait times are recomputed to reflect batching impacts And then metric deltas vs baseline isolate the effects of these assumptions in the results view
Sensitivity Analysis Across Time Coefficients and Volume Mix
Given selected time coefficients with defined ranges/steps and volume mix sliders by carrier/service/zone When sensitivity analysis is run Then the system produces outputs showing how orders per labor hour, average cycle time, on-time SLA %, and station utilization % vary across the parameter space And then it ranks the top drivers by absolute impact on orders per labor hour and on-time SLA % And then users can export the full sensitivity dataset and view a tornado or comparable summary of drivers
Export Side-by-Side Throughput Outcomes by Dimension
Given a baseline and a proposed scenario with selected filters When the results are exported Then the export includes per carrier, service, zone, SKU, client, warehouse, and station: baseline metrics, scenario metrics, and deltas for orders per labor hour, average cycle time, on-time SLA %, and station utilization % And then the export provides CSV and XLSX formats with a metadata sheet (scenario name, timestamp, coefficient versions, filters) And then totals and row counts reconcile with the on-screen results within ±0.1%
Side-by-side Scenario Comparison & Insights
"As a head of operations, I want to compare scenarios side by side with clear explanations so that I can choose the rule set that maximizes savings without harming throughput."
Description

Enable side-by-side comparison of multiple scenarios with normalized assumptions, presenting KPI tiles (spend delta, cost per shipment, savings rate, throughput changes), variance charts, and winner/loser segments by dimension. Provide explainability that attributes changes to specific rule effects (e.g., service switch at weight threshold, zone re-route, package size change) and guardrails that flag leakage beyond tolerance with configurable alerts. Allow bookmarking and sharing of comparison bundles and support scenario notes, tags, and approvals to streamline decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria
Multi-Scenario Side-by-Side with Normalized Assumptions
Given 2–6 saved scenarios with distinct rule sets and the same evaluation dataset window selected When the user enables Normalized Assumptions Then all KPI calculations for each scenario use a shared baseline for carrier rates, destination mix, and SKU cube/weight model, and a "Normalized" badge appears on the comparison header. Given Normalized Assumptions is enabled When the user toggles it off Then KPIs recalculate using each scenario’s native assumptions within 5 seconds and the badge disappears. Given scenarios include different base dates or datasets When the user attempts to enable Normalized Assumptions Then the system prompts to align the dataset and prevents enabling until the dataset matches. Given aligned scenarios When the comparison table renders Then each scenario appears in a dedicated column with consistent KPI rows in the same order.
KPI Tiles Accuracy and Definitions
Given a comparison view When KPIs render Then the following tiles are present and populated: Spend Delta ($), Cost per Shipment ($), Savings Rate (%), Throughput Change (%). Given test fixture data with known outcomes When tiles render Then each KPI value matches the known outcome within ±0.1% for percentages and ±$0.01 for currency. Given a user opens the KPI info tooltip When displayed Then each KPI definition and formula corresponds to the implementation used for calculations. Given rounding is applied When exporting or drilling down Then underlying unrounded values are preserved and totals reconcile within ±0.01 to the UI.
Variance Charts by Dimension
Given a comparison with at least two scenarios When the user selects Variance Charts Then an absolute delta chart and a percent delta chart are available. Given the user switches the dimension to Carrier, Service, Zone, SKU, Client, or Week When applied Then the chart, legend, and tooltips update within 2 seconds and reflect the selected dimension. Given a segment is clicked in the chart When selected Then the corresponding rows in the winner/loser list are filtered to that segment and a filter chip is added. Given an export is requested from the chart When downloaded Then the CSV includes columns for dimension, baseline value, scenario values, absolute delta, and percent delta.
Winner/Loser Segmentation and Drilldown
Given a comparison is loaded When viewing the Winner/Loser panel Then the list shows top 50 winners and top 50 losers by Spend Delta by default with controls to change metric and count. Given a row is clicked When drilldown opens Then the shipment-level table lists all affected shipments for that segment and scenario with columns: order_id, SKU, weight, zone, service, package, pre/post rate, delta, and rule applied. Given filters are applied in any panel When moving between panels Then filters persist and the record counts remain consistent across tiles, charts, and lists. Given pagination is present When navigating pages Then total counts and sums remain stable and match the KPI totals within ±0.1%.
Explainability of Rule Effects
Given a segment and scenario are selected When Explain Changes is opened Then the system attributes at least 80% of the spend delta to specific rule effects (e.g., service switch at weight threshold, zone re-route, package size change, carrier selection), with each effect’s percentage and dollar impact listed. Given a listed rule effect When View Rule Diff is clicked Then a diff modal shows the exact rule condition and outcome that changed between scenarios. Given unattributed residual remains When displayed Then it is labeled Unattributed with an explanation of potential causes (data noise, mixed effects), and its share is less than or equal to 20%. Given a sampled explanation When the user requests Evidence Then a sample of at least 30 shipments supporting each effect is shown with IDs and computed deltas.
Leakage Guardrails and Configurable Alerts
Given a user sets Leakage Tolerance thresholds (e.g., Savings Rate >= 5%, Cost per Shipment <= $4.00, Max negative delta per client <= $200) When a comparison is recomputed Then any segment or scenario breaching a threshold is flagged with a red indicator and a tooltip explaining the breach. Given alert channels are configured (email and Slack) When a breach occurs Then an alert is sent within 60 seconds including: comparison name, breached metric, segment, value, threshold, normalization state, and deep link. Given an approval is attempted on a breached scenario When Approve is clicked Then approval is blocked until an override reason of at least 20 characters is entered and the user has Override permission. Given thresholds are edited When saved Then changes are versioned with timestamp, user, and previous values in the audit log.
Shareable Comparison Bundle with Export, Notes, Tags, and Approvals
Given a comparison is configured When Save as Bundle is clicked Then the user can name the bundle (unique per workspace), add tags (up to 20), and set visibility (Private, Team, Client) before saving. Given a bundle is saved When Share Link is generated Then recipients with access can open a read-only view showing the same normalization state, filters, KPIs, charts, and segments as the owner. Given Export is clicked When choosing CSV or XLSX Then a side-by-side table for all selected scenarios is exported with KPI tiles, dimension breakdowns, and metadata (timestamp, dataset window, normalization state, filters) and matches UI values within rounding rules. Given notes are added When saved Then notes support @mentions with notifications, are immutable after 15 minutes, and appear in the bundle timeline with author and timestamp. Given approvals are requested When an approver approves or rejects Then the decision captures approver, decision, comment (required for reject), and locks the bundle from edits unless the decision is revoked by an admin.
Finance-Ready Exports & Share Links
"As a finance analyst, I want exportable, audit-ready reports and shareable links so that I can reconcile savings and communicate decisions to stakeholders."
Description

Offer exports of side-by-side outcomes in CSV, XLSX, and PDF with pivoted summaries and shipment-level detail, including applied-rule rationale, GL mappings, carrier invoice fields, and date ranges. Support client-branded headers, watermarking, and secure expiring share links with permission scoping (org/client) and view/download audit logs. Ensure column naming and totals are consistent with in-app views, and provide an API endpoint for automated pulls into BI/finance tools.

Acceptance Criteria
Multi-Format Export Generation
Given a user filters Delta Explorer by date range, clients, and carriers with a selected proposed rule set When the user requests an export and selects CSV, XLSX, or PDF Then the system generates the export for up to 50,000 shipments within 60 seconds And each format contains both Pivot Summary and Shipment Detail with Baseline, Proposed, and Delta columns side‑by‑side And the XLSX contains two worksheets named "Summary" and "Detail" And the CSV export provides two files (summary.csv and detail.csv) packaged in a single ZIP And the PDF contains sequential sections labeled "Summary" and "Detail" And the export filename includes org/client scope, date range, and timestamp
Included Data Fields and Rationale
Given an export is generated from a Delta Explorer comparison When the file is opened Then every shipment row includes applied rule rationale (RuleID, RuleName, Rationale), GL mapping code(s), and carrier invoice fields (carrier, service, zone, billed weight, dimensions, invoice number, invoice date, accessorial codes/amounts, fuel surcharge, net charge) And the Pivot Summary includes totals by carrier, service, zone, SKU, and client for Baseline, Proposed, and Delta And the export metadata includes the selected date range and schema version And all monetary fields are currency-formatted with 2 decimal places and ISO currency code
Column Naming and Totals Consistency
Given a user views totals and column labels in the in-app Delta Explorer for a specific filter set When the same data is exported in any format Then all column headers in the export exactly match the in-app labels (case and spacing) And group subtotals and grand totals in the Pivot Summary equal the in-app values within a tolerance of ±0.01 And the count of shipments in Shipment Detail equals the in-app shipment count for the filter set
Branding Headers and Watermarking
Given an organization or client has uploaded a logo and enabled watermarking When a user exports an XLSX or PDF Then the exported PDF includes the client-branded header (logo + client name) and a diagonal watermark containing the client name and export date And the XLSX includes the branded header in the workbook header/footer for both Summary and Detail worksheets And CSV exports contain no branding or watermark and include only data rows and headers And branding reflects the selected scope (org or client)
Expiring Share Links with Permission Scoping
Given a completed export exists When a user creates a share link with a specified scope (org or client) and TTL between 1 hour and 30 days Then the system issues a unique, unguessable URL token scoped to the selected org/client and the specific export And the link expires at the configured TTL and returns HTTP 410 after expiry And the owner can revoke the link immediately, after which access is denied within 60 seconds And downloading via the link always serves the exact export artifact and filename without exposing data outside the selected scope
Export Access Audit Logging
Given audit logging is enabled by default When an export is created, a share link is created/revoked, or an export is viewed/downloaded via UI, share link, or API Then an immutable audit record is written with timestamp, actor (user ID or link token), IP, action, export ID, scope, and outcome (success/failure) And administrators can filter logs by date range, action, actor, scope, and export ID And audit logs are retained for at least 365 days and are exportable to CSV
BI/Finance Export API Endpoint
Given a system integrator has valid API credentials scoped to an org or client When they call the export API with filters (date range required; optional carrier, service, zone, SKU, client) and an Accept header of application/json or text/csv Then the API returns Summary and Detail with the same columns, labels, totals, and field formats as the in-app exports And large result sets support server-side pagination for JSON and streamed responses for CSV And the response includes the selected date range and schema version metadata And unauthorized or out-of-scope access returns 401/403 with no data leakage

SLA Forecaster

Model on‑time delivery impact for each simulated rule set using past origin‑destination pairs and service calendars. See projected SLA hits and at‑risk orders by lane before launch, with suggested service swaps or cutoff rules to keep promises without overspending.

Requirements

Historical Transit Model
"As a shipping operations lead, I want lane-level on-time probability distributions so that I can predict SLA adherence before deploying new routing rules."
Description

Build a probabilistic transit-time model from past shipments using origin ZIP3, destination ZIP3, carrier, service level, handoff day/time, and seasonality to estimate on-time delivery probabilities for given SLA windows. Normalize events across carriers, compute p50/p90/ tail distributions, and account for pickup cutoffs and weekend/holiday effects. Expose a service that returns lane- and service-specific delivery-time distributions to power simulations and UI surfaces across ParcelPilot.

Acceptance Criteria
Lane-Service Distribution API Response and Schema
Given a request with origin_zip3, destination_zip3, carrier_code, service_code, handoff_timestamp (ISO 8601), and sla_days When the Historical Transit Model service is called Then it returns HTTP 200 with a JSON body containing: distribution.pmf (array of {days:int, probability:float} summing to 1.0 ± 0.001, covering days 0–15 with a tail bucket), distribution.cdf (array aligned to pmf), stats.p50, stats.p90, stats.p95 (integer days), on_time_probability (0–1), model_version (string), and training_window (ISO date range) And the response validates against the published JSON schema And invalid or missing parameters produce HTTP 400 with machine-readable error details And p95 service latency ≤ 300 ms for warm cache and ≤ 700 ms for cold requests at 50 rps sustained load
Pickup Cutoff, Weekends, and Holiday Adjustment
Given a handoff_timestamp after the carrier’s origin pickup cutoff on a business day When computing the effective handoff Then the model rolls the handoff to the next available pickup day per the carrier/service calendar in the origin ZIP3 time zone And weekends and carrier-observed holidays are skipped using the maintained service calendar And a unit test suite covering all cutoff, weekend, and holiday cases for the next 18 months passes 100% And on a validation set of shipments straddling cutoffs, the KS distance between adjusted predictions and empirical delivery distributions is ≤ 0.10
Seasonality and Weekday Effects in Predictions
Given historical shipments labeled by month and weekday When training the model Then seasonality and weekday features are incorporated into the prediction And over a 12-month rolling backtest the seasonal model achieves ≥ 5% relative Brier score improvement versus a non-seasonal baseline (p < 0.05) And weekday-specific median absolute error for p50 is ≤ 0.5 days across the top 50 lanes by volume
Calibration and Quantile Accuracy Backtest
Given a time-based backtest over the most recent 26 weeks When evaluating on-time probability calibration Then for each decile bin of predicted probability, the observed on-time rate is within ±5 percentage points of the bin center and overall Brier score ≤ 0.18 And quantile accuracy: ≥ 90% of shipments deliver on or before the predicted p90 day (±1 day tolerance), and median absolute error of p50 ≤ 0.5 days And across lanes with ≥ 200 samples, the maximum absolute calibration error per lane is ≤ 8 percentage points
Cross-Carrier Event Normalization and Data Quality
Given raw event feeds from supported carriers When normalizing to the unified schema Then each shipment record includes origin_zip3, destination_zip3, carrier_code, service_code, handoff_datetime, delivery_datetime, and is_success computed with consistent rules And ≥ 98% of shipments in the last 6 months map successfully to a normalized record And duplicate/corrupt records are deduplicated/filtered such that the false duplicate rate is ≤ 0.5% And records missing any required field are excluded with explicit reason codes, with total data loss ≤ 2% per carrier
Low-Sample and Unseen Lane Fallbacks
Given a lane-service with < 50 historical shipments in the training window When a prediction is requested Then the model backs off hierarchically to broader cohorts (e.g., ZIP3→state, carrier+service nationwide) and returns a distribution with widened credible intervals And in low-sample backtests, calibration error per decile is within ±8 percentage points and p90 coverage is ≥ 85% And for completely unseen lanes, the service returns HTTP 200 with a fallback distribution and reason=fallback in the payload; it never returns an empty distribution
Service Observability, Versioning, and SLAs
Given any prediction response Then it includes model_version (semver), training_window_start, training_window_end, and cohort_level used And runtime metrics expose p50/p95 latency, error rate, and weekly calibration drift by lane; alerts trigger within 5 minutes when p95 latency > 700 ms or weekly Brier score degrades by > 10% versus the trailing 4-week average And the service achieves ≥ 99.9% monthly availability with no single outage > 15 minutes, measured via synthetic checks on the /predict endpoint
Carrier Calendar & Blackout Sync
"As a warehouse manager, I want accurate carrier pickup and holiday calendars so that SLA forecasts reflect real-world non-service days."
Description

Continuously ingest and reconcile carrier service calendars, regional holidays, pickup schedules, and service blackouts per origin and service level. Normalize time zones, apply account-specific exceptions, and surface a unified calendar API used by the transit model and simulator to adjust predicted delivery dates. Provide weekly auto-updates and manual overrides with audit history.

Acceptance Criteria
Multi-Carrier Calendar Ingestion & Reconciliation
Given carrier calendars (UPS, USPS, FedEx, DHL eCom) and regional holiday feeds are available by 03:00 UTC Sunday When the weekly sync job runs Then 99.9% of parsable records are ingested and deduplicated, processing completes within 15 minutes per 100k source rows, and a new unified calendar version ID is created only if changes are detected Given conflicting inputs across sources for the same (carrier, service, origin, date) When reconciliation is applied Then precedence is AccountOverride > CarrierServiceSpecific > RegionalHoliday > CarrierDefault and the resulting availability matches the precedence matrix in tests Given ≥0.1% source records fail validation When ingestion runs Then the run is marked Partial, invalid records are quarantined with error codes, valid records are applied, and an alert is emitted within 10 minutes Given any single provider feed times out When the sync runs Then the job retries up to 3 times with exponential backoff, proceeds with other providers, marks the missing provider as stale, and completes without blocking others
Time Zone Normalization & DST Handling
Given origin America/Chicago and destination Europe/Berlin, ship date 2025-03-30 16:30 local origin, origin pickup cutoff 17:00 local When computing nextPickupAt and earliestDeliveryDate Then nextPickupAt=2025-03-30T22:00:00Z (17:00 CDT), destination DST change is respected, and all timestamps returned are ISO 8601 with UTC (Z) plus a timezone field per location Given origin America/Phoenix (no DST) on 2025-11-03 When computing availability and cutoffs Then no DST shift is applied to origin times and calculations remain correct across the DST boundary Given any API response containing times When validated Then fields include timezone identifiers (IANA), offset at event time, and pass schema validation
Account-Specific Exceptions & Precedence
Given Account A has an override: Carrier=FedEx, Service=Ground, Origin=ORD1, No Saturday pickups When querying availability for Account A on a Saturday at ORD1 Then serviceAvailable=false and nextPickupAt rolls to Monday 09:00 local (or next defined pickup window) Given the same query without account context When querying availability Then serviceAvailable reflects the carrier default (Saturday available if carrier default allows) Given overlapping overrides at account and service level When reconciliation runs Then the more specific scope wins (origin+service > service-only > account-only) and results are deterministic Given an override conflicts with carrier blackout When applied Then blackout remains authoritative and override cannot make a blacked-out day available
Unified Calendar API Contract & Performance
Given a valid request GET /v1/calendar/availability?accountId=A&origin=ORD1&service=UPS_GROUND&date=2025-09-15 When the API is called Then respond 200 within p95<=300ms (p99<=700ms under 200 RPS), with body containing only {serviceAvailable:boolean,nextPickupAt:string,nextDeliveryDate:string,sourceVersion:string} and all timestamps ISO 8601 Given invalid parameters (missing origin or malformed date) When the API is called Then respond 400 with error code and message; 404 for unknown origin/service; 429 includes Retry-After header; responses include requestId for traceability Given cacheable results When repeated identical requests are made within 5 minutes Then responses include Cache-Control: max-age=300 and ETag; conditional requests with If-None-Match return 304 when unchanged Given normal operations over a calendar month When monitoring availability Then API achieves 99.9% uptime with no 5xx rate >0.1% of requests
Weekly Auto-Update, Change Detection & Staleness Guardrails
Given the scheduled sync window at 03:00 UTC Sundays When no upstream changes are detected Then the unified calendar version remains unchanged and a heartbeat metric is emitted Given upstream changes are detected When the sync completes Then the unified calendar version increments (semver minor), a changelog summary is stored, and updated data is served within 10 minutes Given a provider or job failure When the sync fails Then the previous calendar version continues to be served, an alert is issued within 15 minutes, and the run status is marked Failed with detailed errors Given the unified calendar has not updated in >7 days When health checks run Then a StaleCalendar alert is raised and surfaced in system status and metrics
Manual Overrides, Audit Trail & Rollback
Given a user with role Operations Admin When creating a manual override Then the system requires scope (account/service/origin), reason, start/end timestamps, and priority; payload passes validation and is applied within 5 minutes to API responses and simulator reads Given any override is created, edited, or deleted When auditing Then an immutable audit record is stored with {actor, action, timestamp, before, after, reason, ticketRef} and is queryable by time range and scope Given an erroneous override When rollback is requested from the audit UI or API Then the previous effective state is restored within 2 minutes and propagated, with a new audit entry linking to the rollback Given overlapping overrides produce a conflict When saving Then the system rejects the change with 409 Conflict and a resolution hint
Simulator/Transit Model Adjustment Using Calendar
Given SLA Forecaster runs rule set R with calendar version V When simulating lanes with service blackouts or regional holidays Then predicted delivery dates exclude non-service days and pickup blackouts, and at-risk order counts reflect the exclusions Given the same simulation under calendar version V-1 When results are compared Then differences in projected SLA hits correspond exactly to the calendar deltas recorded in the changelog Given high-volume simulation (>=100k orders) When running Then the transit model or simulator reuses calendar results (per unique account+origin+service+date) to limit calendar API calls to <=1 per unique key, keeping sim runtime within 1.2x baseline
Rule Set Simulator
"As a logistics analyst, I want to test new routing rules on historical data so that I can see projected SLA performance and cost impact before launch."
Description

Simulate candidate routing rules—including carrier/service selection, buffers, exclusions, and order cutoff times—against historical order and shipment datasets. For each scenario, compute projected SLA hit rate, at-risk order counts by lane and channel, average delivery time, and cost deltas using rate cards and the transit model. Support sampling windows, confidence thresholds, and API/CSV exports for offline analysis.

Acceptance Criteria
Sampling Window and Confidence Threshold Enforcement
Given a candidate rule set with sampling_window_start, sampling_window_end, confidence_level, and precision_target_pp configured When the simulator runs Then it filters historical orders to created_at in [sampling_window_start, sampling_window_end] inclusive and reports sample_size And it computes sla_hit_rate with a two-sided confidence interval at confidence_level and returns ci_lower, ci_upper And if (ci_upper - ci_lower)/2 > precision_target_pp, it sets insufficient_confidence = true and tags all impacted aggregates; otherwise insufficient_confidence = false And all reported aggregates are derived solely from the filtered sample
SLA Hit Rate and At-Risk Counts by Lane and Channel
Given historical orders with origin-destination lanes and sales channels, each with a promised delivery date When the simulator applies the rule set and transit model Then it returns for each lane and channel: sla_hit_rate_pct, at_risk_count, met_count, total_count And at_risk_count equals the number of orders where predicted_delivery_date > promised_date And the sum of met_count and at_risk_count equals total_count for every lane/channel And global totals equal the sum of per-lane/channel totals; no negative counts; lanes/channels with zero orders are omitted
Cost Delta and Average Delivery Time Calculation Using Rate Cards and Transit Model
Given complete carrier rate cards and a baseline derived from historical actual services When the simulator prices each order for both baseline and simulated selections and computes transit via the transit model Then it returns scenario-level avg_transit_days, avg_cost_per_order, cost_delta_total, and cost_delta_per_order And per-order outputs include cost_baseline, cost_simulated, cost_delta, selected_service, baseline_service, predicted_transit_days And missing_rate_count equals 0; if any rate is missing and allow_rate_estimation != true, the run fails with error code RATE_MISSING and no aggregates are persisted
Rule Application — Exclusions, Buffers, and Order Cutoff Times
Given a rule set defining carrier/service exclusions, transit buffer_days, and origin-specific daily cutoff times with timezones When the simulator selects services and computes ship_date and predicted_delivery_date Then no excluded carrier/service is selected for any order And orders created after the origin cutoff time are assigned the next valid ship_date per origin timezone And buffer_days are added to predicted transit before SLA evaluation And service calendars (non-pickup/delivery days and holidays) are respected when computing ship_date and predicted_delivery_date
API and CSV Export Parity and Performance
Given a POST /simulate request with up to 50,000 orders and a valid rule set When the simulation is executed Then the API returns a run_id immediately and final metrics are available for retrieval, with p95 end-to-end time ≤ 120 seconds And a CSV export is generated containing columns: order_id, origin_zip, destination_zip, channel, baseline_service, selected_service, ship_date, promised_date, predicted_delivery_date, sla_hit, at_risk, predicted_transit_days, cost_baseline, cost_simulated, cost_delta And CSV aggregates match API aggregates: counts exactly equal; averages within ±0.01; totals within ±0.5% And the CSV is downloadable via a signed URL valid for at least 7 days
Reproducibility, Versioning, and Audit Metadata
Given identical inputs (orders, rule set, transit model, rate cards) and a fixed random_seed When the simulator is run multiple times Then per-order outputs and aggregate metrics are identical across runs And outputs include metadata: run_id, created_at_utc, random_seed, ruleset_version_hash, transit_model_version, rate_card_version And completed runs and their inputs are retained and queryable for at least 30 days for audit
Lane Risk Dashboard
"As an eCommerce ops manager, I want a visual view of at-risk lanes so that I can prioritize fixes where they will most improve on-time delivery."
Description

Provide an interactive dashboard showing projected SLA performance by origin–destination lane, carrier/service, and sales channel. Include heatmaps, filters (warehouse, date range, SKU class), at-risk order lists, and drilldowns to historical examples. Surface data sufficiency indicators and confidence intervals, and link directly to suggested actions or rule edits within ParcelPilot.

Acceptance Criteria
Heatmap: Projected SLA by Lane
Given a selected warehouse, date range, and rule set When the user opens the Lane Risk Dashboard Heatmap tab Then a matrix of origin–destination lanes is rendered within 2 seconds for up to 5,000 lanes And each cell’s color encodes projected on-time rate with a visible legend (green ≥95%, yellow 90–94.99%, red <90%) And hovering a cell shows: lane ID, projected on-time %, projected SLA hits (count and %), total forecasted orders, 95% CI lower/upper bounds, and data sufficiency state And adjusting legend thresholds updates cell colors within 500 ms And switching rule sets recalculates projections using service calendars and updates the heatmap within 2 seconds
Interactive Filters: Warehouse, Date Range, SKU Class
Given the Filters panel is open When the user selects one or more warehouses, a preset or custom date range, and one or more SKU classes Then all visualizations and KPIs recompute within 2 seconds And applied filters appear as removable chips; Clear All resets to defaults (last 28 days, all warehouses, all SKU classes) And date ranges honor carrier service calendars (non-service days excluded from SLA windows) And filter selections persist across tabs and browser sessions for 7 days per user And totals and counts reflect filters within 0.5% tolerance of backend results And invalid combinations (no data) show a zero-state with guidance to adjust filters
At-Risk Order List and Historical Drilldowns
Given the user clicks a red or yellow heatmap cell When the At-Risk panel opens Then it lists projected at-risk orders for the selected lane with columns: order identifier, channel, promised date, projected delivery date, days-late risk, carrier/service, SKU class, lane, and probability of lateness And the list is sortable by any column and filterable by channel and service And a “See historical examples” action returns up to 20 most similar past shipments (same lane + service, matching SKU class and seasonality ±14 days) with actual delivery outcomes And each historical record links to the shipment detail view in ParcelPilot in a new tab And if fewer than 20 examples exist, the count shown matches available data and a Low Data indicator is displayed
Data Sufficiency Indicators and Confidence Intervals
Given past shipment history over the last 180 days When computing projected on-time for each lane/service Then a 95% confidence interval (Wilson score) is displayed per cell And sufficiency states are derived: Sufficient (N ≥ 100 or ≥ 8 service weeks), Low (20 ≤ N < 100), Insufficient (N < 20 or < 2 service weeks) And Insufficient cells render hatched and are excluded from KPI totals by default; an “Include low-data” toggle includes them and shows a reliability warning And tooltips show N, lookback window, and last data refresh timestamp; if data is >24h old, a Stale Data badge appears
Suggested Actions and Rule Edit Deep Links
Given a lane/service with projected on-time below target (default 95%) When suggestions are computed Then at least one suggestion is shown if an alternative improves on-time to ≥ target with cost delta ≤ 15% over baseline And each suggestion displays expected on-time %, cost impact %, and affected volume, sorted by lowest cost delta And clicking a suggestion opens the Rule Editor prefilled with lane, warehouse, channel, and proposed action; a confirmation modal allows Save or Cancel And after saving, the user returns to the dashboard with filters preserved and sees updated projections for the selected (draft or active) rule set within 2 seconds And a “View rationale” link reveals top drivers (e.g., historical on-time by service, cutoff conflicts, blackout days)
Carrier/Service and Sales Channel Segmentation
Given a lane is selected When viewing the breakdown panel Then the dashboard shows projected on-time %, projected volume, SLA hits count, and 95% CI by carrier/service and by sales channel And totals reconcile to the lane totals within 0.1% And the user can toggle between stacked-by-channel and faceted-by-service views; switching renders within 500 ms And segments with N < 20 display a Low Data icon and are excluded from lane KPIs unless the Include low-data toggle is on And selecting a segment filters the At-Risk list and highlights corresponding cells in the heatmap
Service Swap Suggestions
"As a shipping decision-maker, I want data-driven service swap suggestions so that I can keep delivery promises without overspending."
Description

Recommend lower-risk carrier/service alternatives per lane and rule based on target SLA thresholds and acceptable cost variance. Use multi-objective optimization to balance on-time probability and postage spend, show trade-offs, and allow one-click application to the draft rule set with change justification and rollback.

Acceptance Criteria
Lane-Level Service Swap Recommendation Within Cost Variance
Given a draft rule set contains a specific origin–destination lane with a target SLA threshold T% and acceptable cost variance V% and ≥90 days of historical shipments are available When the user requests service swap suggestions for that lane Then the system returns 0–10 suggested carrier/service options where each suggestion has projected on-time probability ≥ T% and postage cost delta ≤ V% versus the current rule, or returns “No eligible suggestions” if none meet both constraints And each suggestion includes carrier, service, projected on-time probability (%), 95% confidence interval, projected average postage, cost delta (%), estimated pickup cutoff time, and historical sample size used And suggestions are ranked by Pareto dominance (maximize on-time probability, minimize cost delta), with ties broken by higher sample size then lower variance And the response time is ≤ 2 seconds at p95 for a single lane with ≥ 500 historical shipments And results are deterministic for identical inputs, data snapshot, and model version, and the payload includes model version and data window metadata
Trade-off Visualization of Suggested Swaps
Given service swap suggestions exist for a lane When the user opens the Trade-offs view Then the UI displays a chart and table where each suggestion is plotted by cost delta (%) vs on-time probability (%) and the current rule is clearly labeled for comparison And users can sort by on-time probability, cost delta, or Pareto rank and filter by carrier, service type, and minimum sample size And hovering or selecting a point reveals a tooltip with carrier, service, on-time probability with 95% CI, cost delta, sample size, and cutoff time And the view supports CSV export of the currently filtered table and preserves numeric precision to two decimals And all elements meet AA contrast and keyboard navigation requirements (tab order, focus states)
One-Click Apply Suggestion to Draft Rule Set
Given a suggestion is selected for a lane in a draft rule set When the user clicks Apply and provides a required justification (minimum 10 characters) Then the system replaces the lane’s service in the draft rule set with the selected suggestion and increments the draft version number by 1 And a confirmation modal shows a diff summarizing: previous vs new carrier/service, projected on-time probability change, projected cost delta, and affected lanes/orders count And an audit record is created capturing user, timestamp, previous value, new value, justification text, suggestion metadata, and model version And changes are applied in ≤ 1 second p95 and are atomic; on validation or write failure, no partial updates occur and a clear error is shown
Rollback Applied Suggestion With Audit Trail
Given one or more applied suggestions exist in the draft rule set version history When the user initiates a rollback to a prior draft version Then the system restores the exact prior ruleset state, including lane-level services and parameters, and records a rollback audit entry with user, timestamp, source and target versions, and reason And the UI refreshes to show the restored version’s forecasts and trade-offs within ≤ 2 seconds p95 And rollback is blocked for published/locked rule sets with a descriptive error and a link to view-only history
At-Risk Orders Preview Under Current vs Suggested Services
Given a lane and a set of suggestions are available When the user opens the At-Risk panel and selects a suggestion Then the system displays projected counts and percentages of orders expected to miss SLA by lane for the next 14 days under (a) current rule and (b) selected suggestion, based on connected platform forecasts and service calendars And at-risk is defined as on-time probability < target threshold; the definition is shown inline And totals update within ≤ 2 seconds p95 after selection and include 95% confidence bands And the panel shows the last model refresh timestamp and data window used
Constraint-Aware Optimization and No-Option Handling
Given the user has configured a target SLA threshold T%, acceptable cost variance V%, and optional constraints (carrier allowlist/denylist, service blackout dates, cutoff windows) When the system generates service swap suggestions Then no suggestion violates the provided constraints or service calendars And if no options satisfy both T% and V%, the system returns “No eligible suggestions” and also lists up to 3 nearest-feasible alternatives with explicit reasons (e.g., “exceeds cost variance by 1.2%” or “SLA shortfall 0.8%”) ordered by minimum constraint violation And users can persist default T% and V% at the merchant level, and the saved defaults are reapplied on subsequent sessions
Cutoff Window Optimizer
"As a fulfillment supervisor, I want optimized daily cutoff times so that more orders meet their SLA without increasing overtime or expedited shipping."
Description

Optimize order cutoff times and batch release windows by warehouse based on carrier pickup schedules, processing SLAs, and labor constraints. Simulate the impact of alternative cutoffs on SLA hit rates and propose channel-specific promise adjustments where beneficial.

Acceptance Criteria
Optimize Cutoff and Batch Schedule per Warehouse
Given warehouse W with defined carrier pickup calendars, processing SLAs, labor shifts/capacity, and historical handling-time distributions When the optimizer runs for a configurable horizon (>=14 days) with W's timezone set Then it outputs per-channel daily cutoff times and batch release windows with ISO-8601 timestamps in W's timezone And no cutoff is scheduled later than [earliest pickup time − required processing buffer] for that carrier/day And the plan satisfies labor capacity in each 15-minute interval (no interval utilization > 100%) And the projected SLA hit rate for W is >= baseline by at least 3 percentage points, or equal with fewer overtime hours (<= baseline overtime hours) And the output includes rationale fields: constraint drivers, assumed buffers, and data freshness
SLA Projection and At-Risk Orders Report
Given 6 months of historical origin–destination pairs and carrier service calendars When simulating the baseline and at least 2 alternative cutoff schedules Then the system calculates projected SLA hit rate per lane, channel, and day-of-week with 95% confidence intervals And produces at-risk order count and percentage per lane where forecast < target SLA And exposes a downloadable CSV and an API endpoint returning the projections within 5 seconds for datasets up to 100k orders And each projection includes versioned model/run IDs for auditability
Channel-Specific Promise Adjustment Suggestions
Given channel-level ship-by targets and delivery promises per lane When no feasible cutoff schedule meets the target SLA without exceeding labor capacity or carrier limits Then the system suggests promise adjustments per channel (e.g., advance cutoff by 30 minutes or relax delivery promise by 1 day on specified lanes) And each suggestion includes estimated impact on SLA hit rate, affected order volume, and any incremental postage/cost impact if available, with 95% CI And suggestions are only surfaced if projected SLA improvement >= 2 percentage points or overtime reduction >= 10% And suggestions are exportable via API/CSV with effective dates and channels/lane scopes
Constraint Compliance and Exception Handling
Given carrier holidays/blackout days, ad-hoc pickup changes, and partial-day labor shifts When generating schedules for those dates Then the optimizer avoids proposing cutoffs on blackout days and shifts to the next available pickup And it respects user-locked overrides for specific channels, cutoffs, or batches And it returns validation errors for infeasible inputs (e.g., no pickup windows, zero labor capacity) with actionable messages and codes And all timestamps include timezone offsets; daylight saving transitions do not create overlapping or missing windows
What-If Comparison and Decision Support
Given a baseline and up to 5 candidate rule sets When the user compares scenarios Then the system returns deltas for SLA hit rate, at-risk orders, labor utilization, and number of batches/day And highlights Pareto-efficient candidates across SLA and labor axes And allows exporting the selected schedule to a staging environment with a unique version ID and full audit trail (who/when/what) And supports rollback to baseline within one click/API call, restoring prior cutoffs and batches
Post-Launch Validation and Re-Optimization Trigger
Given an optimized schedule is applied to production When 7 consecutive days of post-launch fulfillment and delivery data are available Then the observed SLA hit rate per lane deviates from forecast by no more than ±2 percentage points for at least 90% of lanes And if deviation exceeds threshold on any lane, the system flags it and recommends re-optimization with updated inputs And a daily monitoring report is generated and accessible via UI and API with timestamped comparisons to the forecast run
Scenario Compare & Versioning
"As a product owner, I want to compare and version different SLA strategies so that I can confidently promote the best-performing configuration."
Description

Enable saving, naming, and versioning of multiple simulated rule sets with side-by-side comparison of SLA hit rate, at-risk orders, and cost deltas. Track authorship and timestamps, support comments, exports, and one-click promotion to production with audit trails and rollback.

Acceptance Criteria
Save and Version Simulated Rule Set
Given a user with edit permission and an unsaved simulation When they click "Save As" and provide a unique scenario name Then the system persists the rule set, assigns version v1, and displays name and version in the list within 2 seconds. Given a scenario name already exists When the user saves changes as a new version Then the system creates the next sequential version (v2, v3, …), prevents manual version collisions, and records author and timestamp. Given required fields are missing (e.g., rule set title, selection criteria) When the user attempts to save Then the save is blocked and field-level validation messages identify missing/invalid inputs. Given a saved scenario When the user opens its details Then authorship, created/updated timestamps (UTC and local), and a change summary are visible. Given a transient backend failure during save When the user retries Then the operation is idempotent and no partial or duplicate versions are created.
Side-by-Side Metrics Comparison
Given two or more saved scenarios are selected When the user opens Compare Then a table shows SLA hit rate (%), at-risk order count, and cost delta per scenario and overall totals. Given a lane filter (origin-destination) is applied When the filter is active Then all displayed metrics recompute for the filtered lanes and the active filter is clearly shown. Given a historical date range is set When metrics are computed Then calculations use past origin-destination pairs and carrier service calendars within that range. Given the user sorts by any metric column When sorting is applied Then rows sort correctly and stably; ties preserve alphabetical scenario name order. Given a scenario lacks sufficient historical volume When comparison runs Then the scenario is flagged "insufficient volume" and excluded from overall totals with a tooltip explanation.
Lane-Level Drilldown During Comparison
Given the comparison table is visible When the user clicks a specific lane Then a drilldown view shows per-lane SLA hit %, at-risk count, average cost, and suggested service swaps or cutoff rules. Given the user applies a suggested service swap in drilldown When the change is previewed Then metrics update in real time and the change is marked as a temporary what-if until saved as a new version. Given outlier thresholds are configured (e.g., hit rate delta > 5%, cost delta > 8%) When viewing lanes Then lanes breaching thresholds are highlighted and can be filtered. Given the user exports from drilldown When export is initiated Then only lanes currently in scope are included in the export file with the active filters and thresholds noted.
Comments and Collaboration on Scenarios
Given a saved scenario version When a user posts a comment Then the comment records author, timestamp, and version context and appears in chronological order within 1 second. Given a comment authored by the current user within 15 minutes When the user edits the comment Then the edit is saved, an "edited" badge appears, and prior revisions are retained in history accessible to admins. Given a comment authored by the current user When the user deletes the comment Then it is soft-deleted, visible as a tombstone to admins, and excluded from standard views. Given a user mentions a teammate using @email When the comment is posted Then the mentioned user receives a notification with a deep link to the scenario version.
Export Comparison Results
Given a comparison view with selected scenarios When the user requests export Then CSV and XLSX generate within 10 seconds and PDF within 20 seconds, containing scenario names, versions, authors, timestamps, applied filters, date range, and metrics (including per-lane data). Given locale differences When numbers and dates are exported Then machine-readable formats are used (dot decimal, ISO-8601 dates) with a secondary locale-formatted sheet in XLSX. Given the result set exceeds 100k rows When export runs Then the export streams without freezing the UI and an email with a secure download link is sent upon completion. Given potential PII in underlying data When exporting Then PII fields are excluded by default and require an explicit opt-in with a warning and audit entry.
Promote to Production with Audit and Rollback
Given a user with Promote permission views a scenario version When they click Promote and confirm Then that version becomes the active production rule set within 60 seconds, the previously active version is snapshotted, and an audit log entry records actor, timestamp, and diff summary. Given pre-promotion validation runs When conflicting or invalid rules are detected Then the promotion aborts, no partial changes are applied, and the user sees actionable error details. Given a successful promotion When notifications are configured Then subscribers receive a summary message with links to the audit record and the active rule set. Given the audit log lists a previous production snapshot When a user with appropriate permission initiates Rollback and confirms Then production reverts to that snapshot within 60 seconds and a rollback audit entry with reason is recorded.

Risk Heatmap

Surface mislabel and mis‑cartonization risk hotspots triggered by new rules—like weight thresholds, dimensional cliffs, fragile/hazmat flags, or channel exceptions. Get root‑cause callouts and recommended guardrails (e.g., weight buffers, minimum box constraints, service locks) to prevent costly errors.

Requirements

Rule Engine Ingestion & Versioning
"As an operations manager, I want to author and version risk rules with safe rollout and rollback so that I can control changes and trace their impact on mislabel and mis‑cartonization risk."
Description

Implement ingestion and centralized management of risk-related rules (e.g., weight thresholds, dimensional cliffs, fragile/hazmat flags, channel exceptions) with full versioning and change history. Support scoped targeting by warehouse, channel, carrier/service, and SKU sets, plus staged rollout (A/B, canary) and rollback. Provide APIs and admin UI for authoring, validating, and publishing rules, with schema validation and impact previews against recent orders. Integrates with ParcelPilot’s existing automation rules so the Risk Heatmap can evaluate both new and legacy constraints consistently.

Acceptance Criteria
Create Rule via API with Schema Validation and Version Bump
Given a valid rule payload with name, conditions, actions, and scope (warehouse/channel/carrier-service/SKU set), When POST /api/rules is called, Then the API returns 201 with body containing rule_id, version="v1", and status="Draft". Given an invalid payload (missing required fields or type mismatch), When POST /api/rules is called, Then the API returns 400 with a validation_errors array including path, code, and message for each error. Given a duplicate rule name within the same scope, When POST /api/rules is called, Then the API returns 409 with conflict details and no new rule is created. Then the created rule is persisted with a change_history entry capturing actor, timestamp, and payload checksum.
Author Rule in Admin UI with Impact Preview and Publish
Given an authenticated admin with "Rules:Write", When a Draft rule is created and "Preview Impact (last 14 days)" is requested, Then the system evaluates the rule against the last 14 days of orders and displays counts of affected orders grouped by warehouse and channel, completing within 10 seconds for up to 10,000 orders. When the admin clicks Publish, Then the rule status changes to Active, version increments (vN+1), and a change_history entry "Published" is recorded with actor and timestamp. When the admin discards the draft, Then no new version is created and the draft is deleted.
Rule Versioning with Change History and Rollback
Given an Active rule v1, When the rule is edited and published, Then a new immutable version v2 is created and becomes Active while v1 is retained as read-only. Given an Active rule v2, When Rollback to v1 is initiated, Then evaluation switches to v1 within 2 minutes and change_history records "Rollback from v2 to v1" with actor and reason. Then GET /api/rules/{id}/versions returns an ordered list of versions with diffs for fields changed between adjacent versions.
Scoped Targeting Resolution Across Warehouse/Channel/Carrier-Service/SKU Set
Given an order with warehouse=W1, channel=Shopify, carrier_service=UPS Ground, and SKUs in set S1, When evaluating applicable rules, Then only rules whose scope includes W1 AND Shopify AND UPS Ground AND any SKU∈S1 are applied. Given an order with SKUs not in a referenced SKU set, When evaluating, Then SKU-scoped rules are not applied. Then the evaluation trace for the order includes matched_rule_ids and the scope attributes that matched for each rule.
Staged Rollout with Canary and A/B Assignment
Given a new rule configured with a 10% canary rollout, When published, Then 10%±1% of eligible orders are deterministically assigned to treatment based on a stable hash of order_id, and exposure is logged per order. Given an A/B rollout at 50/50, When evaluating, Then orders are deterministically bucketed into control (no rule) and treatment (rule applied) with a maximum imbalance of 1% over 10,000 orders. When canary is disabled or rollback is performed, Then no new orders are assigned to treatment within 1 minute, and previous assignments cease to apply to subsequent orders.
Impact Preview Accuracy vs Post-Publish Backtest
Given a rule with a preview computed on the last 14 days, When the rule is published and a backtest is run on the same 14-day snapshot, Then the difference between preview_affected_orders and backtest_affected_orders is ≤1% relative error. When the difference exceeds 1%, Then the system flags the discrepancy in the UI and API and records an alert in change_history.
Unified Evaluation with Legacy Automation Rules
Given an order evaluated by both the legacy automation engine and the new risk rule engine, When requesting GET /api/evaluation?order_id={id}, Then the response includes a combined list of applied constraints from both engines with source metadata (legacy|risk) and is used by the Risk Heatmap. On a curated regression set of 500 recent orders, Then the combined evaluation replicates legacy constraint outcomes exactly for legacy rules (0 mismatches) while also including applicable new risk rules.
Risk Scoring Model
"As a shipping lead, I want reliable, explainable risk scores at order and cohort levels so that I can prioritize hotspots and focus remediation where it matters most."
Description

Develop an explainable risk scoring engine that computes mislabel and mis‑cartonization probability per dimension (order, SKU, channel, carrier/service, packaging) using SKU history, shipment outcomes, error logs, weight/size variance, and rule deltas. Output normalized risk scores (0–100) and confidence levels, aggregate to cohorts for hotspot detection, and run incrementally in near‑real‑time. Ensure horizontal scalability, data quality checks, and model calibration against historical incidents to reduce false positives. Expose scores via API for downstream use in batch printing safeguards and alerts.

Acceptance Criteria
Per-Dimension Risk Scores and Confidence Normalization
Given complete inputs for order, SKU, channel, carrier/service, and packaging When the model computes risk Then it returns a riskScore integer in the range [0,100] and a confidence in the range [0.00,1.00] (two decimal places) for each dimension Given identical inputs and modelVersion When scoring is repeated Then outputs are deterministic and exactly identical Given some dimensions are not applicable to an entity (e.g., no packaging yet) When scoring occurs Then present dimensions are scored and absent dimensions are omitted without error, and an order-level score is still produced
Explainability: Factor Attributions and Guardrail Recommendations
Given any computed risk score When explanations are requested Then the response includes the top 5 contributing factors with signed contribution weights that sum to 1.00 ±0.01 and human-readable labels plus machine codes Given a score ≥ 70 on any dimension When explanations are returned Then at least one actionable guardrail recommendation (e.g., weight buffer, minimum box constraint, service lock) is included with a referenced rule template Given any rule change affecting the entity in the last 24 hours When explanations are returned Then a rule-delta factor appears among the contributors with its timestamp and change description
Incremental Near-Real-Time Updates and Idempotency
Given a new event (order created/updated, weight or dimension update, carrier rule change, shipment outcome logged) When the event is ingested Then all affected risk scores are recomputed and available via API within p95 ≤ 5s and p99 ≤ 15s end-to-end Given duplicate events with the same idempotency key When processed Then exactly one scoring run is executed and no duplicate score records are persisted Given sustained load of 5,000 events/min/node When running on up to 4 nodes Then throughput scales linearly to ≥ 20,000 events/min total with p95 latency ≤ 7s and error rate ≤ 0.1% Given a node failure during processing When the cluster rebalance occurs Then no data loss occurs and any backlog drains within 10 minutes of node recovery
Cohort Aggregation and Hotspot Detection
Given a rolling 7-day window When cohorts are formed by SKU, channel, carrier/service, packaging, and warehouse Then the system computes cohort-level mean risk, incident rate, and sample size for each cohort Given cohort sample size ≥ 30 When mean risk increases by ≥ 25 points versus the prior 7-day window OR the 7-day incident rate exceeds the 95th percentile of the last 90 days Then the cohort is flagged as a hotspot with a severity label and change delta Given a hotspot is flagged When the cohort output is returned Then it includes the top 3 shared root-cause factors and at least one recommended guardrail per factor Given normal operations When aggregation runs Then cohort metrics refresh at least every 5 minutes
Calibration Against Historical Incidents and False-Positive Control
Given a 90-day holdout set of labeled mislabel/mis-cartonization incidents When the model is evaluated Then the Brier score ≤ 0.18 and the calibration slope is within [0.9, 1.1] Given a decision threshold of riskScore ≥ 70 When computing metrics Then the false positive rate ≤ 10% and recall ≥ 75% for incident detection across dimensions Given a candidate model update When compared to the current production model Then it must meet or exceed these calibration and error-rate targets before promotion, with metrics versioned and stored
Data Quality Validation, Imputation, and Fallback Behavior
Given an incoming record with missing/invalid required fields (e.g., negative weight, non-numeric dimensions, unknown carrier code) When validated Then the record is quarantined with a specific validation code and is not scored nor exposed via API Given an incoming record with missing optional fields (e.g., dimensions) When scoring Then values are imputed from SKU history medians (last 60 days), the confidence is reduced by at least 0.20, and dqFlags enumerate the imputation applied Given upstream data latency > 10 minutes or checksum failure for a feed When scoring outputs are served Then scores are marked stale=true and excluded from safeguards until freshness is restored Given a 15-minute window When > 1% of events fail validation Then a tenant-scoped DQ alert is emitted with trend and top validation codes
Risk Scores API Contract and Performance
Given the GET /v1/risk-scores endpoint with filters (orderId, sku, channel, service, packaging) and batch query up to 500 entities When requested Then the response contains, per dimension, fields: riskScore [0..100], confidence [0..1], topFactors[], guardrails[], cohortIds[], modelVersion, computedAt, stale, dqFlags Given single-entity queries When executed Then p95 latency ≤ 300ms; for batch (≤ 500 entities), p95 latency ≤ 1.5s Given high usage When the rate exceeds 600 requests/min per org Then the API returns HTTP 429 with Retry-After and no degradation for other tenants Given schema evolution When backward-compatible changes are deployed under versioned paths (e.g., /v1) Then OpenAPI contract tests pass and no breaking changes occur
Interactive Risk Heatmap & Drilldown
"As an analyst, I want a heatmap with filters and drilldowns so that I can quickly locate risk hotspots and inspect the underlying orders and trends."
Description

Create an interactive heatmap that visualizes risk hotspots across key dimensions (e.g., Channel × Carrier/Service, SKU Family × Box Type, Warehouse × Picker). Cells encode risk intensity and volume with tooltips for metrics and trends. Provide filters (date range, warehouse, channel, carrier, SKU tags, hazmat/fragile) and drilldown to root-cause views and sample orders. Support export (CSV/PNG), embeddable dashboards within ParcelPilot, accessibility compliance, responsive layout, and performant rendering for large datasets.

Acceptance Criteria
Heatmap Rendering, Responsiveness & Encodings
Given a dataset aggregated into ≤ 2,000 cells across supported dimension pairs, when the user opens the Risk Heatmap, then the first interactive render completes in ≤ 1.5 seconds and maintains ≥ 55 FPS during pan/scroll. Given risk scores (0–100) and cell volumes, when the heatmap is rendered, then risk is encoded by a colorblind-safe sequential palette and volume by a visible size/overlay indicator, with a legend explaining mappings present. Given viewports at widths 320, 768, and 1280 pixels, when the heatmap is viewed, then axes, legends, and cells adapt without horizontal overflow, and interactive targets are ≥ 44×44 px on touch devices. Given any filter change, when the heatmap re-renders, then color scale normalization remains consistent within the current view and legends update accordingly.
Filters, Multi-Select & State Persistence
Given filters for date range (absolute and last N days), warehouse, channel, carrier/service, SKU tags, and hazmat/fragile flags, when the user applies any combination, then the heatmap updates within ≤ 300 ms for ≤ 2,000 cells and results reflect the filter. Given selected filters, when the page URL is copied and reopened or shared, then the exact filter state and view are restored. Given a drilldown and return navigation, when the user navigates back, then prior filter state, scroll position, and selection are preserved. Given Clear All is invoked, when confirmed, then all filters reset to defaults (last 14 days; all warehouses/channels/carriers; all tags; hazmat/fragile = all).
Cell Click Drilldown: Root Cause & Sample Orders
Given a heatmap cell is clicked or focused and activated via keyboard, when drilldown opens, then the panel loads within ≤ 300 ms and anchors context (dimension values and active filters) at the top. Given contributing rules, when displayed, then each rule shows contribution % to risk, trigger count, recent trend, and a recommended guardrail with prefilled parameters and an Apply action gated by permissions. Given sample orders for the selected cell, when displayed, then at least 50 orders are listed with pagination, sortable columns, and an Export Orders CSV action limited to the current selection. Given the user closes the drilldown, when returning to the heatmap, then the previously selected cell remains highlighted.
Cell Tooltip Metrics & Trends
Given a user hovers a cell or focuses it via keyboard, when the tooltip is requested, then it appears within ≤ 100 ms and remains within viewport without clipping. Given tooltip content, when shown, then it includes risk score (0–100) with qualitative label, impacted orders count, mislabel rate, mis-cartonization rate, 14-day trend vs prior 14 days (%), top 2 triggered rules, and last updated timestamp, with locale-aware number formatting. Given screen readers, when a cell receives focus, then an accessible name is announced that includes cell coordinates, risk score, and order volume in a concise sentence.
Export: CSV and PNG Fidelity
Given the heatmap is visible with current filters, when CSV export is requested, then a file is generated in ≤ 2 seconds containing one row per visible cell with columns: dimensions, risk_score, order_volume, mislabel_rate, miscarton_rate, trend_pct, top_rules, filters_applied (JSON), generated_at_utc (ISO 8601). Given the heatmap is visible, when PNG export is requested, then a 2× resolution image (≤ 10 MB) is downloaded showing the current viewport, title, legend, filters summary, and timestamp. Given drilldown sample orders, when Export Orders CSV is requested, then only the filtered drilldown orders are exported with columns: order_id, channel, service, box_type, weight, triggered_rules, risk_tags, generated_at_utc.
Accessibility: WCAG 2.1 AA Compliance
Given keyboard-only navigation, when interacting with filters, cells, tooltips, drilldown, and export controls, then all are reachable in logical tab order with visible focus indicators and operable actions. Given color usage, when the heatmap is viewed, then color contrast ratios are ≥ 4.5:1, a colorblind-safe palette is used for risk, and non-color cues (patterns or value labels on focus) indicate intensity. Given screen readers, when navigating, then ARIA roles/labels expose cell coordinates, risk score, and volume; drilldown headings and regions are landmarked; tooltip content is programmatically associated. Given high-contrast mode, when enabled at OS/browser level, then the heatmap remains usable with no loss of information.
Embeddable Dashboards & Permissions
Given an embeddable heatmap instance inside a ParcelPilot dashboard, when initialized with signed parameters (filters, scope), then only data within the scope is visible and all actions honor the embedding user’s permissions. Given embed mode, when rendered, then navigation chrome is suppressed, resizing events are handled without visual artifacts, and first interactivity occurs in ≤ 1.5 seconds. Given cross-origin constraints, when embedded, then no third-party trackers are loaded and no mixed-content or CORS errors appear in the console during standard interactions.
Root‑Cause Explanations
"As an operator, I want clear root‑cause explanations tied to data so that I know exactly what to change to eliminate the hotspot."
Description

Surface machine‑generated, human‑readable explanations that attribute hotspots to specific drivers (e.g., weight buffer too narrow for SKU set X, dimensional cliff at 12×10×8 causing service reprice, hazmat service mismatch on eBay channel, missing packaging mapping). Provide evidence snippets (affected order share, variance metrics, before/after rule versions) and link directly to relevant rules, SKUs, and packaging configs. Standardize explanation taxonomy for consistency across views and APIs.

Acceptance Criteria
Driver Attribution and Deep Links from Hotspot Details
Given a user opens a Risk Heatmap hotspot details panel When the root-cause explanation is displayed Then it lists at least one primary driver and up to three secondary drivers, each with a standardized driver_code and human-readable label And each driver includes working deep links to at least one relevant rule and one SKU (if applicable) and any implicated packaging config And activating a deep link opens the correct destination with the hotspot context pre-filtered (rule/SKU/packaging) in a new tab
Evidence Snippets Show Impact and Rule Versioning
Given an explanation is rendered for a hotspot within the selected time window When the user views the Evidence section Then it shows affected_order_share as a percentage with numerator and denominator And it shows at least one variance metric with unit (e.g., weight_diff_lb, dim_vs_billed_in3) and value rounded to two decimals And it shows before_rule_version and after_rule_version identifiers with ISO 8601 timestamps when a rule change is implicated And if no rule change is detected in the last 30 days, before/after rule versions display "N/A" in UI and null in API
Human-Readable Explanation with Guardrail Recommendation
Given the system generates root-cause explanations When the explanation text is displayed Then each explanation contains three parts: driver description, quantified impact (percentage or count), and a recommended guardrail category And the explanation contains no unresolved template tokens (e.g., {{ }}) and no more than 2 sentences And the explanation length is between 80 and 280 characters and uses the user’s locale and number formatting
Standardized Explanation Taxonomy Across UI and API
Given the UI and the API provide the same hotspot explanation When comparing the UI payload and GET /api/v1/risk/heatmap/{hotspotId}/explanations response Then the fields type_code, severity, driver_code, guardrail_code, and evidence.metric keys are present and match exactly in value and casing And the ordering of drivers is by severity desc, then impact desc consistently across UI and API And unknown codes are rejected with a 400 in API and flagged with an error toast in UI
Contextual Navigation to Missing Packaging Mapping
Given a hotspot is attributed to missing packaging mapping When the user clicks the packaging mapping link in the explanation Then the Packaging Mapping view opens with the implicated SKU(s) pre-selected and facility/channel filters preserved from the heatmap context And an inline banner references the originating hotspot id and timestamp for traceability
API Contract and Performance for Explanations Endpoint
Given a client requests GET /api/v1/risk/heatmap/{hotspotId}/explanations When the hotspot has up to 5 drivers Then the response includes an array of explanations with fields: id, hotspot_id, driver_code, label, severity, evidence (affected_order_share, variance_metrics[], rule_versions), links (rules[], skus[], packaging[]), recommendations[] And the response conforms to JSON schema v1.0.0 without additionalProperties And p95 latency <= 500 ms and p99 <= 900 ms over the last 24h in production
Guardrail Recommendations & One‑Click Apply
"As an admin, I want one‑click, scoped guardrails based on heatmap findings so that I can prevent repeat errors without manually crafting complex rules."
Description

Generate prescriptive guardrails from detected root‑causes (e.g., add 6‑oz weight buffer to SKU tag ‘Glassware’, enforce minimum box ‘12×10×8’ for bundle B, lock service to ‘Ground Hazmat’ for channel C). Provide a side‑by‑side preview of the recommendation, scope (warehouse/channel/SKU), and expected risk/cost impact. Enable authorized users to apply with one click, creating versioned rules with audit trail, change approvals, and rollback. Integrate with ParcelPilot’s rule engine so guardrails immediately affect label selection and packing recommendations.

Acceptance Criteria
Generate Weight Buffer Recommendation from Mislabel Root Cause
Given a mislabel hotspot where SKUs tagged "Glassware" have ≥15 incidents in the last 30 days with measured weight exceeding declared weight by >4 oz and root-cause confidence ≥80% When the user opens the hotspot's Guardrail Recommendations Then the system generates a recommendation "Add 6 oz weight buffer" scoped to SKU tag "Glassware" And the recommendation includes editable buffer amount (1–16 oz) and editable scope (SKU tag/warehouse/channel) And the recommendation displays rationale with incident count, lookback window, and confidence value And the recommendation displays predicted risk reduction (%) and estimated postage delta ($/order)
Preview Panel Shows Scope and Impact for Hazardous Service Lock
Given a hotspot indicating hazmat mis-service on channel "C" for warehouse "WH1" When the user selects the recommendation "Lock service to Ground Hazmat" for channel "C" Then a side-by-side preview renders within 3 seconds (p95) And the preview shows rule summary, scope (channel "C", warehouse "WH1"), affected orders count (last 30 days), and top SKUs count And the preview shows expected risk reduction (%) and expected cost impact ($/order and total/month) And the preview displays before/after service examples for the top 3 affected SKUs And the Apply button reflects any required approval before activation
One‑Click Apply by Authorized User Creates Versioned Rule with Audit Trail
Given a user with permission "Guardrail:Apply" and no approval policy required for the selected scope When the user clicks Apply on a recommendation Then a new rule version is created with status "Active" and a unique version_id And the version stores rule parameters, scope, linked hotspot_id, author, and timestamp (ISO 8601) And an audit log entry records author, version_id, before/after diff, and justification (if provided) And the API responds 201 with the version_id and status And the UI displays confirmation with version_id
Change Approval Workflow for Guardrail Activation
Given the organization requires at least one approver for guardrail changes and an approver group is configured When a user with "Guardrail:Apply" clicks Apply on a recommendation Then a new rule version is created with status "Pending Approval" and no rule engine propagation occurs And approvers are notified via configured channels and the UI shows "Awaiting Approval" When an authorized approver approves the change Then the version status transitions to "Active", the audit trail records approver id and timestamp, and propagation to the rule engine begins
Immediate Rule Engine Effect on Label Selection and Packing
Given a guardrail version is Active When the next order within the guardrail scope is evaluated by the rule engine Then label selection and packing recommendations reflect the guardrail And the change is visible in UI and API within 10 seconds of activation And orders outside the scope remain unaffected And the /rules/current endpoint returns the new version_id for the affected scope
Rollback to Prior Guardrail Version Restores Previous Behavior
Given there is an Active guardrail version v2 and a previous version v1 When an authorized user triggers Rollback on v2 Then v1 becomes "Active" and v2 becomes "Rolled Back" And an audit log entry records who performed the rollback, timestamp, target version, and reason And the rule engine reverts behavior within 10 seconds And any pending approvals related to v2 are canceled or marked obsolete
What‑If Simulation & Impact Forecast
"As a cost analyst, I want to simulate rule changes before deploying them so that I can balance risk reduction with postage cost and SLA impact."
Description

Allow users to simulate proposed guardrails and rule edits against recent order history to forecast changes in risk, postage spend, SLA adherence, and processing time. Provide scenario configuration, confidence intervals, trade‑off visuals, and per‑dimension impacts (channel, carrier, SKU). Run simulations asynchronously with progress indicators, caching, and shareable scenario links. Results feed back into the heatmap for comparison and support decision‑making before applying changes.

Acceptance Criteria
Async simulation execution with progress and cancellation
Given a valid scenario configuration and a connected user session When the user clicks Run Simulation Then a background job is created within 1 second with a unique job ID and initial status Queued And the UI displays a progress indicator with percentage and ETA that updates at least every 2 seconds And the user can cancel the run; when canceled before completion the job status becomes Canceled, partial results are discarded, and the UI confirms cancellation within 2 seconds When the job completes successfully Then the job status becomes Completed and the UI receives completion via websocket within 2 seconds (with REST fallback within 10 seconds)
Scenario configuration and validation
Given the scenario builder When the user configures guardrails (weight buffer %, minimum box L×W×H, service locks, dimensional thresholds) and selects a lookback window (7, 14, 30 days, or custom up to 90 days) Then required fields are validated client-side and server-side with inline error messages and disabled Run Simulation until valid And the saved configuration is versioned with timestamp, user, and data snapshot ID And a deterministic hash of all inputs (including data snapshot ID) is generated for caching
Forecast metrics with confidence intervals
Given a completed simulation When results are computed Then the output includes baseline, simulated, absolute delta, and relative delta for: risk rate (mislabel/mis-cartonization), postage spend, SLA adherence (on-time %), and processing time per order And each metric includes a 95% confidence interval displayed as [lower, upper] And any metric whose delta CI spans zero is flagged as Not statistically significant in the UI And values use consistent units (currency in account currency with 2 decimals, percentages with 1 decimal, time in seconds)
Per-dimension impacts and exploration
Given completed results When the user opens the Impacts tab Then tables are available for Channel, Carrier-Service, and SKU with baseline, simulated, absolute delta, relative delta, and 95% CI And the SKU table defaults to Top 50 by absolute risk delta and supports search, sort on any column, and pagination And filters allow inclusion/exclusion by channel, carrier, and SKU pattern; applying filters updates aggregates within 1 second for cached results And the user can export the current view to CSV with applied filters and visible columns
Trade-off visualization and comparison to baseline
Given completed results When the user opens Trade-offs Then a scatter plot displays points per selected dimension with X=postage delta (%), Y=risk delta (pp), and point size=volume; quadrants are labeled and counts shown And the user can toggle dimension (Channel, Carrier-Service, SKU) and hover to see baseline/simulated values and 95% CI And the baseline is visually indicated and scales remain consistent across scenarios for accurate visual comparison And the user can pin up to 3 points to compare detailed metrics side-by-side
Caching and shareable scenario links
Given a saved scenario configuration When an identical configuration (same hash and data snapshot) is run within 24 hours Then results are served from cache within 2 seconds and labeled From cache And the user can generate a shareable link with an expiring token; only authenticated users with workspace access can open it When a recipient opens the link Then the scenario configuration and results load; if cache has expired but snapshot is still available, a rerun is queued automatically and the UI shows Restoring results And links expire after 30 days; expired links return a 410 Gone message in the UI with an option to request a new link
Heatmap feedback and scenario comparison
Given a completed simulation When the user navigates to the Risk Heatmap Compare panel Then the scenario appears as selectable alongside Baseline and up to 3 other saved scenarios And selecting a scenario updates heatmap cells to show delta badges (↑/↓ with magnitude and significance) relative to baseline And clicking a heatmap hotspot deep-links to the scenario’s per-dimension impacts filtered to that hotspot And the compare selection and view state persist per user across sessions
Threshold Alerts & Subscriptions
"As a floor manager, I want timely alerts for emerging risk hotspots so that I can intervene and prevent costly shipping errors before orders leave the dock."
Description

Enable configurable alerts when risk indices exceed thresholds or when new rules introduce significant hotspots. Support subscriptions by dimension (warehouse, channel, SKU group, carrier/service) and delivery via Slack, email, and webhook with rate‑limiting, deduplication, and quiet hours. Alert payloads include affected cohorts, top root‑causes, and recommended guardrails with deep links to the heatmap and simulation. Maintain alert audit logs and subscription management in user settings.

Acceptance Criteria
Threshold Breach Alert Trigger
Given a subscription with configured risk threshold T and scoped dimensions And risk indices are computed on a recurring schedule When a cohort’s risk index exceeds T in two consecutive computation cycles Then an alert is generated within 60 seconds of the second breach And the alert is delivered only to subscribers whose scopes intersect the cohort And no alert is generated if the threshold is not exceeded in consecutive computations
New Rule Hotspot Alert Trigger
Given a new or updated risk rule is saved And hotspot significance is defined as: (any cohort reaches risk index ≥ T) OR (any cohort’s risk index increases by ≥10 points affecting ≥100 shipments in the last 7 days) When the rule evaluation meets the significance condition within the subscriber’s scope Then an alert is generated within 60 seconds and tagged "New Rule Hotspot" And no alert is generated if significance conditions are not met
Subscription Scopes and Filters
Given a user creates subscriptions scoped by warehouse, channel, SKU group, and carrier/service When an alertable event occurs Then only subscribers whose scopes match the event dimensions receive the alert And multiple matching subscriptions for the same user are coalesced into a single delivery per channel And unsubscribed or paused subscriptions receive no alerts
Multi-Channel Delivery and Retries
Given an alert is generated When delivered via Slack Then a message is posted to the configured channel with app mention, title, severity, and primary deep link, and the Slack API responds 2xx When delivered via Email Then an email is sent to the configured address with subject prefix "[ParcelPilot Risk Alert]" and payload summary, and the SMTP response is 2xx/OK When delivered via Webhook Then an HTTPS POST is sent with JSON payload and headers X-PP-Signature (HMAC-SHA256) and X-PP-Timestamp, and the endpoint responds 2xx And for any non-2xx response, the system retries with exponential backoff up to 3 attempts and logs outcomes
Rate-Limiting, Deduplication, and Quiet Hours
Given a rate limit of 1 alert per {cohort_id, rule_id, channel} per 15-minute window When multiple qualifying events occur within the window Then only one alert is sent and subsequent ones are suppressed and aggregated into the next payload’s suppressed_count Given deduplication keys of {cohort_id, rule_id, subscription_id, channel} When an identical alert would be emitted within 15 minutes Then it is dropped as a duplicate Given quiet hours are configured from 21:00 to 07:00 in the account’s local timezone When an alertable event occurs during quiet hours Then the alert is queued and delivered at 07:00 with a delayed_due_to_quiet_hours flag And if the event no longer meets criteria by 07:00, the queued alert is discarded
Alert Payload Completeness and Deep Links
Given an alert is generated Then the payload includes: threshold(s) and actual risk index values, affected cohorts with counts, top 3 root-causes with contribution percentages, and 1–3 recommended guardrails And the payload includes deep links to the heatmap and simulation pre-filtered to the alert’s dimensions and rule context And deep links include signed query params (cohort_id, rule_id, date_range) and open successfully to the correct views And the payload validates against JSON Schema "risk_alert.v1" with all mandatory fields present
Audit Logging and Subscription Management
Given any alert delivery attempt occurs Then an audit log entry is written with timestamp, correlation_id, subscription_id, channel, recipient, payload_hash, delivery_status, response_code, and retry_count And audit logs are retained for 365 days and searchable by correlation_id and recipient Given a user with appropriate permissions When they create, update, pause/resume, or delete a subscription in User Settings Then changes are validated, applied, and reflected within 1 minute And each change is versioned and recorded in the audit log with actor and before/after diff

Smart Tuner

Receive AI‑guided rule tweaks that balance cost, SLA reliability, and risk. Set objectives (e.g., minimize spend with <1% SLA variance), and Smart Tuner proposes precise adjustments with expected outcomes. Apply changes to the sandbox in one click and re‑simulate instantly.

Requirements

Objective & Constraint Builder
"As an operations manager, I want to define optimization objectives and constraints so that Smart Tuner aligns recommendations with our business goals and compliance limits."
Description

A guided configuration interface and validation service that lets users define optimization objectives (e.g., minimize spend, maximize SLA reliability, or balance) along with quantifiable targets (e.g., SLA variance <1%), risk tolerance, and hard constraints (carrier/service exclusions, max label cost by order value, cutoff times, hazmat and dimensional rules). Objectives and constraints are stored as versioned, reusable profiles scoped by store, channel, or destination. Real-time syntax and semantic validation prevents unsafe or contradictory settings. The Smart Tuner engine consumes these profiles to bound its search space and ensure all recommendations are compliant. Integrates with rate shopping, pack-size prediction, and existing rules so that recommendations directly map to actionable rule parameters. Expected outcome: consistent, goal-aligned tuning with reduced misconfiguration risk.

Acceptance Criteria
Define Objective with Quantifiable Targets and Risk Tolerance
Given I am creating a new profile scoped to Store A / Channel Etsy / US-West When I select objective "Minimize Spend" and set SLA variance target to <= 1.0% and risk tolerance to "Low" Then all required fields validate successfully and the Save action becomes enabled Given invalid target values are entered (e.g., SLA variance < 0% or > 100%) When I attempt to save Then an inline error specifies the allowed range and the Save action remains disabled Given risk tolerance must be one of {Low, Medium, High} When I open the risk tolerance selector Then only these options are available and one must be selected before Save is enabled Given all entries are valid When I click Save Then the profile persists with objective type, target metrics, and risk tolerance retrievable via UI and API
Configure Hard Constraints and Business Rules
Given I add carrier/service exclusions (e.g., exclude "CarrierX Ground") When I save the profile Then the exclusions are persisted and visible on reload and via the profile API Given I set a max label cost rule "OrderValue < $20 -> MaxLabelCost $6.00" When I run a simulation on matching orders Then any recommendation exceeding $6.00 is flagged non-compliant and not proposed Given I define cutoff times per service and warehouse timezone When current time is after the cutoff Then services requiring same-day tender are excluded from recommendations Given hazmat and dimensional rules are enabled (e.g., lithium batteries, oversize thresholds) When SKUs with those attributes are present Then only carrier/services compliant with those attributes are considered
Real-time Validation Blocks Unsafe or Contradictory Settings
Given I exclude all carriers or all services for a destination When I attempt to save Then a blocking error states "No feasible carriers/services remain" and Save is disabled Given constraints conflict (e.g., MaxLabelCost $5 while requiring 2‑Day Air for 50 lb shipments) When validation runs Then the conflicting rules are identified with field-level messages and Save is disabled until resolved Given I modify any field in the builder When validation triggers Then results appear within 200 ms at the 95th percentile (<= 500 ms worst case under 200 concurrent users) Given all validation errors are resolved When I review the form Then all error indicators clear and Save is enabled without page reload
Versioned, Reusable Profiles Scoped by Store/Channel/Destination
Given I save changes to an existing profile When the save completes Then a new immutable version is created with an incremented patch number and a required changelog message Given multiple profiles exist for a scope When I set one profile as Active for Store A / Channel B / Region West Then the previous Active becomes Inactive and the assignment is audit-logged with actor and timestamp Given I clone a profile to a new scope When the clone completes Then all objectives and constraints are copied and the new profile starts at version 1.0.0 Given I select a prior profile version When I click Restore Then that version is duplicated as the latest version, preserving full history
Smart Tuner Consumes Profile and Produces Compliant Recommendations
Given an active profile is selected for a simulation dataset When Smart Tuner runs Then 100% of proposed rule adjustments and label selections satisfy all hard constraints from the profile Given objectives include SLA variance <= 1.0% and spend minimization When recommendations are produced Then the output includes predicted SLA variance and cost deltas with 95% confidence intervals meeting or exceeding targets Given any potential recommendation violates a constraint When results are compiled Then the item is excluded and a machine-readable reason code is logged Given recommendations are accepted to the rules sandbox When changes are reviewed Then each parameter maps directly to existing rule fields (e.g., service weights, exclusions) with no manual translation required
Scope Resolution Applies Correct Profile to Orders
Given profiles exist at store, channel, and destination scopes When an order arrives for Store A / Channel Etsy / State CA Then the most specific matching profile is applied using precedence: store+channel+destination > store+channel > store > global default Given no specific profile matches an order When processing begins Then the global default profile is applied Given a profile is selected for an order When the shipment is created Then the applied profile ID and version are recorded on the shipment and exposed via logs and API Given user permissions restrict profile visibility by scope When a user without access views profiles Then profiles for other stores/channels are not visible or selectable
Historical Performance Analyzer
"As a data-driven shipper, I want Smart Tuner to analyze historical performance and costs so that suggestions are based on real-world outcomes rather than assumptions."
Description

A data service that aggregates shipment history by SKU, destination, carrier/service, and time, computing delivery-time distributions, SLA miss variance, claim/return rates, surcharge incidence, dimensional-weight uplift, and seasonal effects. Provides feature vectors and confidence scores to the Smart Tuner while supporting configurable lookbacks, decay-weighting of recent data, and cold-start handling for new SKUs. Includes anomaly and outage detection to exclude outlier periods. Exposes cached cubes and APIs for low-latency access during tuning and simulation. Integrates with ParcelPilot’s tracking sync and cost ledger to ensure metric parity with production. Expected outcome: high-fidelity inputs that ground recommendations in observed performance and true costs.

Acceptance Criteria
Metric Aggregation and Production Parity
Given shipment history is synced from tracking and cost ledger When the analyzer builds aggregates over the last 180 days by (SKU, destination_region, carrier, service, week) Then it computes for every group: delivery_time_distribution (business-day histogram), SLA_miss_variance, claim_rate, return_rate, surcharge_incidence by type, dim_weight_uplift_pct, and seasonal_index with no null metrics And for a stratified sample of 1,000 shipments, re-aggregated counts match production tracking within ±0.2% and cost components match the ledger with mean absolute error ≤ $0.01 per label And any parity breach beyond thresholds emits a parity_failure event with group keys and diff summary
Lookback Window and Decay Weighting Configuration
Given lookback_days has a default of 90 and allowed range [30, 365] When lookback_days is set to 180 Then only shipments with ship_date within the last 180 days contribute to aggregates And metadata in outputs records lookback_days=180 Given exponential decay weighting is enabled with half_life_days default 30 When half_life_days is set to 15 on a deterministic test fixture Then weighted mean transit time and variance equal the expected values within ±0.5% Given decay weighting is disabled When recomputing aggregates on the same fixture Then weighted and unweighted metrics are equal within numerical tolerance (|diff| ≤ 1e-6)
Cold‑Start Handling for New SKUs
Given a SKU with fewer than 20 shipments in the active lookback When aggregates are requested Then the analyzer returns fallback aggregates from the SKU’s category or nearest cluster And sets cold_start_flag=true, confidence_score ≤ 0.40, and fallback_source populated Given a brand-new SKU with 0 shipments When aggregates are requested Then destination- and carrier-level baselines are returned with no nulls, confidence_score ≤ 0.25, and P95 latency ≤ 200 ms Given the SKU reaches 20 or more shipments in the lookback When aggregates are recomputed Then cold_start_flag=false and confidence_score ≥ 0.60
Anomaly and Outage Detection with Exclusion from Aggregates
Given an injected anomaly window where SLA miss rate is > 3σ above the trailing 28-day mean for ≥ 12 consecutive hours When anomaly detection runs Then the window is flagged with anomaly_type and excluded from aggregates (weight=0) and listed in anomaly_summary outputs Given anomaly_exclusion=false When aggregates are recomputed Then previously flagged windows are included in the metrics Given a labeled validation set of outages and normal periods When evaluating detection performance Then precision ≥ 95% and recall ≥ 90% over the set
Cached Cubes and Low‑Latency API for Tuning/Simulation
Given cached cubes are warm When executing standard aggregate queries under 50 RPS for 60 seconds Then P95 latency ≤ 150 ms, P99 latency ≤ 300 ms, error rate < 0.1%, and data staleness ≤ 10 minutes Given a cold cache When the first query is executed Then cache warm-up completes within 5 seconds and subsequent queries meet the latency SLAs Given a query that would return > 10,000 rows When requesting results Then pagination is enforced with a stable cursor and totals remain consistent across pages
Feature Vector and Confidence Output to Smart Tuner
Given an aggregate group When feature vectors are produced for Smart Tuner Then each record includes: transit_time_histogram, sla_miss_variance, claim_rate, return_rate, surcharge_rate_by_type, dim_weight_uplift_pct, seasonal_index, cost_components, sample_size, confidence_score, data_freshness_ts, schema_version, and provenance_ids Given the JSON Schema for feature vectors When exporting 10,000 records Then 100% validate against the schema and contain no NaN/Inf values Given controlled input fixtures (n=100) with known outcomes When feature vectors are computed Then confidence_score increases monotonically with sample_size and decreases with variance, and numeric values match expected within ±0.5%
Rule Suggestion Engine
"As a fulfillment lead, I want the system to propose specific rule tweaks with expected impact so that I can reduce spend without increasing SLA risk."
Description

A constraint-aware optimization layer that combines predictive models with search (e.g., Bayesian optimization or integer programming) to generate precise rule tweaks: carrier prioritization weights, service eligibility filters, packaging overrides, and zone/threshold adjustments. Produces a ranked list of suggestions with estimated deltas for spend, SLA variance, and risk, including confidence intervals and plain-language rationale. Enforces hard constraints and objective targets from the Objective & Constraint Builder and outputs changes in a format directly consumable by the rules repository. Integrates with rate shopping and pack prediction components to ensure feasibility. Expected outcome: transparent, impact-quantified recommendations that accelerate savings without compromising reliability.

Acceptance Criteria
Rank-Ordered Suggestions With Impact Metrics
Given a historical order set and active objective/constraint configuration When the engine generates rule tweak suggestions Then it returns a list sorted by objective score improvement (or cost reduction when minimizing), tie-breaking by lower risk delta, then higher confidence And each suggestion includes spend delta (absolute and %), SLA variance delta (pp), risk delta (pp), and 95% confidence intervals for each metric And each suggestion includes a plain-language rationale of ≤280 characters And if ≥10 feasible tweaks exist, at least 5 suggestions are returned; otherwise all feasible suggestions are returned And if no feasible suggestions exist, an empty list is returned with reason code NO_FEASIBLE
Constraint Enforcement and Objective Adherence
Given hard constraints from the Objective & Constraint Builder When candidate suggestions violate any hard constraint Then those candidates are excluded from output And the response includes a constraints_summary with names of enforced constraints and count of pruned candidates per constraint And all emitted suggestions meet objective targets in preview (e.g., SLA variance ≤ target) and their 95% CI lower bound does not breach any hard constraint And any suggestion whose CI indicates potential breach of a hard constraint is not emitted
Sandbox Apply and Re‑Simulation
Given a selected suggestion or bundle of suggestions When Apply to Sandbox is invoked Then a validated patch payload referencing rule IDs and version is produced and applies without conflict to the sandbox repository And a re-simulation on the selected validation set runs automatically and returns updated spend, SLA variance, and risk metrics And observed re-simulation deltas are within ±10% relative error of previewed deltas or within ±0.5 pp for variance/risk (whichever is greater) And a rollback patch ID is provided that reverts the sandbox to the prior state And total apply + simulate time is ≤30 seconds for 1,000 orders
Rules Repository Output Compatibility
Given repository schema version X.Y and rule set R When outputting changes Then the payload conforms to schema X.Y and passes JSON Schema validation And the payload includes change_id, created_at, actor, target_rule_ids, operations, and rollback operations And applying the payload is idempotent (double-apply yields no further changes) And semantic validation passes: referenced rules exist; operations are allowed for their rule types; no orphaned references are created And a dry-run returns a diff summary with counts of adds/updates/deletes
Feasibility via Rate Shopping and Pack Prediction
Given current carrier rate data and pack prediction outputs When proposing carrier weights, service eligibility filters, or packaging overrides Then each suggestion is validated for feasibility against rate shopping and pack prediction components with 0 invalid combinations in a 1,000-order test set And any packaging override maps to an available box type and fits predicted dimensions/weights for ≥95% of affected orders And service filter suggestions do not reduce on-time probability below the configured SLA threshold in simulation And each suggestion includes feasibility_check:true with sample size and validation timestamp
Rationale and Transparency
Given any emitted suggestion When a user views its details Then a plain-language rationale (≤280 chars) and top 3 drivers with contribution percentages are displayed And the historical window used for estimation and key assumptions are shown And 95% confidence intervals are displayed per metric with the estimation method noted And a trace_id is included that allows reproducing the analysis And no PII or sensitive order content is exposed in rationale, drivers, or logs
Performance, Determinism, and Observability
Given a workload of 5,000 orders and 30 tweak dimensions When the engine runs Then initial suggestions are produced in ≤15 seconds with p95 latency ≤20 seconds And with a fixed random seed, the top-10 suggestions are identical across runs and all metrics are within ±1% And resource usage stays under 4 CPU cores and 8 GB RAM at p95 during optimization And telemetry is emitted: generation_time_ms, candidate_count, pruned_count, simulation_calls, and error_rate<1%, with logs containing no sensitive data
Instant Sandbox Simulation
"As a shipping analyst, I want to instantly simulate proposed changes on recent orders so that I can validate outcomes before promoting to production."
Description

A high-throughput simulator that replays recent or sampled orders through packing prediction and rate shopping using current versus proposed rules, producing side-by-side KPIs (spend, SLA reliability, risk, processing throughput). Supports deterministic, seedable runs; reproducible snapshots of tariffs, rules, and objectives; and parallel execution to complete typical 1,000-order simulations in seconds. Flags constraint breaches and edge cases, and provides detailed diffs at order and aggregate levels. Integrates with the UI to display outcome forecasts and with One-Click Sandbox Apply to auto-run post-change. Expected outcome: rapid, reliable validation of recommendations before any production impact.

Acceptance Criteria
Deterministic Replay with Seeded Runs
Given snapshot SNAP-001 (tariffs, rules, objectives), order set O1000, and seed 987654 When the simulator is executed twice under environment Sim-Std-4 with identical inputs Then result.payloadHash (SHA-256) is identical across runs And aggregate KPIs and order-level selections match exactly (monetary values equal within $0.01 rounding)
Throughput: 1,000-Order Simulation Completes in Seconds
Given environment Sim-Std-4 (4 vCPU, 8 GB RAM), snapshot SNAP-001, and order set O1000 When the simulator runs with default parallelism Then median wall-clock time across 5 consecutive runs is <= 5 seconds And p95 wall-clock time across those runs is <= 8 seconds And no single run exceeds 10 seconds
Detailed Order- and Aggregate-Level Diffs
Given baseline rules R_base and proposed rules R_prop within snapshot SNAP-001, and order set O1000 When the simulator completes Then the output includes side-by-side KPIs: spend, SLA reliability, risk, and processing throughput And aggregate KPIs equal the sum/average of corresponding order-level fields (money within $0.01, percentages within 0.1 percentage points) And each order diff contains: carrier/service, box size, weight, label cost, expected delivery window, SLA hit/miss, risk score change, and decision rationale And downloadable CSV and JSON reports are produced with record counts equal to the input order count
Snapshot Export/Restore Reproducibility
Given a snapshot export created from SNAP-001 at time T When the snapshot is restored and the same order set O1000 is re-simulated with seed 987654 Then the restored snapshot hash equals the original export hash And the simulation result payloadHash matches the original run And snapshot metadata records carrier tariff versions and ruleset commit identifiers
Parallel Execution Correctness and Scaling
Given snapshot SNAP-001 and order set O1000 When the simulator is executed with workers=1 and again with workers=8 Then result payloads are identical across worker counts (equal payloadHash) And runtime with workers=8 is <= 50% of the runtime with workers=1 on the same environment And peak memory usage remains <= 6 GB during the workers=8 run
Constraint Breach and Edge-Case Flagging
Given objectives specify constraints (e.g., SLA variance < 1%, risk <= R_threshold) and active carrier constraints When the simulator evaluates order set O1000 Then any constraint breach is flagged with type, scope (order/aggregate), threshold, observed value, and affected order IDs And edge cases are flagged for: missing dimensions/weight, no eligible rate, tariff not found, DIM weight applied, service blackout, and pickup cutoff missed And a summary section reports counts per breach/edge type; only triggered types appear with count > 0
UI Integration and One-Click Sandbox Auto-Run
Given a user applies Smart Tuner changes via One-Click Sandbox Apply When the sandbox rules commit is saved Then a simulation auto-starts within 1 second and is visible in the UI with status Running And for a 1,000-order sample, results display within 10 seconds with side-by-side KPIs and order/aggregate diffs And the UI shows simulation run ID, seed, snapshot ID, and a Re-simulate control And on failure, an actionable error with run ID and retry option is shown
One-Click Sandbox Apply
"As a warehouse supervisor, I want to apply selected suggestions to a sandbox in one click so that I can quickly test changes without risking live orders."
Description

A single-action control that instantiates selected Smart Tuner suggestions into a sandbox ruleset branch, triggers immediate simulation, and presents a summarized impact forecast. Includes RBAC checks, optional two-person approval, and pre-apply validation to block changes that violate constraints. Shows a human-readable change log and allows scoped application by store/channel or destination segments. No production impact until explicitly promoted. Expected outcome: fast, safe iteration cycles that shorten time-to-value for tuning.

Acceptance Criteria
One-Click Sandbox Apply and Instant Simulation
Given a user with Rules:ApplySandbox permission has selected 1–100 Smart Tuner suggestions and an optional scope (store/channel and/or destination segments) When the user clicks "Apply to Sandbox" Then the system creates a new sandbox ruleset branch named sandbox/{orgId}/{username}/{timestamp} within 3 seconds And only the selected suggestions within the chosen scope are applied (no unselected rules modified) And an automatic simulation starts within 3 seconds of branch creation And a summarized impact forecast is returned within 120 seconds for up to 10,000 historical orders in scope And the forecast includes: spend_delta_abs, spend_delta_pct, SLA_breach_rate_pred, SLA_variance_delta_pct, error_rate_delta_pct, risk_score_delta, confidence_level, sample_size And the UI displays counts of rules added, updated, removed, and affected SKUs And the operation is idempotent for 60 seconds per idempotency_key, preventing duplicate branches
RBAC Enforcement on Sandbox Apply
Given a user without Rules:ApplySandbox permission attempts to apply suggestions to sandbox When the request is made via UI or API Then the operation is blocked with HTTP 403 and error_code=RBAC_DENIED And no sandbox branch is created and no simulation is triggered And an audit log entry is recorded with actor, attempted scope, timestamp, and outcome=denied Given a user with Rules:ApplySandbox permission and scope access to the selected store/channel/destination When the user applies suggestions to sandbox Then the request succeeds (HTTP 200) and an audit log entry records actor, scope, branch_id, and outcome=allowed
Two-Person Approval Gate
Given org policy approval.required=true And User A with Rules:ApplySandbox permission initiates an apply When User A submits the apply action Then a Change Request is created in status=PendingApproval and no branch changes are applied yet And User A cannot approve their own Change Request (self-approval blocked) And only approvers in roles {Admin, OpsManager} can approve When an eligible User B approves within 24 hours Then the branch is instantiated, suggestions are applied, simulation auto-starts, and status transitions to Approved->Applied And the audit log links initiator and approver identities and timestamps When the request is rejected or expires after 24 hours Then no branch is created or changes are applied and status=Rejected or Expired
Pre-Apply Constraint Validation
Given selected suggestions may violate constraints (e.g., price_floor, carrier_blocklist, min_SLA, surcharge_ceiling) When pre-apply validation runs Then all suggestions are evaluated against org constraints and rule schema And if any blocking violations exist, the apply is halted with status=ValidationFailed, HTTP 409, and a list of violations {suggestion_id, rule_id, constraint_code, message} And no sandbox branch is created and no simulation is triggered on blocking failures And non-blocking warnings are returned as warnings[] and displayed, but the apply proceeds And the validation result is recorded in the audit log
Scoped Application by Store/Channel/Destination
Given the user selects a scope consisting of one or more stores/channels and/or destination segments When applying suggestions to sandbox Then only rules tagged within the selected scope are created or modified And rules outside the scope remain unchanged (0 modifications) And the simulation dataset is limited to orders matching the scope And the forecast presents segmented results per scope segment and a combined total And attempts to modify outside-scope rules are rejected with HTTP 400 and error_code=SCOPE_VIOLATION
Human-Readable Change Log and Export
Given a successful sandbox apply and simulation completion When the user opens the change log Then each rule change is listed with: rule_id, field_path, previous_value, new_value, suggestion_id, rationale, user_id, timestamp And a human-readable summary line is shown for each change (e.g., "Increase USPS Zone 5 weight cap from 10lb to 12lb") And totals are shown for rules added/updated/removed And the change log can be exported as CSV and JSON And the log is persisted and queryable for at least 365 days And the audit trail links change log entries to the originating Smart Tuner run and simulation id
No Production Impact Prior to Promotion
Given changes are applied to a sandbox ruleset branch When the apply completes Then the production ruleset version_id remains unchanged before vs. after And no production write events are emitted (0 production mutations) And live order processing continues to use the current production ruleset (verified by 0% difference in rule evaluation paths across a 100-order sample window post-apply) And the "Promote to Production" control remains a separate explicit action and is disabled until validation passes And monitoring emits a "sandbox_apply" event and no "prod_change" events for this operation
Change Versioning & Rollback
"As a compliance owner, I want full versioning and rollback of rules so that we can trace, audit, and revert changes if issues arise."
Description

A version control and audit capability for rules and objective profiles that records diffs, tags, and release notes; supports compare, revert, and promotion from sandbox to production with approvals; and enables export/import via JSON for migration. Links Smart Tuner recommendations and simulation reports to the resulting versions for traceability. Immutable audit logs capture who, what, when, and why for every change. Expected outcome: safe deployment practices, rapid rollback, and full compliance visibility across tuning activities.

Acceptance Criteria
Automatic Versioning with Diffs and Release Notes on Save
Given a user modifies any rule or objective profile in sandbox When they click Save Then a new version is created with a unique immutable version ID and UTC timestamp And the version requires non-empty release notes (minimum 10 characters) And optional tags (1–10) are accepted and validated (alphanumeric, dash/underscore, max 24 chars) And a field-level before/after diff is persisted for every modified field And the new version appears in version history within 2 seconds of save
Side-by-Side Version Compare (Diff) View
Given two versions of the same ruleset/profile are selected When the user opens Compare Then only changed fields are shown by default with before/after values side-by-side And the user can toggle to show unchanged fields And nested objects are displayed using dot-path notation for location (e.g., shipping.rules[3].carrier.weightBias) And a downloadable machine-readable JSON Patch file representing the diff is available And permissions are enforced so only users with read access to both versions can compare
Atomic Rollback to a Previous Version in Production
Given a production ruleset/profile is at version Vn and a prior version Vn-1 exists When a Release Manager initiates a rollback to Vn-1 and provides a mandatory reason (min 10 chars) Then the system performs an atomic switch with no partial states And the rollback is recorded as a new version Vn+1 with metadata revertedFrom=Vn-1 And the cutover completes within 1 second of confirmation And all subsequent label rating/printing requests use Vn-1 immediately after cutover And an audit log entry captures who, what, when, fromVersion, toVersion, and reason
Sandbox-to-Production Promotion with Approval Workflow
Given a sandbox version has been marked Ready for Promotion by its author When the author submits a promotion request Then at least one approver other than the author must approve before promotion executes And if policy RequireRecentSimulation(24h)=true, the version must have a linked passing simulation not older than 24 hours And if policy RequireSLAVariance(<1%)=true, linked simulation must show SLA variance under 1% And promotion requires non-empty release notes and at least one tag And upon approval, the version is promoted to production and recorded as the current production version within 2 seconds And all approval/denial actions are captured in the audit log with comments
JSON Export and Import for Migration
Given a specific version is selected for export When the user clicks Export Then a single JSON file is downloaded containing schemaVersion, checksum, rules, objective profiles, tags, release notes, and linkage metadata (recommendation and simulation IDs) And the export includes a cryptographic SHA-256 checksum of the payload Given an export file is selected for import into sandbox When the user runs a Dry Run Then a validation report lists conflicts, missing dependencies, and schema errors without changing data When the user confirms Import with a selected conflict policy (Fail, Overwrite, CreateNew) Then the version is imported into sandbox with new IDs where necessary and a mapping report is generated And no production state is modified by Import
Traceability Links to Smart Tuner Recommendations and Simulations
Given a Smart Tuner recommendation R is applied to sandbox and saved as changes When the new version V is created Then V stores references to R (recommendationId) and all simulation run IDs used to evaluate R And from R the user can navigate to V, and from V the user can navigate back to R and its simulations And one recommendation may link to multiple versions and one version may link to multiple recommendations And these links are included in export/import and preserved across promotion and rollback
Immutable Audit Logging for All Change Events
Given any change event occurs (save, compare, revert, export, import, promotion request, approve/deny, promote) When the event completes Then an audit record is appended containing actor, action, timestamp (UTC), entity type, entity ID, fromVersion, toVersion (if applicable), reason/comment, and request origin (IP/user agent) And audit storage is append-only with hash chaining (each record stores hash and previousHash) to provide tamper-evidence And attempts to modify or delete audit entries are rejected with a 403 response and logged And audit logs are filterable by date range, actor, action, and exportable as CSV and JSONL

Launch Guardrails

Generate a preflight checklist and staged rollout plan from your best scenario: % rollouts, alert thresholds, and auto‑rollback criteria. Automatic conflict checks catch missing mappings or overlapping rules, reducing go‑live surprises and protecting SLA and CSAT from day one.

Requirements

Preflight Checklist Generator
"As an operations manager, I want an automatically generated preflight checklist for a new shipping scenario so that I can confirm all prerequisites and avoid go‑live failures."
Description

Automatically generates a dynamic, scenario-specific checklist prior to go‑live that validates all dependencies and configurations across ParcelPilot. Checks include carrier credential health, service and packaging mappings, printer/label format settings, warehouse and return address completeness, store/channel webhooks for tracking sync, SKU weight/dimension coverage for box prediction, destination/service coverage, and fallback rules. Surfaces blockers with severity, suggested fixes, and deep links to configuration pages. Requires explicit sign‑off before enabling the scenario, ensuring a consistent, low‑risk launch across Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay integrations and supported carriers.

Acceptance Criteria
Checklist Auto‑Generation on Scenario Creation
Given a draft launch scenario with at least one store and one carrier connected, When the user clicks "Run Preflight", Then a checklist is generated and displayed within 10 seconds including only relevant categories for the scenario. Given checklist generation completes, When results are shown, Then each check displays status (Pass/Warning/Blocker), timestamp, and a Retry action for that check. Given a transient error affects a single check, When the user clicks Retry on that check, Then only that check is re-executed and prior Pass results remain intact. Given no configuration changes since last run, When the user opens the checklist within 24 hours, Then cached results are shown with a visible "Cached" indicator and an option to Re-run all.
Carrier Credential Health Validation
Given connected carriers (e.g., USPS, UPS, FedEx, DHL, Evri), When the preflight runs, Then each carrier credential is validated via a non-billable API ping and marked Pass/Warning/Blocker per result. Given a credential is expired or invalid, When the check completes, Then it is marked Blocker with last success timestamp, error details, and a deep link to Carrier Credentials for that carrier. Given a carrier API is rate-limited or times out, When validation occurs, Then the check is marked Warning with guidance to retry and does not block enablement if a subsequent retry passes. Given the user clicks Recheck for a carrier, When the validation passes, Then the status updates to Pass without re-running unrelated checks.
Service/Packaging Mappings and Destination Coverage
Given active shipping rules exist, When the preflight runs, Then 100% of active rules have a mapped carrier service and packaging, otherwise each unmapped rule is listed with a deep link to edit. Given multiple rules target overlapping conditions, When the preflight detects conflicts, Then conflicting rules are flagged with a Blocker and links to both rules for resolution. Given the last 30 days of destinations and order mix, When coverage is computed, Then at least 99% of destination/service combinations by order count are routable; shortfalls are listed with suggested services. Given coverage gaps remain, When fallback rules are evaluated, Then at least one fallback path per warehouse exists; absence of a fallback is flagged as Blocker with link to create one.
Printer and Label Format Configuration Check
Given warehouses are configured, When the preflight runs, Then each warehouse has a default printer assigned and reachable; missing or offline printers are flagged with deep links to Printer Settings. Given carrier/service label format requirements, When label formats are validated, Then each mapping uses a compatible size and format (e.g., 4x6 ZPL/PDF) or is flagged with the required format stated. Given the user clicks Test Print on a warehouse, When the test executes, Then a one-page test label is sent successfully within 5 seconds or a failure reason is displayed. Given thermal printers are selected, When the preflight checks DPI, Then incompatible DPI settings are flagged with steps to correct.
Store Webhook and Tracking Sync Verification
Given Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, or eBay stores are connected, When the preflight runs, Then required webhook/subscription endpoints are present with correct scopes per channel. Given webhook endpoints are configured, When a test event is sent, Then the store responds with 2xx within 5 seconds and the receipt is logged; failures include response code and a deep link to Channel Settings. Given retries are configured, When a test fails, Then up to 3 retries with exponential backoff are attempted and the final status recorded in the checklist. Given tracking sync mapping is missing for a channel, When validation runs, Then the check is marked Blocker with a link to enable tracking sync.
SKU Data Coverage for Box Prediction
Given order history for the last 30 days, When SKU coverage is computed, Then ≥95% of shipped order lines have weight and dimensions present; coverage <95% is flagged with a Warning and a CSV of missing SKUs. Given coverage <90%, When the preflight runs, Then the check is a Blocker unless a fallback packaging rule exists for the affected warehouse(s). Given the user fixes missing SKU data, When the check is re-run, Then coverage recalculates and status updates accordingly within 10 seconds. Given oversized items exist, When detection runs, Then SKUs exceeding carrier max dimensions are listed with suggested services or "Do not auto-pack" flags.
Explicit Sign‑Off Gate Before Enable
Given preflight results include zero Blockers, When a user with Launch Approver role clicks Sign Off, Then the system records name, timestamp, checklist version hash, and IP in the audit log. Given sign-off is recorded, When the user attempts to Enable the scenario, Then enablement succeeds only if the checklist version hash matches the latest run within the last 24 hours. Given any configuration changes affecting mapped areas occur after sign-off, When the scenario is opened, Then the sign-off is invalidated and a Re-run Preflight requirement is enforced before enablement. Given access control policies, When a non-approver attempts to sign off or enable, Then the action is denied with a clear error message.
Rule Conflict Detection & Linting
"As a shipping administrator, I want automatic detection of missing mappings and overlapping rules so that I can resolve conflicts before enabling a rollout."
Description

Performs static analysis on shipping rules and mappings to catch missing carrier/service mappings, overlapping or contradictory conditions, unreachable rules, circular priorities, and time‑window collisions. Provides human‑readable diagnostics, impact scope (orders affected), and one‑click fixes or links to editors. Integrates with the rules engine and versioning to validate both drafts and scheduled changes, preventing misroutes and unexpected label errors before rollout.

Acceptance Criteria
Detect Missing Carrier/Service Mappings in Draft Rules
Given a draft or scheduled ruleset contains a rule selecting a carrier/service without an active mapping for the rule’s origin and destination scope When the lint job runs from preflight or the Rules Editor Then a finding with code MISSING_MAPPING and severity Error is returned including rule_id, rule_name, carrier, service, origin_ids, destination_scope, and a remediation summary And the finding includes impact_scope.last30d.order_count and a representative example_order_id And a one-click fix "Add mapping" opens the mapping editor pre-filtered to the carrier/service and origin; selecting Save resolves the finding And rollout/scheduling is blocked until the error is resolved or explicitly waived by an Admin with reason and timestamp And the lint completes in ≤2s for rulesets with ≤500 rules
Flag Overlapping or Contradictory Rule Conditions
Given two or more rules (active or scheduled) have overlapping conditions that would select different outcomes (carrier/service/parcel template) for the same order When the lint job runs Then a finding with code OVERLAP_CONFLICT is returned with severity Warning if a deterministic explicit priority resolves the overlap, else severity Error And the finding lists involved_rule_ids, conflict_dimensions (e.g., destination, weight, SKU tags), and shows precedence explaining which rule would win And the finding includes impact_scope.last30d.order_count and percent_of_volume And one-click fixes are offered: "Split conditions" to auto-generate mutually exclusive filters, and "Adjust priority" to reorder rules; preview shows resulting diffs before apply And fixes applied create a new draft version linked to the finding and mark the finding resolved
Identify Unreachable Rules Due to Precedence
Given a rule’s condition set is fully subsumed by one or more higher-priority rules such that it never matches When the lint job runs Then a finding with code UNREACHABLE_RULE is returned with severity Warning including rule_id, shadowing_rule_ids, and proof via simulated evaluation trace And the finding shows last30d.match_count for the rule equals 0 and includes last_seen_match_at if any within the last 90 days And one-click fixes are available: "Disable rule" (set inactive) and "Narrow conditions" (adds suggested exclusions); both create a new draft version And applying a fix re-runs lint automatically and removes the finding if resolved
Detect Circular Priorities in Rule Ordering
Given the ruleset’s priority ordering or fallback references form a cycle (e.g., group A > group B > group A) When the lint job runs Then a finding with code CIRCULAR_PRIORITY is returned with severity Error including the cycle path (ordered list of rule/group identifiers) And rollout/scheduling is blocked until the cycle is broken And a one-click fix "Normalize priorities" proposes a linearized, cycle-free ordering based on current precedence; preview is shown and user confirmation applies the change And re-running lint after fix shows no CIRCULAR_PRIORITY findings
Catch Time-Window Collisions for Scheduled Rules
Given two or more rules targeting the same scope have overlapping activation windows that would yield conflicting outcomes When the lint job runs against scheduled changes Then a finding with code TIME_WINDOW_COLLISION is returned with severity Error if outcomes conflict, else Warning if outcomes are identical And the finding contains a timeline visualization data payload (start_at, end_at, rule_ids) and impacted_window_duration And the finding includes projected_impact.order_count for the overlapping window based on last30d hourly distribution And one-click fixes are offered: "Auto-split windows" (adjusts start/end to remove overlap) and "Set window precedence" (adds explicit precedence for overlaps) And fixes generate a new scheduled version and the collision finding is resolved upon successful apply
Provide Human-Readable Diagnostics With One-Click Fixes
Given any lint finding is generated When the user opens the finding in the UI or fetches it via API Then the finding includes a human-readable summary ≤280 characters, a detailed description with cause and resolution steps, and deep links to relevant editors and docs And the API returns structured fields: code, severity, rule_ids, message, details, impact_scope, remediation.actions[], and version_id; schema validates against the published OpenAPI spec And clicking a one-click fix prompts a confirmation modal with a diff preview; confirming creates a new draft/scheduled version, posts a success toast, and updates the finding to Resolved And accessibility checks pass: buttons are keyboard-focusable, have ARIA labels, and color contrast meets WCAG AA
Validate Drafts and Scheduled Changes Pre-Rollout via Versioning
Given a user attempts to schedule or roll out a ruleset version When the preflight runs automatically Then rollout is blocked if any Error-severity findings exist, with HTTP 409 and a list of blocking finding codes; Warnings require explicit acknowledgment with a checkbox and reason And the lint results are stored immutably against version_id with checksum and created_at, and are retrievable via API for 30 days And a webhook event rules.lint.completed is emitted with status (pass/warn/fail) within 5s of request for rulesets ≤1,000 rules And a CLI/API endpoint POST /rules/{version_id}/lint returns 200 and completes in ≤5s for ≤1,000 rules with parallelization enabled And rerunning lint on unchanged content returns a cached result with HTTP 200 and header X-Lint-Cache: HIT
Compute Impact Scope for Each Finding
Given historical order data for the past 30 days is available When lint identifies a finding tied to rule conditions Then the system computes impact_scope including order_count, percentage_of_total_volume, representative SKUs, and top 3 destinations affected And the computation supports sampling with ±2% error at 95% confidence for datasets >1M orders and labels results as sampled when applicable And impact_scope is displayed consistently in UI and returned by API for each finding; absence of data is explicitly indicated as unknown rather than 0 And performance: computing impact adds ≤1s p95 to total lint time for rulesets ≤1,000 rules
Dry‑Run Simulation & Cost Impact
"As a merchant, I want to simulate the rollout on recent orders to see label selections, costs, and SLA impact so that I can gauge risk and savings prior to go‑live."
Description

Simulates the proposed configuration against recent historical orders to preview label selections, predicted box size/weight, carrier/service choices, and expected costs and transit times versus the current baseline. Produces segment‑level metrics (by store, warehouse, destination, carrier) and highlights deltas for postage spend, SLA risk, and error propensity. Supports CSV export and annotated diffs, using the rate‑shopping engine in sandbox mode without creating live labels.

Acceptance Criteria
Run Simulation Against Last 30 Days of Orders
Given a user selects a configuration and a historical date range up to 90 days with ≥1,000 eligible orders When the user starts a dry‑run simulation Then only historical, non‑cancelled, fulfillable orders across all connected stores/warehouses in that range are included And a unique Simulation Run ID is assigned and displayed And processing completes for 10,000 orders in ≤15 minutes and for 50,000 orders in ≤60 minutes And a real‑time progress indicator (0–100%) and final status (Success/Warning/Failed) are shown And a snapshot hash of configuration and rate tables used is stored with the run And re‑running with identical inputs yields identical outputs, including byte‑identical CSV exports
Baseline vs Simulated Outcome Comparison
Given the current production rules and carrier/rate settings are captured at simulation start as the baseline When simulated outcomes are computed Then each order output includes: predicted box dimensions, weight, carrier, service, expected cost, expected transit days, and estimated delivery date And the same fields from the baseline are included And per‑order deltas are computed for cost (currency), transit days (days), SLA on‑time probability (percentage points), and error propensity (percentage points) And tie‑breaks between equal‑cost services follow configured priorities and are recorded in a reason_code And orders missing critical data (e.g., SKU weight or mapping) are marked Incomplete, excluded from savings %, and listed in an exceptions report with a cause
Segment-Level Metrics by Store/Warehouse/Destination/Carrier
Given segment dimensions: store, warehouse, destination region (domestic zone or country), and carrier When results are aggregated Then per‑segment metrics include: order_count, total_baseline_spend, total_sim_spend, savings_amount, savings_pct, avg_sim_cost, avg_sim_transit_days, on_time_sla_pct, and error_propensity_pct And any segment with <30 orders is labeled Low Sample and excluded from savings_pct rollups while included in counts And grand totals reconcile to order‑level totals within 0.1% variance for spend and within 0.1 days for average transit
Delta Highlights for Spend, SLA Risk, and Error Propensity
Given default alert thresholds: cost increase >5%, on‑time SLA decrease >2 percentage points, error propensity increase >1 percentage point When the simulation completes Then the Summary highlights top 5 segments by savings and top 5 by adverse impact And any segment breaching thresholds is flagged with a Risk badge and machine‑readable reason_code in {COST_UP, SLA_DOWN, ERROR_UP} And an overall projected savings % and count of flagged segments are displayed and included in exports And users can override thresholds per run, and the applied thresholds are recorded with the Simulation Run ID
CSV Export with Annotated Diffs
Given a user requests CSV exports for a completed simulation When exports are generated Then two CSV files are produced: orders.csv and segments.csv And orders.csv columns include: order_id, store_id, warehouse_id, destination, baseline_carrier, baseline_service, baseline_box, baseline_weight_oz, baseline_cost, baseline_transit_days, sim_carrier, sim_service, sim_box, sim_weight_oz, sim_cost, sim_transit_days, cost_delta, transit_days_delta, sla_risk_delta_pp, error_propensity_delta_pp, change_note And segments.csv columns include: segment_type, segment_key, orders, baseline_spend, sim_spend, savings_amount, savings_pct, avg_sim_cost, avg_sim_transit_days, on_time_sla_pct, error_propensity_pct, risk_flags And CSVs are UTF‑8, comma‑delimited, RFC4180‑quoted, with US‑locale decimals, and row counts match UI totals exactly And exports complete in ≤30 seconds for 10,000‑order runs and file names include the Simulation Run ID and timestamp
Sandbox Mode Isolation (No Live Labels)
Given the simulation uses the rate‑shopping engine in sandbox mode When the run executes Then no live labels are created, no carrier accounts are charged, no fulfillment webhooks are fired, and no inventory/order status changes occur in connected platforms And all external rate calls use test/sandbox endpoints or headers as required by the carrier And an audit log records: Simulation Run ID, actor, timestamp, sandbox=true, and zero side effects
Staged Rollout Planner
"As a product operations lead, I want to schedule percentage‑based rollouts by store and warehouse with canary groups so that I can control exposure and mitigate risk during launch."
Description

Enables percentage‑based rollouts with fine‑grained targeting by store, warehouse, destination region, carrier/service, or SKU set. Supports canary cohorts, persistent order/user bucketing, scheduled phase increments, and manual pause/resume. Provides a timeline view and change review before activation. Integrates with the decision engine to route eligible orders according to the active stage, ensuring controlled exposure during launch.

Acceptance Criteria
Targeted percentage rollout by store/warehouse/region/carrier/SKU
Given a rollout is configured with 10% exposure targeting Store=S1, Warehouse=W1, Destination Region=US-EAST, Carrier/Service=CarrierX Ground, SKU Set=Set-A And the configuration passes validation When 10,000 eligible orders meeting all target filters are processed over the next 24 hours Then between 9.5% and 10.5% of those eligible orders are routed to the rollout path And 0% of ineligible orders (outside any target filter) are routed to the rollout path And the system records the applied targets, exposure percentage, and effective timestamps on each routed order
Persistent bucketing across sessions and stages
Given user- and order-based bucketing is enabled with stable hashing on customer_id with order_id fallback And Order O1 from Customer C9 is bucketed into treatment at 10% When subsequent orders O2 and O3 from C9 arrive during the same rollout Then O2 and O3 are routed consistently to the same bucket result as O1 And when the rollout increases to 25% Then previously bucketed customers remain in their prior assignment (no flip-flop), and new eligibility follows the 25% exposure And bucket assignment remains stable across service restarts for the lifetime of the rollout
Scheduled phase increments execute on time
Given phases are scheduled as 10% at 2025-09-01 09:00 UTC, 25% at 2025-09-03 09:00 UTC, 50% at 2025-09-05 09:00 UTC When the system clock reaches each phase time Then the active exposure updates within 60 seconds of the scheduled timestamp And an audit event is written with old% → new%, actor=system, and correlation to rollout ID And the timeline view reflects the change within 60 seconds And if the service restarts between phases, the next due phase still executes without manual intervention
Manual pause and resume controls
Given a rollout is active at 25% exposure When an authorized user selects Pause and confirms Then within 60 seconds 0% of new eligible orders are routed to the rollout path (all are routed to control) And the prior bucket assignments are retained but not used while paused And the UI shows status=Paused with timestamp and actor When the user selects Resume Then the exposure returns to the last configured phase (25%) within 60 seconds And audit logs capture both actions
Timeline and pre-activation change review
Given a staged rollout draft with targets, phases, canary cohorts, and bucketing strategy When the user opens Change Review Then a diff view shows all changes versus the current production configuration, including targets, phase schedule, and exposure levels And validation runs for missing mappings, overlapping rules, and target conflicts, listing issues by severity And Activate is disabled until all blocking validation errors are resolved When the user clicks Activate and confirms Then the rollout status becomes Active and the timeline view displays all scheduled phases with correct timestamps
Decision engine routing according to active stage
Given a rollout is active at 25% for Store=S1 and Carrier=CarrierY Express And the decision engine integration is enabled When 1,000 eligible orders matching S1 and CarrierY Express are processed Then 25% ±0.5% are routed to the rollout decision path and 75% ±0.5% to control And each order record includes rollout_id, stage, bucket_id, and routing outcome And orders not matching S1 or CarrierY Express are 0% routed to the rollout path And if the decision engine returns an error, the order is routed to control and the error is captured with the order ID
Canary cohorts definition and pinning
Given a canary cohort is defined by a list of 50 Customer IDs and SKU Set=Set-Canary And the base exposure is 0% When the rollout is activated Then 100% of orders from the canary cohort are routed to the rollout path and 0% of non-cohort orders are routed And cohort membership is pinned so that all subsequent orders from those customers remain in treatment across later phases And removing a customer from the cohort takes effect within 5 minutes for new orders
Threshold‑Based Monitoring & Alerts
"As a support lead, I want real‑time alerts when failure or cost thresholds are breached so that I can intervene before customer experience or SLAs are impacted."
Description

Allows configuration of guardrail thresholds for key KPIs such as label creation failure rate, reprint rate, average postage variance vs. baseline, exception rate (address, customs, DIM), and on‑time performance proxies. Monitors in near real‑time per rollout stage and segment, generating alerts to Slack/Email/PagerDuty with context and suggested remediation. Includes alert cool‑downs and preview backtesting to validate threshold sensitivity before go‑live.

Acceptance Criteria
Per‑Stage & Segment KPI Threshold Configuration
Given a rollout Stage and Segment (channel, carrier, service, country) When a user defines thresholds for KPIs (label creation failure rate, reprint rate, postage variance vs baseline, exception rate, on‑time proxy) with evaluation window and comparator Then the system validates required fields, value ranges, and prevents overlapping duplicate definitions for the same Stage+Segment+KPI. Given a valid configuration When the user saves it Then the configuration is persisted, versioned, audit‑logged (user, timestamp, diff), and becomes effective for evaluation within 2 minutes.
Near‑Real‑Time KPI Evaluation & Breach Detection
Given active thresholds When the evaluation job runs every 60 seconds Then each KPI is computed per Stage+Segment over its configured rolling window and breaches are detected within 2 minutes of occurrence. Given no events for a Stage+Segment within a window When the evaluation runs Then the KPI is marked "insufficient data" and no alert is fired.
Alert Delivery to Slack, Email, and PagerDuty with Context
Given a detected threshold breach When an alert is generated Then Slack, Email, and PagerDuty notifications are sent to the configured destinations within 60 seconds, each including KPI name, current value vs threshold, window, Stage, Segment, timestamp, top contributing dimensions, correlation ID, suggested remediation text, and links to the live dashboard/runbook. Given a notification delivery failure to any destination When retries are attempted Then the system retries with exponential backoff for up to 5 minutes and records final delivery status and error for audit.
Alert Cool‑Down, Deduplication, and Re‑arm
Given an alert fired for a KPI and Stage+Segment When the condition persists Then duplicate alerts with the same dedup key are suppressed for the configured cool‑down period (default 30 minutes). Given a persisting breach during cool‑down When the metric severity increases to ≥ 2x the threshold Then a new alert is emitted and marked as an escalation, bypassing cool‑down. Given a cleared condition When the metric remains below threshold for 2 consecutive evaluation intervals Then the alert is re‑armed and may trigger again on the next breach.
Threshold Preview Backtesting Before Go‑Live
Given selected KPIs, thresholds, Stage+Segment, and a historical time range When a preview backtest is run Then the system returns expected alert count, time‑in‑breach, percent of intervals over threshold, and sample alert instances within 60 seconds for a 7‑day window. Given a threshold referencing a baseline When the backtest runs Then the baseline source is applied and the output includes a projected false‑positive rate using control data if provided.
Baseline Management for Postage Variance Thresholds
Given a KPI of average postage variance vs baseline When a user selects a baseline source (last 14 days pre‑rollout or control segment) and granularity (SKU, carrier, service) Then the system snapshots the baseline with an effective date and uses it consistently for evaluation and backtesting. Given a new baseline snapshot is published When subsequent evaluations run Then they reference the new snapshot starting on its effective date, and prior alerts retain links to the snapshot used at trigger time.
On‑Time Performance Proxy Configuration & Monitoring
Given an on‑time performance proxy KPI (e.g., label‑to‑first‑scan p95) When a user defines the percentile, evaluation window, and threshold Then the system computes the proxy per Stage+Segment and triggers alerts when the metric exceeds the threshold. Given delayed carrier scan data When data completeness for the window is below 90% Then the metric is marked as stale and alerts are deferred until completeness recovers.
Auto‑Rollback & Safe Revert
"As an operations manager, I want automatic rollback to the last known good configuration when guardrails are breached so that shipments continue without disruption."
Description

Automatically reverts traffic to the last known good configuration when defined thresholds are breached or manual rollback is triggered. Supports partial rollback by segment, rate‑limited toggling to prevent flapping, and idempotent state transitions with full visibility in the rollout timeline. Integrates with monitoring events, preserves audit logs, and notifies stakeholders upon rollback initiation and completion to maintain SLA and CSAT from day one.

Acceptance Criteria
Auto rollback on error-rate threshold breach
Given an active rollout with a defined lastKnownGoodConfigId and rollback thresholds (e.g., error_rate >= 5% for 5 consecutive minutes) When a monitoring event with a unique correlationId indicates any configured threshold is breached for the impacted rule set Then 100% of traffic for the impacted rule set is routed to the lastKnownGood configuration within 60 seconds And the rollout progression is paused and marked as RolledBack in the rollout timeline And the rollback record is created with rollbackId, breach correlationId, triggerType = automatic, and affected scope And the system returns success telemetry to the monitoring source acknowledging the correlationId
Manual rollback via UI/API
Given a user with role ReleaseManager or higher provides rolloutId, environment, scope, and a non-empty reason via UI or API When the manual rollback request is submitted and the lastKnownGood configuration exists Then the system initiates rollback within 10 seconds and completes traffic reversion within 60 seconds And the API responds 200 with rollbackId, state (InProgress or Completed), lastKnownGoodConfigId, scope, and initiator userId And the action is recorded in the audit log with timestamp, userId, IP, request payload hash, and diff summary And requests from unauthorized users are rejected with 403 and no state change
Partial rollback by segment
Given segments are defined (e.g., channel = Etsy, Shopify; carrier = UPS, USPS) and a rollback is requested for segment = Etsy When the partial rollback is initiated Then at least 95% of requests tagged segment = Etsy are served by the lastKnownGood configuration within 60 seconds And non-target segments experience less than 1% unintended traffic shift during the transition window And the rollout timeline annotates the rollback as scope = segment:Etsy with accurate before/after traffic percentages And monitoring and tracking remain isolated per segment, preserving metrics continuity
Rate limiting prevents rollback flapping
Given rollback rate limits are configured as minCooldown = 10 minutes and maxRollbacksPerHourPerRuleSet = 3 When multiple threshold breaches occur for the same rule set within the cooldown window Then no additional rollback is initiated during the cooldown and a Suppressed event is recorded with reason = cooldown And if maxRollbacksPerHourPerRuleSet is reached, further rollbacks are blocked for the remainder of the hour with a Suppressed event logged And the rollout state remains stable (no oscillation) and the suppression is visible in the rollout timeline
Idempotent rollback requests
Given a rollback has been initiated for (rolloutId, scope, lastKnownGoodConfigId) and is InProgress or Completed When the same rollback request (same idempotencyKey or same (rolloutId, scope, lastKnownGoodConfigId)) is received again within 15 minutes Then the system does not start a new rollback and returns 200 with the original rollbackId and current state And the audit log contains a single state transition for the rollback, with subsequent requests logged as idempotent-replay without state changes
Rollback timeline visibility and audit logging
Given any rollback (automatic or manual) occurs When the rollback starts and completes (or fails) Then the rollout timeline displays startTime, endTime (or failureTime), initiator (userId or system), triggerType, scope, previousConfigId, lastKnownGoodConfigId, and result And the audit log records a normalized diff of affected rules/mappings, immutable entryId, and retains entries for at least 365 days And the timeline and audit data are retrievable via API with filters by date range, rolloutId, scope, and initiator within 2 seconds for p95 requests
Stakeholder notifications on rollback lifecycle
Given notification channels are configured (email, Slack, webhook) for the environment When a rollback is initiated Then a start notification is sent to all active channels within 30 seconds including rollbackId, triggerType, scope, reason, and lastKnownGoodConfigId And when the rollback completes or fails Then a completion/failure notification is sent within 30 seconds including outcome, duration, and links to timeline and audit entries And duplicate notifications for the same rollbackId and phase are suppressed And webhook deliveries include a signed HMAC header and are retried with exponential backoff up to 3 times on 5xx
Approval Workflow & Audit Trail
"As a compliance officer, I want multi‑step approvals and a detailed audit trail for rollout changes so that we maintain accountability and meet policy and customer obligations."
Description

Implements role‑based approvals with optional two‑person rules for risky changes, tying preflight checklist completion to approval gates. Captures who approved, when, what changed (diffs of rules, mappings, thresholds), and links to related simulations and tests. Provides immutable, exportable logs for compliance and post‑mortems, ensuring accountable, documented rollouts across teams and clients.

Acceptance Criteria
Two‑Person Approval Required for High‑Risk Changes
Given a change request with risk_level = "High" When the first user with role in ["Approver","Admin","Owner"] approves Then the request status becomes "Pending Second Approval" and activation remains blocked And the same user and the submitter cannot provide the second approval When a different eligible user approves within 72 hours and there are zero rejections Then the request status becomes "Approved" and activation is permitted When any eligible user rejects before final approval Then the request status becomes "Rejected" and activation is blocked
Preflight Checklist Completion Enforced at Approval Gate
Given a change request with a generated preflight checklist When any checklist item is Incomplete or Fail or conflict_check_status != "Clear" Then Approve and Activate actions are disabled and a tooltip indicates outstanding items When all checklist items have status = "Pass" within the last 24 hours and conflict_check_status = "Clear" Then the Approve action is enabled for eligible approvers
Immutable Audit Logging of Approvals and Changes
Given any submit, approve, reject, activate, rollback, or edit event occurs on a change request When the event is saved Then an audit record is appended with fields: event_id, event_type, timestamp_utc (ISO 8601), actor_id, actor_email, actor_role, entity_type, entity_id, before, after, diff_summary, reason, request_id, ip, correlation_ids And the audit record cannot be updated or deleted via UI or API (write-once) And any attempt to modify or delete an audit record returns 403 and creates a SecurityAudit event And audit records are retained for >= 7 years
Structured Diffs for Rules, Mappings, and Thresholds
Given a change modifies rules, mappings, or thresholds When viewing the approval modal or the audit log entry Then a structured diff displays added/removed/modified elements with per-field before/after values And nested objects/arrays are diffed using path notation (e.g., rules[3].condition.operator) And the same diff content is stored in and exported with the audit record
Linked Simulations and Tests Required for Approval
Given a change affects shipping rules, mappings, or thresholds When submitting the change for approval Then at least one linked simulation run and one automated test suite with status = "Pass" within the last 72 hours are required And approvers can open linked artifacts directly from the approval screen And if required passing artifacts are missing, submission is blocked with an error indicating what is missing
Exportable, Tamper‑Evident Audit Logs
Given an admin selects a date range and filters for audit records and requests an export When the export is triggered Then CSV and JSON files are generated within 2 minutes containing all matching records with a canonical schema and headers And a SHA-256 checksum and a signed manifest (including filter parameters and generated_at timestamp) are provided And the exported record count equals the on-screen count for the same filters

Role Gates

Define who can void, override addresses, or edit weights by role, brand/client, channel, and workstation. Require scan+PIN or SSO step‑up per policy to enforce least‑privilege access, cutting accidental voids and risky edits while giving Ops a no‑code way to tailor controls.

Requirements

Granular Permission Matrix
"As an Ops Administrator, I want to configure exactly which actions each role can perform by brand, channel, and workstation so that I can enforce least-privilege access and reduce shipping errors without needing developer changes."
Description

Provide a centralized, no-code permission matrix to define which actions (e.g., void label, reprint label, edit weight/dimensions, override address validation, change service, change ship-from, edit package presets) are allowed by role and further scoped by brand/client, sales channel, warehouse, workstation/device, and shift. Support inheritance from global templates with local overrides, bulk import/export, and mapping to SSO directory groups. Integrate with ParcelPilot’s order processing UI, label creation API, and batch workflows so enforcement is consistent across single and bulk actions. Expected outcome is least-privilege access that reduces accidental voids and risky edits while keeping configuration simple for Operations.

Acceptance Criteria
Enforce role- and scope-based permissions in Order Processing UI and Label API
Given a role "Packer" that is allowed: reprint_label and denied: void_label, edit_weight for Brand Alpha on Channel Shopify And a user U1 assigned to role "Packer" When U1 opens a Brand Alpha Shopify order in the Order Processing UI Then the Void Label control is hidden or disabled with an "Insufficient permissions" message When U1 calls POST /labels/{id}/void for a Brand Alpha Shopify order with their auth token Then the response is 403 Forbidden and the label remains active When U1 uses Reprint Label in the UI for the same order Then the label reprint succeeds and the action completes without permission errors
Workstation, Warehouse, and Shift Scoping for Sensitive Actions
Given role "Supervisor" permits edit_weight only when workstation_id ∈ {WS-01, WS-02}, warehouse = "West", and shift = Day (06:00–14:00) And user U2 is assigned role "Supervisor" When U2 edits weight from WS-01 in warehouse "West" at 10:00 local time Then the weight change is saved successfully When U2 attempts the same action from WS-99 or warehouse "East" or at 22:00 Then the action is blocked with a message indicating the violated scope (workstation/warehouse/shift) And no weight change is persisted
Template inheritance with brand-level local overrides
Given a global template "Ops-Default" that denies override_address for all roles And a Brand Beta template that allows override_address for role "Manager" on Channel eBay And user U3 is assigned role "Manager" When U3 attempts override_address on a Brand Alpha eBay order Then the action is blocked per the global template When U3 attempts override_address on a Brand Beta eBay order Then the override is allowed and the change is saved When the global template later changes override_address to allowed Then Brand Beta's local setting remains in effect and precedence rules continue to allow it for Brand Beta When the Brand Beta override is removed Then the effective permission for Brand Beta reverts to the global template value
Bulk import/export and validation of permission matrix
Given a CSV import file with 500 permission rules including columns: role, action, brand, channel, warehouse, workstation, shift, allow_deny When Operations uploads the CSV via the matrix UI Then the system validates schema and field values and returns row-level errors for invalid entries And no changes are applied if any validation errors exist When Operations fixes the errors and re-uploads a valid CSV Then all 500 rules are applied and visible in the matrix UI with correct scopes When Operations exports the matrix Then the exported CSV reflects the current effective rules and scopes in a stable, documented column order
SSO directory group mapping to roles
Given an SSO group "PP_Ship_Leads" mapped to ParcelPilot role "Shipping Lead" And user U4 is a member of "PP_Ship_Leads" When U4 authenticates via SSO Then U4 is granted the "Shipping Lead" role for that session and can perform actions allowed to that role When U4 is removed from "PP_Ship_Leads" and re-authenticates Then U4 no longer has permissions granted by "Shipping Lead" When a user is in multiple mapped SSO groups Then the effective permissions are the union of the mapped roles When the SSO-to-role mapping is deleted Then affected users lose the mapped role on next authentication
Consistent enforcement in batch workflows with per-item results
Given user U5 in role "Packer" is allowed reprint_label but denied change_service And a batch is created for 200 orders requesting change_service and reprint_label When U5 runs the batch in the Batch Workflow UI or via API Then all change_service operations are blocked with a PERM_DENIED error per order and none are applied And all reprint_label operations succeed for eligible orders And the batch summary reports counts of successes and permission-denied items consistently between UI and API responses When a user with permission to change_service runs the same batch Then change_service operations succeed for all eligible orders with no permission errors
No-code Policy Rule Builder
"As a Shipping Manager, I want to define conditional policies that trigger warnings, blocks, or step-up for risky edits so that our team follows consistent controls aligned with shipment risk and client requirements."
Description

Deliver a visual rule builder that lets Ops create conditional policies determining when to block, warn, or require step-up auth (scan+PIN or SSO) for sensitive actions. Conditions include order value, destination country/zone, address validation confidence, SKU hazard/fragility flags, measured weight variance versus historical SKU averages, package dimensions thresholds, client/brand, sales channel, workstation/device, user role, and time-of-day. Support AND/OR logic, rule precedence, reusable condition sets, versioning with change history, and staged rollout per site. Integrate with the permission matrix and enforcement layer so the chosen outcome (allow, warn with justification, require step-up, block) is applied uniformly across UI and API flows. Expected outcome is adaptable controls tailored to operational risk without engineering involvement.

Acceptance Criteria
Block High-Value Orders to Restricted Countries
Given a visual policy rule named "Block HV to Restricted" with conditions: order_value >= 500 AND destination_country in {NG, IR, KP} AND channel in {Shopify, Etsy} and outcome = Block and priority = 1 and status = Active When a user attempts to purchase a label for a matching order in the UI Then the action is blocked, no label is created, and a banner displays: "Blocked by policy: Block HV to Restricted (rule_id, version)" And an audit record is written with rule_id, rule_version, order_id, user_id, action=label_purchase, outcome=blocked, timestamp When a client attempts label purchase via API for a matching order Then the API responds HTTP 403 with error_code=POLICY_BLOCK and includes rule_id and rule_version in the response body And the order is not modified When a batch contains both matching and non-matching orders Then only matching orders are blocked; non-matching are processed; the batch summary reports counts for processed, blocked_by_policy, and failures with rule metadata
Require Step-Up for Weight Edit Variance
Given a policy rule "Weight Edit Step-Up" with conditions: measured_weight_variance_percent > 20 OR measured_weight_variance_absolute > 0.5 lb AND user_role = Picker AND workstation_group = Packing AND time_of_day between 08:00 and 20:00; outcome = Require Step-Up (scan+PIN or SSO); priority = 2; status = Active When a Picker attempts to edit weight in the UI on an order that meets the variance condition Then a step-up prompt is shown and the edit is applied only after successful scan+PIN or successful SSO step-up per policy configuration And the audit log captures rule_id, rule_version, user_id, order_id, action=edit_weight, step_up_method, step_up_result, timestamp When the same edit is attempted via API for a matching order Then the API responds 401 with error_code=STEP_UP_REQUIRED and includes rule_id and rule_version; upon successful step-up and retry, the edit succeeds and is logged with step_up_result=success And if the user lacks base permission to edit weight per the permission matrix Then the attempt is blocked with error_code=PERMISSION_DENIED regardless of the rule outcome
Warn With Justification for Low-Confidence Address Overrides
Given a policy rule "Address Override Justification" with conditions: address_validation_confidence < 0.70 AND sales_channel = eBay; outcome = Warn with justification (min_length=20, max_length=250); priority = 3; status = Active When a user attempts to override the shipping address in the UI for a matching order Then a warning dialog explains the risk and requires a justification between 20 and 250 characters before proceeding And the override is applied only if a valid justification is entered; cancel leaves the order unchanged And the justification, rule_id, rule_version, user_id, order_id, and timestamp are stored and viewable in order history When an address override is submitted via API for a matching order without a justification Then the API responds 400 with error_code=JUSTIFICATION_REQUIRED; with a valid justification, the override succeeds and the justification and rule metadata are recorded
Deterministic Rule Precedence and Conflict Resolution
Given multiple active rules that can match the same action: R1 (priority=1, outcome=Block), R2 (priority=2, outcome=Warn), R3 (priority=3, outcome=Allow) When an action matches R1, R2, and R3 Then the engine evaluates by ascending priority and applies the first matching rule (R1 Block); no subsequent rules are applied When priorities are reordered so that R2 has priority=0 and R1 has priority=1 Then the engine applies R2 Warn and continues the action; R1 is not evaluated because stop-on-first-match is enabled And the UI and API responses include the applied rule_id and rule_version for traceability And the rule builder UI supports drag-to-reorder priorities and persists the new order; simulations reflect the new precedence
Reusable Condition Sets and Versioning with Change History
Given a reusable condition set "High Value" defined as order_value >= 500 (version v1) and a condition set "Restricted Countries" defined as destination_country in {NG, IR, KP} (version v1) And a rule "Block HV to Restricted" references High Value v1 AND Restricted Countries v1 with outcome=Block, priority=1 When an operator edits the "High Value" set to order_value >= 600 and publishes version v2 Then the system records a versioned change history (author, timestamp, diff) for the condition set And existing rules remain pinned to referenced versions (v1) until explicitly updated When the operator updates the rule to reference High Value v2 and publishes rule version r2 Then subsequent evaluations use the updated threshold; audit logs show rule_version=r2 and condition_set_versions={High Value:v2, Restricted Countries:v1} And the operator can roll back the rule to r1 or the condition set to v1, with all changes captured in history
Staged Rollout Per Site
Given a rule "Weight Edit Step-Up" configured with a staged rollout: Site=A at 25% of workstations, Site=B at 0% When the rule is activated Then only users on Site=A within the selected 25% of workstations are subject to the rule; users on Site=B are unaffected And the rule builder provides a dry-run simulation that reports the percentage and count of historical actions that would have matched per site before activation When the rollout is increased to 100% for Site=A and then reduced back to 0% Then enforcement adjusts accordingly within 5 minutes, and the rollout changes are recorded with author, timestamp, and notes
Uniform Enforcement Across UI, API, and Batch With Permission Matrix Integration
Given the permission matrix denies weight edits for role=Viewer and allows weight edits for role=Operator And a policy rule requires step-up for weight edits when measured_weight_variance_percent > 20 When a Viewer attempts to edit weight in the UI or via API Then the attempt is blocked with error_code=PERMISSION_DENIED regardless of policy rules When an Operator edits weight in the UI for a matching order Then the step-up requirement is enforced and logged; on success the edit is saved; on failure the edit is not applied When a batch process attempts actions across multiple orders where some match the rule and others do not Then matching items require and enforce the policy outcome; non-matching proceed; the batch result includes per-order outcomes and rule metadata consistently across UI and API
Step-up Authentication Methods
"As a Warehouse Lead, I want to verify a user’s identity with a quick scan+PIN or SSO step-up before allowing risky edits so that only authorized staff can proceed during high-volume operations."
Description

Implement multiple step-up methods to verify elevated intent for sensitive actions: (1) scan+PIN using employee badge/barcode plus user PIN with configurable retry limits, (2) SSO step-up via OIDC/SAML with enforced MFA according to IdP policy. Support configurable grace windows (e.g., 5–30 minutes) and per-action step-up freshness requirements. Bind scan devices to workstations for provenance, and capture the authentication method, user, and device in the audit log. Provide fallback messaging and secure fail-closed behavior when the IdP is unreachable, with admin-only break-glass per policy. Integrate seamlessly into ParcelPilot modals and batch flows, and expose a lightweight SDK for step-up prompts in embedded pages.

Acceptance Criteria
Scan+PIN Step-Up with Configurable Retry Limits
Given a user is assigned a badge barcode and a PIN and policy requires scan+PIN for "Void Label" with retryLimit=3 and lockoutDuration=5 minutes When the user initiates "Void Label", scans their badge, and enters the correct PIN on the first attempt Then the step-up is accepted, the action proceeds, and a grace window timer starts Given the same policy and user When the user enters an incorrect PIN 3 times within 2 minutes Then the step-up is denied, the UI displays "Too many attempts", a 5-minute lockout is applied for scan+PIN on this workstation for this user, and all attempts are logged with timestamps Given the lockout is active When the user attempts scan+PIN again during the lockout Then input is blocked, the remaining lockout time is shown, no additional attempts are counted, and the event is logged Given a different user on the same workstation When they attempt scan+PIN during the first user’s lockout Then they are not blocked and may authenticate normally
SSO Step-Up via OIDC/SAML Enforcing IdP MFA
Given policy requires SSO step-up and the IdP is configured for MFA and ACR/AMR enforcement When the user triggers step-up and is redirected to the IdP and completes MFA per IdP policy Then the response (ID token or SAML assertion) is validated for signature, issuer, audience, nonce/in_response_to, notBefore/notOnOrAfter, and includes MFA evidence (required ACR/AMR), and the action proceeds Given the IdP returns a response without MFA or with insufficient ACR/AMR When validation is performed Then the step-up is rejected, the user is re-prompted with guidance to complete MFA, and the attempt is logged with an error code Given a freshness requirement of max_age=300 seconds for the action When the user triggers step-up with an existing IdP session older than 300 seconds Then the client forces re-authentication at the IdP (e.g., prompt=login or max_age) and proceeds only after fresh MFA is completed
Modal and Batch Flow Integration with Grace and Freshness Enforcement
Given graceWindow=15 minutes and per-action freshness requirements: Edit Weight=15 minutes, Void Label=5 minutes When the user completes step-up in a modal for Edit Weight Then subsequent Edit Weight modals within 15 minutes do not re-prompt; after 15 minutes a new step-up is required Given the user completes step-up for Void Label When another Void Label is attempted after 6 minutes Then the user is re-prompted due to the 5-minute freshness requirement Given a batch flow processes 50 orders with 3 Void Label actions When the user completes step-up for the first Void Label Then at most one prompt occurs per 5-minute freshness window for Void Label during the batch, and non-sensitive batch steps are not blocked Given the user logs out, changes role, or switches workstation When they initiate a sensitive action Then any existing grace is invalidated and a new step-up is required
Workstation-Bound Scanner Provenance Enforcement
Given scanner device D is bound to workstation W1 and not to W2 When a user on W1 performs scan+PIN with D Then the scan is accepted for step-up on W1 Given the same device D When a user on W2 attempts scan+PIN with D Then the step-up is rejected with "Unbound device" and logged as invalid provenance Given an admin re-binds device D to W2 and saves the change When the next scan occurs from D on W2 Then the scan is accepted on W2 and rejected on W1, with binding changes reflected in audit logs within 5 seconds Given a scan originates from an unknown or unregistered HID/USB source When step-up is attempted Then the attempt is denied, a security alert message is shown, and the event is logged with device fingerprint
Comprehensive Audit Logging for Step-Up Events
Given any step-up attempt occurs (scan+PIN or SSO) When the attempt is processed Then an immutable audit record is written with: timestamp (UTC), tenant, user ID, role, action, method (scan+PIN|SSO), result (success|failure|lockout|break-glass), workstation ID, device ID (if scan), IdP issuer (if SSO), ACR/AMR (if SSO), client IP, and correlation ID Given a failed attempt due to retry limit or IdP error When the audit record is written Then the record includes a standardized error code/category and excludes secrets (no PINs, no raw tokens), storing only token identifiers (e.g., JTI) or cryptographic hashes Given an auditor queries by time range and action across 10,000 events When the query is executed Then results include all matching records and return in ≤2 seconds, and records cannot be altered or deleted by non-audit roles
Fail-Closed Behavior and Admin Break-Glass When IdP Is Unreachable
Given SSO step-up is required and the IdP is unreachable (e.g., DNS failure, timeout >10s, HTTP 5xx) When the user initiates a sensitive action Then the action is blocked, a "Identity provider unavailable" message is shown with retry guidance, and no partial/expired assertions are accepted Given a user with Admin Break-Glass permission and a policy requiring reason and second approver PIN When the IdP is unreachable and the admin initiates break-glass Then the system requires a textual reason and approver PIN, records a break-glass audit entry, grants a temporary exception scoped to the specific user and action for ≤15 minutes, and allows the action Given IdP connectivity is restored When the same user initiates another sensitive action Then break-glass does not bypass normal step-up; standard step-up is required Given a non-admin user attempts break-glass When the request is made Then it is denied and logged with an authorization error
SDK-Based Step-Up Prompt for Embedded Pages
Given an embedded page loads the ParcelPilot step-up SDK When it calls stepUp.prompt({ action: "Override Address", freshnessSeconds: 300 }) Then the host renders the native step-up UI, and on success the SDK resolves with a signed, single-use token bound to user, action, role, and workstation, with TTL ≤300s and ≤ configured graceWindow, and ≥128 bits of entropy Given the token is posted to a backend validation endpoint When validation occurs Then the endpoint verifies signature, expiry, action match, user/workstation match, and single-use; on reuse returns 409 and logs a replay attempt; on success returns 200 Given the embedded page runs in an iframe without third-party cookies When stepUp.prompt is invoked Then communication occurs via secure postMessage without leaking secrets to the iframe origin, and the SDK still functions without reliance on third-party cookies
Real-time Enforcement Middleware
"As a Fulfillment Associate, I want consistent, real-time prompts and decisions when I attempt sensitive actions so that I understand what is allowed and can complete my tasks without unexpected errors or delays."
Description

Add a cross-cutting enforcement layer that intercepts sensitive actions across the app and APIs (e.g., void label button, weight/size edits, address overrides, service changes, batch operations). On trigger, it evaluates the permission matrix and applicable policies, then either allows, requires justification, prompts for step-up, or blocks. Provide standardized UI modals, actionable error messages, and batched prompts for bulk actions. Ensure performance overhead is minimal and resilient (circuit breakers, retries), with deterministic outcomes logged for traceability. Integrate with web, desktop workstation clients, and public APIs to guarantee uniform behavior across channels.

Acceptance Criteria
Block Unauthorized Void Label Attempt
Given a user lacks permission to void labels for the current brand/client, sales channel, and workstation per policy matrix When the user clicks "Void Label" in the UI or calls POST /labels/{labelId}/void via API Then the action is blocked deterministically And the UI shows a standardized modal with title "Action Not Permitted" and actionable guidance referencing policy_id and policy_version And the API returns HTTP 403 with error_code="policy_denied", policy_id, policy_version, correlation_id And a decision record is written with correlation_id, subject_id, action="void_label", resource_id=labelId, context={brand,channel,workstation}, outcome="deny"
Step-Up Authentication for Address Overrides
Given a user is allowed to override addresses only with step-up per policy When the user edits a shipment address and clicks Save or calls PATCH /shipments/{id}/address via API Then a standardized enforcement modal prompts for step-up with options specified by policy (scan+PIN and/or SSO) And if step-up succeeds within 120 seconds, the change is committed and the UI/API returns success And if step-up fails, times out, or is cancelled, the change is not saved; the UI shows an actionable message and the API returns HTTP 428 with error_code="step_up_required" including challenge metadata And a decision record logs prompt_type="step_up" and result in {"success","failure","timeout","cancelled"} with correlation_id
Justification Required for Weight/Size Edits
Given a policy requires justification for weight or dimension edits beyond a configured threshold (e.g., >=5%) When a user attempts to change weight or dimensions exceeding the threshold or changes the package preset Then a standardized modal requires selecting a reason_code from a controlled list and entering justification_text with minimum length 15 characters And the action is blocked until both fields are provided and pass validation; the API returns HTTP 409 with error_code="justification_required" when justification is missing or invalid And upon valid submission, the edit proceeds and the decision record includes reason_code, justification_text_hash, old_values, new_values, correlation_id
Batched Prompts for Bulk Operations
Given a batch operation includes items with mixed enforcement needs (e.g., 100 label voids across brands and channels) When the user initiates the batch Then the middleware deduplicates and consolidates prompts into at most one step-up challenge and one justification modal per unique policy requirement And the UI presents a single batched modal with counts by outcome and supports approve/cancel; the API returns a single challenges object and per-item challenge tokens And per-item outcomes are applied deterministically; items without required prompts proceed, denied items remain unchanged with reason; partial success is reported with per-item statuses And P95 decisioning overhead per item is <=35ms and P99 <=70ms for 100-item batches
Performance, Circuit Breakers, and Determinism Under Degradation
Given normal load of 200 enforcement evaluations per second per instance Then added decision latency is P95 <=25ms and P99 <=60ms as measured at the middleware boundary Given the upstream policy service experiences 5 consecutive timeouts within 30 seconds When evaluating an action Then the circuit breaker opens for 60 seconds; up to 2 retries with exponential backoff (50ms, 100ms) are attempted per request while closed/half-open And while open, sensitive actions fail closed with HTTP 503 and error_code="policy_service_unavailable" in API and an actionable UI message advising to retry or contact an administrator And outcomes remain deterministic per idempotency_key; repeated requests with the same key produce identical results; logs include fallback_reason and breaker_state with correlation_id
Uniform Enforcement Across Web, Desktop, and Public API
Given identical user role, brand/client, channel, workstation, and policy version When the same sensitive action is attempted from the web app, desktop workstation client, and public API Then the enforcement outcome and required prompts are identical across channels And UI clients use the standardized modal component with consistent copy, primary/secondary actions, and telemetry events And API responses use a standardized schema with status codes: 200 allow, 403 policy_denied, 409 justification_required, 428 step_up_required; body includes error_code, message, policy_id, policy_version, correlation_id, and challenge metadata when applicable
Deterministic Audit Logging and Traceability
Given any intercepted sensitive action When a decision is made (allow, prompt, require justification, or deny) Then an immutable audit record is written within 1 second containing correlation_id, timestamp, subject_id, action, resource identifiers, context {brand, channel, workstation, client_app}, policy_id, policy_version, decision, prompt_type, latency_ms, idempotency_key, and a deterministic hash of decision inputs And PII fields in logs are masked or hashed per security policy; justification_text is stored as a salted hash with recorded length And logs are queryable via an internal audit API by correlation_id and date range and are retained for at least 12 months
Audit Trail & Reporting
"As a Compliance Analyst, I want detailed, exportable logs of all gated actions so that I can audit activity, answer client questions, and meet regulatory obligations."
Description

Record immutable, queryable logs for all gated actions, including actor, time, workstation/device, order/label IDs, action type, before/after values, policy ID and version, decision outcome, justification text, and step-up method used. Provide in-app filters (date, user, action, client/brand, channel, policy), export to CSV, and webhooks/stream to SIEM/S3 for compliance. Support retention policies and PII redaction rules. Integrate with alerts so repeated denials or anomalous patterns trigger notifications to Ops and Security. Expected outcome is full traceability for investigations, client audits, and continuous improvement of policies.

Acceptance Criteria
Immutable Log Capture for Gated Actions
Given a user attempts a gated action (void, address override, weight edit) on an order or label When the action is evaluated by Role Gates Then an audit event is written atomically and immediately upon decision with fields: actor ID, actor display name, role, auth method, step-up method used (scan+PIN or SSO), action type, decision outcome (allow/deny), UTC timestamp (ISO 8601 with ms), workstation/device ID, IP, order ID, label ID (if applicable), before values, after values, policy ID, policy version, matched rule ID, and justification text (if required) And the event has a unique event ID and a SHA-256 content hash And the log store enforces append-only semantics: update/delete operations are blocked and the attempt is itself logged as a security event And reading the event returns the exact stored values and validates the content hash successfully
In-App Filtering and Pagination of Audit Events
Given an authorized user opens the Audit Trail view When they apply filters for date range, user, action type, client/brand, channel, and policy (ID or version) and optionally search by order or label ID Then the result set contains only events matching all filters And results default to sort by timestamp desc, with user-selectable asc/desc And pagination supports page sizes of 25/50/100 with accurate total count and page navigation And for datasets up to 500k events under the applied filters, the first page loads within 2 seconds at p95 and subsequent pages within 1.5 seconds at p95 And clearing filters restores the default unfiltered view
CSV Export with Redaction and Schema Consistency
Given an authorized user applies filters in the Audit Trail view When they request a CSV export Then the exported file includes only the filtered events and columns aligned to the documented schema with a header row And PII fields are redacted per active redaction policy (e.g., names masked, address lines partially masked, emails hashed) consistently with the in-app view And timestamps are UTC ISO 8601, values are UTF-8 encoded, comma-delimited, with RFC 4180 quoting And exports up to 100k rows complete synchronously; larger exports run asynchronously and provide a downloadable link with expiry and an email/notification upon completion And the export action itself is recorded in the audit trail with actor, filters summary, row count, and file identifier
Real-Time Streaming and Webhook Delivery to SIEM/S3
Given SIEM webhook and/or S3 streaming destinations are configured and verified When new audit events are produced Then events are delivered to the webhook within 60 seconds p95 and to S3 objects within 5 minutes p95 And webhook deliveries are signed (HMAC-SHA256 with shared secret), include an idempotency key, and are retried with exponential backoff for up to 24 hours on failure And S3 objects are written in compressed NDJSON with partitioning by UTC date/hour and include a manifest file; schema version is included per record And destination outages or schema validation failures generate delivery failure metrics and surfaced errors in the admin UI And streaming can be paused/resumed without data loss, and backfill catches up in order by timestamp and idempotency key
Retention and PII Redaction Policy Enforcement
Given brand/client-specific retention (e.g., 90/365/730 days) and field-level PII redaction policies are configured When an event reaches its retention horizon Then it is purged from the primary store and optional downstream storage per policy, and the purge operation is logged with counts and ranges And redaction rules are applied at write-time and respected in UI, CSV exports, webhooks, and S3 streams; redacted values are not recoverable via the application And policy changes take effect prospectively and do not unredact historical data; tightening retention schedules future purges, loosening does not resurrect purged data And administrators can run a dry-run report showing records scheduled for purge by date range and policy before execution
Alerting on Repeated Denials and Anomalous Patterns
Given alert thresholds and recipients are configured (e.g., ≥5 denials by a single user or workstation within 10 minutes; ≥3 overrides without required step-up in 15 minutes) When thresholds are met or exceeded Then alerts are sent to Ops and Security via configured channels (email, Slack, webhook) within 60 seconds, including summary, sample events, and deep links to the audit view And alerts are deduplicated within a suppression window to prevent alert storms and require acknowledgment in the UI And alert triggers and acknowledgments are themselves recorded in the audit trail And administrators can test an alert rule and see the last 24h hit count and current status
End-to-End Traceability from Orders/Labels and Policies
Given an investigator is viewing an order or label in ParcelPilot When they open the Audit Trail tab or click "View Audit" from the action menu Then all related gated action events are displayed with links to the exact policy ID and version that governed the decision and to the actor’s profile And the record shows justification text (if required) and the evidence of step-up (e.g., SSO assertion ID or PIN scan reference) And from an audit event, the investigator can navigate to the associated order/label, policy, user, and workstation/device pages And the view supports export of only the currently scoped events and preserves filters in the shared URL
Policy Simulation and Dry-Run
"As an Operations Director, I want to simulate policy effects before enabling them so that we avoid disrupting throughput while still reducing risk."
Description

Provide a safe way to test policies before enforcing them: simulate on historical orders and live queues, show projected decision outcomes (allow/step-up/warn/block), impacted users/roles, and KPI deltas (estimated voids prevented, expected step-ups per shift). Offer per-policy and per-segment previews, sample walkthroughs, and a dry-run mode that logs decisions without blocking. Include guardrails to prevent enabling policies with excessive operational impact. Integrate with the rule builder and reporting to compare pre/post metrics after rollout.

Acceptance Criteria
Historical Simulation on Past Orders
Given an Admin with Policy Manager permission selects a policy version and a date range up to 90 days with filters for brand, client, channel, workstation, and role When they run a historical simulation on at least 10,000 orders Then the system returns counts by decision outcome (allow, warn, step-up, block), the top 20 impacted users/roles, and KPI deltas (estimated voids prevented per week, expected step-ups per shift) within 2 minutes Given identical inputs and the same policy version When the simulation is rerun Then aggregate results match within 0.1% and per-order decisions match exactly Given the simulation completes When the user exports results Then a CSV is generated containing order ID, decision outcome, evaluated rules, rationale, and segment tags Given a policy has no matching orders for the selected segment and date range When the user runs the simulation Then the system completes within 15 seconds and displays a zero-results summary without error
Live Queue Simulation Overlay (Non-Blocking Dry-Run)
Given dry-run mode is enabled for a policy When a picker or packer opens the live orders queue Then each order line displays a simulated decision badge within 2 seconds and all actions remain enabled Given a user initiates a gated action (void, address override, weight edit) under dry-run When the policy would require a step-up or block Then the action completes normally and a non-blocking toast shows the simulated requirement with a View Walkthrough link Given the policy engine round-trip latency is under 500 ms When the queue refreshes Then the UI remains responsive and badge updates do not exceed one refresh per 5 seconds per order Given dry-run is active When a user operates offline Then no blocking behavior occurs and simulations are queued for logging upon reconnection
Guardrails on Enablement Based on Impact Thresholds
Given a simulation summary for a policy and selected segment When predicted blocks exceed 3% of orders or predicted step-ups exceed 20% of scans per shift Then the Enable button is disabled and a Guardrail panel lists exceeded thresholds with required approver role Given an Admin with Approver role provides SSO step-up and justification text of at least 20 characters When thresholds are exceeded Then Enable proceeds and an override event is logged with policy ID, version, thresholds exceeded, approver identity, and timestamp Given thresholds are within limits When the owner clicks Enable Then the policy enables without override and the event is logged and linked to the simulation run ID Given no simulation run exists or the latest run is older than 7 days or based on fewer than 500 orders When the user tries to enable Then the system blocks enablement and requires running simulation first
Dry-Run Decision Logging and Reporting
Given dry-run mode is active When a gated action is attempted Then a decision log is written including policy version, order ID, user ID, role, workstation, segment tags, decision, evaluated conditions, rationale, and timestamp with no mutation to order state Given at least 24 hours of dry-run logs When the user opens the Impact Report Then the report shows pre-policy baseline vs dry-run metrics for voids prevented estimate, step-ups per shift, and time-to-ship with filters for brand, client, channel, workstation, and role Given a policy is enabled from dry-run When viewing reports after 7 days Then pre, dry-run, and post metrics are comparable with trend lines and a simulation vs actual variance percentage Given a report is requested for export When the user clicks Export CSV Then the file downloads within 30 seconds for up to 1,000,000 rows Given retention is configured to 90 days When the oldest logs exceed retention Then logs are purged and aggregates are preserved
Per-Policy and Per-Segment Preview and Sample Walkthroughs
Given a valid policy draft exists When the user opens Preview Then at least one sample order is shown for each decision outcome present in the rules (allow, warn, step-up, block) with step-by-step rule evaluation Given brand, client, channel, workstation, and role filters are set When Preview is refreshed Then sample orders and KPI projections update to the selected segment and display the sample set size and last refresh time Given the user clicks Share When generating a share link Then a link valid for 7 days is created with access control restricted to authenticated users with View Policies permission Given an outcome type has no matching historical examples When Preview is loaded Then the system generates a clearly labeled synthetic walkthrough for that outcome
Rule Builder Integration and Enablement Flow
Given the user is editing a policy in the rule builder and the policy validates When they click Simulate Then the system runs a historical simulation on at least 500 orders matching the selected segment and shows results in the builder pane Given no fresh simulation exists for the current policy version When the user views the Enable control Then the control is disabled with a tooltip indicating that a simulation within the last 7 days is required Given any edit changes the policy logic When the draft is saved Then the previous simulation is marked Stale and cannot be used to enable Given the policy is enabled When 7 days of post-rollout data are available Then the system calculates simulation-to-actual variance for step-ups and blocks and flags if variance exceeds 10% with a recommendation to adjust rules

Risk Triggers

Invoke step‑up auth only when risk signals fire—high order value, large weight deltas, hazmat flags, cross‑border, or mismatched SKU history. Keeps low‑risk flows frictionless for pickers while automatically hardening scrutiny when the stakes rise.

Requirements

Configurable Risk Rules Engine
"As a warehouse supervisor, I want to configure precise risk rules tied to shipment attributes so that only genuinely high‑risk orders require supervisor approval."
Description

Provide an admin- and API‑driven rules engine to define when step‑up authentication is required based on order attributes and operational context. Supported conditions include order value thresholds, weight deltas from SKU history, hazmat flags, cross‑border shipments, address risk, SKU history mismatches, and channel/carrier constraints. Rules support boolean logic, comparators, and condition groups, with priority ordering and versioning. Each rule maps to an action of “require supervisor approval” with optional block/override flags and reason codes. Include safe preview/test mode, change audit, and rollback. Integrates across ParcelPilot touchpoints—pick sheet generation, weigh/measure capture, rate selection, and label purchase—via a shared service to ensure consistent decisions.

Acceptance Criteria
Create Rule with Boolean Logic, Comparators, Groups, and Priority
Given an authenticated admin via UI or API When they create a rule with conditions: (order_value > 250 OR hazmat = true OR (cross_border = true AND address_risk >= "medium")) using comparators >, >=, =, != and grouped with parentheses And they assign a numeric priority Then the rule saves successfully and is returned with an ID and priority And rule evaluation respects priority where lower numeric value is higher priority And when two rules have the same priority and both match, the earliest-created rule is deterministically selected And the evaluate API returns matched_rule_id, action, block flag, and rule_version for any match
Step‑Up Auth Trigger on Label Purchase with Block/Override and Reason Codes
Given an order that matches a rule whose action is "require supervisor approval" with block=false When a user attempts label purchase Then the system prompts for supervisor approval and allows purchase only after approval is granted And the approval requires a non-empty reason_code from a configurable list and records approver_id, timestamp, and reason_code in the audit log Given an order that matches a rule with block=true When a user attempts label purchase without an approved override Then the purchase is blocked and the UI/API returns a 409 state with decision details and required reason codes And after a supervisor override with a valid reason_code, the purchase proceeds and the override is logged
Consistent Decisions Across Touchpoints with Cached Versioned Outcome and Performance
Given a single fulfillment workflow instance (transaction_id) for an order that matches a risk rule When pick sheet generation, weigh/measure capture, rate selection, and label purchase each query the shared decision service Then each touchpoint receives the same decision (decision_id), matched_rule_id, action, block flag, and rule_version And if rules change mid-workflow, the existing decision persists for that transaction_id; new transactions use the new active rule_version And evaluate p95 latency is ≤ 150 ms and error rate < 0.1% over a 15‑minute window, observable via metrics And one audit decision entry is recorded per transaction_id with references from each touchpoint event
Weight Delta and SKU History Mismatch Risk Condition at Weigh/Measure
Given a rule configured with condition weight_delta_pct >= 20 OR sku_history_mismatch = true And SKU history baseline is computed from prior shipments per SKU as median weight and dimensions When a picker captures actual package weight and dimensions Then the system computes delta% against baseline and evaluates the rule And if delta% >= 20 or sku_history_mismatch = true, step‑up approval is required; otherwise no prompt is shown And the decision log includes baseline_weight, measured_weight, delta_percent, sku_ids, and mismatch_flags And unit tests cover edge cases at 19.9%, 20.0%, and 20.1% delta and missing baseline data (falls back to no-match unless explicitly configured)
Preview/Test Mode with Backtest and No Side Effects
Given a rule version set to Preview When real orders are evaluated Then no step‑up prompts or blocks are enforced; only annotations and metrics are recorded And the evaluate API indicates preview_hit=true with matched_rule_id and rule_version And an admin can run a backtest over the last N (configurable, default 10,000) orders and receive hit_rate, conflict_rate, and estimated impacted shipments And toggling a rule from Preview to Active requires confirmation and records a change reason And preview results are retained for at least 30 days And no operational side effects (holds, blocks, approvals) occur while in Preview
Audit Trail, Versioning, and Rollback of Rule Changes
Given any create, update, activate/deactivate, or delete of a rule When the change is saved Then an audit entry is written with actor_id, timestamp, action, before/after diff, and change_reason And rule_version is an incrementing integer; previous versions remain immutable and queryable And rollback creates a new active version whose content matches the selected prior version and logs the rollback linkage And the evaluate API includes the rule_version used in each decision And audit and versions are filterable by date range, actor, and rule_id via API and admin UI
Rules API, Permissions, and Evaluation Trace
Given API endpoints: POST /rules, GET /rules, PATCH /rules/{id}, POST /evaluate with OpenAPI schema published When an Admin role calls these endpoints with valid payloads Then requests succeed with 2xx and payloads are schema-validated; non-admins receive 403 and unauthenticated requests receive 401 And rate limits of 100 requests/min per API key are enforced with 429 responses when exceeded And conditions support channel in [Shopify,Etsy,WooCommerce,eBay] and carrier in [UPS,USPS,FedEx,DHL] constraints, verified via evaluation And evaluate responses include decision_id, matched_rule_id (or null), action, block flag, rule_version, and a trace of evaluated conditions with true/false outcomes
Real‑time Risk Evaluation & Decisioning
"As a picker, I want the system to instantly decide if an order needs supervisor approval while I’m buying a label so that low‑risk orders don’t slow me down."
Description

Evaluate configured risk rules synchronously during key workflow events (e.g., opening a pick task, confirming weights, selecting rates, purchasing a label) with sub‑100 ms latency budget. Return a structured decision object that includes allow/block status, whether step‑up auth is required, human‑readable reasons, and machine codes for logging. Provide deterministic results per rule version, idempotency per order attempt, and a fail‑secure fallback (configurable) if the engine is unreachable. Expose the decision via SDKs and REST for ParcelPilot UI, batch processors, and partner WMS integrations.

Acceptance Criteria
Synchronous Decision at Pick Task Open
Given a picker opens a pick task for an order and the client supplies orderId, attemptId, and eventType="pick_task_open" When the client requests a risk decision Then the engine evaluates active rules synchronously and returns a response within 100 ms at P95 (150 ms at P99) under 200 RPS sustained load And the response includes decision in {allow, block}, stepUpRequired in {true, false}, reasons[] (non-empty when decision=block or stepUpRequired=true), codes[] (machine-readable), ruleVersion, decisionId, and correlationId And for orders with no active risk signals, decision=allow and stepUpRequired=false
Weight Confirmation Triggers Risk on Large Delta
Given an order with predictedWeight from SKU history and an actualWeight confirmed by scale When |actualWeight - predictedWeight| exceeds the configured relativeDelta% threshold (default 20%) and the absoluteDelta threshold (default 0.25 lb or 0.11 kg) Then the decision returns stepUpRequired=true and includes reasons containing "weight_delta_exceeded" and codes containing "WEIGHT_DELTA" And the decision is deterministic per ruleVersion: the same inputs and ruleVersion yield identical decision, reasons, and codes across retries And with the same orderId+attemptId idempotency key, repeated requests return the same decision payload and decisionId; with a new attemptId, a fresh decision is computed
Rate Selection Evaluation for Cross-Border, Hazmat, and High-Value
Given eventType="rate_selection" and a candidate service for an order that may be cross-border, hazmat, or high value When the client requests a risk decision with context including destinationCountry, originCountry, hazmat flag, and orderValue Then if hazmat=true and the selected service is not hazmat-capable, decision=block with reasons including "hazmat_service_incompatible" and codes including "HAZMAT_BLOCK" And if destinationCountry != originCountry and required customs data is missing, stepUpRequired=true with reason "customs_data_missing" and code "CUSTOMS_MISSING" And if orderValue >= configured highValueThreshold, stepUpRequired=true with reason "high_order_value" and code "HIGH_VALUE" And if none of the above apply, decision=allow and stepUpRequired=false
Label Purchase Gated by Step-Up Auth
Given eventType="label_purchase" and the most recent decision for the same orderId+attemptId has stepUpRequired=true When the user attempts to purchase a label without presenting a valid step-up auth token Then decision=block with reason "step_up_required" and code "STEP_UP_REQUIRED" When a valid, unexpired step-up auth token tied to the same orderId+attemptId is presented Then decision=allow and the response includes authEventId and code "AUTH_OK" And repeated calls with the same orderId+attemptId are idempotent and return the same decisionId and outcome within 100 ms P95
Fail-Secure Fallback Behavior
Given the decision engine is unreachable due to timeout or 5xx error When a decision is requested with a configured fallbackPolicy in {"block","require_step_up","allow"} and a timeout budget T (<= 100 ms) Then the client receives a response within T+20 ms with decision and stepUpRequired derived from fallbackPolicy, fallbackApplied=true, source="fallback", and reasons including "engine_unreachable" with code "ENGINE_UNREACHABLE" And if no fallbackPolicy is configured, the default behavior is decision=block, stepUpRequired=false And the event is logged with correlationId and retriable=true
Decision Object Schema and API/SDK Exposure
Given REST endpoint POST /v1/risk/decisions and SDK methods risk.decide() for UI, batch, and partner WMS integrations When called with required fields {orderId, attemptId, eventType, context} and a valid idempotency key Then the response conforms to schema v1.0 containing decision, stepUpRequired, reasons[], codes[], ruleVersion, decisionId, correlationId, fallbackApplied (boolean), source ("engine"|"fallback"), and riskSignals[] And HTTP responses are: 200 on success; 400 with code "INVALID_INPUT" for schema violations; 409 with the original decision body for idempotency key reuse with different payload; 503 when fallback is not allowed and the engine is unavailable And for the same inputs and ruleVersion, repeated invocations across SDKs and REST return identical decisions (byte-for-byte equality of the JSON body except for correlationId)
Step‑up Authentication UX for Warehouse
"As a warehouse supervisor, I want a fast approval prompt that works on our scanner stations so that I can unblock high‑risk shipments without disrupting the floor."
Description

Introduce a warehouse‑friendly approval flow that activates only on risk hits: inline modal on desktop, full‑screen prompt on scanner/mobile, and keypad station mode. Support supervisor SSO/OAuth, PIN, or TOTP, with configurable timeouts, retry limits, and reason code capture. Preserve picker context, resume the interrupted action on success, and provide clear rejection messaging with next steps. Handle offline/spotty connectivity with queued approvals and signed tokens. Enforce RBAC so only authorized roles can approve. Fully localized and accessible, with telemetry for completion time and error rates.

Acceptance Criteria
Desktop Inline Modal — Context Preservation and Resume
Given a picker on the desktop Packing view initiates Buy & Print Label for an order with an active risk signal, When the action is initiated, Then an inline modal appears over the current page without a full navigation. Given the inline modal is open, When the approver completes authentication successfully, Then the originally requested action executes within 2 seconds and the modal closes returning focus to the originating control. Given the inline modal is open, When the approver cancels or closes the modal, Then no label is purchased and the pre-modal page state (filters, scroll position, selections, unsaved inputs) remains unchanged. Given form inputs exist on the underlying page, When the modal opens and closes, Then all inputs retain their values and selection state. Given an approval flow completes successfully, Then telemetry records time_to_approve (seconds) and success=true for the session.
Mobile/Scanner Full-Screen Prompt — Usability and Resume
Given a risk-triggered action is initiated on a scanner/mobile device, When step-up is required, Then a full-screen prompt displays with tap targets ≥ 44×44 dp and high-contrast theme. Given the full-screen prompt is displayed, When authentication succeeds, Then the interrupted action resumes within 2 seconds and the prompt dismisses. Given device rotation or app backgrounding occurs during the prompt, When the app resumes, Then the prompt state and any entered values are preserved. Given accessibility services are enabled, When the prompt is navigated, Then it is fully operable via hardware keys and screen reader announces labels and errors. Given keypad station mode is active on a shared device, When approval is requested, Then the prompt presents PIN entry sized for the physical keypad and logs the station ID with the approval attempt.
Supervisor Auth Methods — SSO/OAuth, PIN, TOTP, Timeouts & Retries
Given SSO/OAuth is enabled for the site, When the approver selects SSO, Then an OAuth 2.0 Authorization Code with PKCE flow is initiated and on success control returns to the step-up prompt. Given SSO is unavailable due to connectivity or IdP outage, When step-up is required, Then PIN and TOTP options are presented as fallbacks without blocking the flow. Given PIN authentication is selected, When an incorrect PIN is entered 3 times (configurable), Then PIN auth is locked for 10 minutes (configurable) and further attempts are blocked with a non-revealing message. Given TOTP authentication is selected, When a valid code within a 30-second window is entered, Then authentication succeeds; when invalid codes are entered more than 2 retries (configurable), Then the attempt fails with a non-revealing error. Given a 90-second inactivity timeout is configured, When no interaction occurs within that period, Then the prompt expires, clears sensitive fields, and displays a timeout message.
RBAC Enforcement and Approval Audit with Reason Codes
Given a user attempts to approve, When their role lacks Approve_StepUp permission for the current site, Then the approve action is blocked and a non-revealing error is shown. Given an approval is attempted, When scope constraints (site, shift, station) are invalid, Then approval is denied and the event is logged with scope_mismatch. Given an approval is submitted, When the form lacks a selected reason code, Then submission is prevented and the reason field is marked as required. Given an approval succeeds, Then an immutable audit entry is created with approver ID, role, scope, order/shipment ID, risk signals, reason code, optional note (≤200 chars), outcome, UTC timestamp, and a signed hash. Given an authorized admin queries the audit API, When filters for date range, risk signal, and outcome are applied, Then only matching entries are returned.
Offline/Spotty Connectivity — Queued Approvals and Signed Tokens
Given the device is offline or unstable, When an approver authenticates via PIN or TOTP, Then a locally signed approval token (JWS) with ≤10-minute expiry is generated and queued with the pending action. Given connectivity is restored, When the queue flushes, Then the backend validates token signature, expiry, and RBAC before executing the deferred action. Given a queued token expires before submission, When the queue attempts delivery, Then the action is not executed and the user is prompted to reauthenticate. Given retries occur due to intermittent connectivity, When duplicate submissions are detected, Then the action executes at most once per order/action key (idempotent). Given SSO is selected while offline, When the prompt detects no network, Then it explains SSO is unavailable and offers PIN/TOTP instead without exiting the flow.
Rejection Messaging and Next Steps
Given step-up authentication fails, When the error is returned, Then the user sees a clear non-sensitive message with options: Retry, Request Supervisor, Cancel. Given the approver selects Cancel, When the modal closes, Then the system restores the pre-action state and records a declined event with reason. Given the failure reason is RBAC, When the message is shown, Then it suggests contacting an authorized supervisor and optionally links to on-call supervisor info if configured. Given ≥2 consecutive failures occur, When Retry is offered, Then a 3-second delay is applied before enabling the Retry button to deter rapid attempts. Given any rejection occurs, Then telemetry records failure_type, attempts_count, and time_to_resolution for the session.
Localization and Accessibility Compliance
Given a warehouse locale is selected, When the step-up UI appears, Then all strings, dates, numbers, and reason codes display in the selected language and format, including RTL support. Given keyboard-only navigation is used, When traversing the prompt, Then all controls are reachable in logical tab order and have visible focus indicators. Given a screen reader is active, When interacting with the prompt, Then elements expose accessible names, roles, and states, and errors are announced within 500 ms. Given color-blind safe theme is enabled, When errors are shown, Then contrast ratios meet WCAG 2.1 AA and error states are conveyed without relying on color alone. Given the language is switched during the prompt, When the switch occurs, Then the UI updates immediately without loss of state.
Batch Flow Segmentation for High‑Risk Orders
"As an operations manager, I want high‑risk orders automatically routed to a review queue during batch processing so that the rest of the batch completes without delays."
Description

Maintain frictionless batch operations by automatically separating high‑risk orders into a review queue during batch pick sheet and label runs. Proceed with printing and purchasing for low‑risk orders, while flagging and holding only the risky subset. Provide batch summaries with counts, reasons, and quick links for supervisor bulk review/approve. Ensure retries seamlessly reintegrate approved orders into the original batch or a follow‑up mini‑batch without duplicate labels. Expose controls via UI and API for 3PL partners.

Acceptance Criteria
Auto-Segmentation During Batch Creation
Given a batch contains a mix of low-risk and high-risk orders per configured risk rules (value, weight delta, hazmat, cross-border, SKU mismatch) When the user initiates batch pick sheet generation and label purchasing Then labels are purchased and queued for print only for low-risk orders And high-risk orders are excluded from label purchase and moved to the Review Queue for that batch And the pick sheet includes only low-risk orders by default and displays a held-for-review count badge And the segmentation uses the active risk configuration snapshot at batch start time
Batch Summary Counts, Reasons, and Quick Links
Given a batch has completed segmentation When the user opens the batch summary Then the summary displays counts for Total Orders, Processed (low-risk), and Held for Review (high-risk) And counts match the underlying order states within ±0 of the database records And the summary lists top risk reasons with per-reason counts And each held order row shows its primary reason and all contributing reasons And the summary includes quick links to Open Review Queue, Bulk Approve, and Export Held Orders CSV for the batch
Supervisor Bulk Approve Reintegration (No Duplicate Labels)
Given held orders exist in the Review Queue for batch B and a supervisor is authenticated When the supervisor selects held orders and chooses Bulk Approve Then the system records reviewer identity and timestamp and (if configured) prompts for step-up auth And each approved order is re-queued for label purchase And if batch B is still open, approved labels are added to B’s next print job And idempotency ensures no duplicate labels: repeated approvals or retries return the original label ID And audit logs capture before/after states, reason(s), and label IDs for all approved orders
Follow-Up Mini-Batch Creation When Original Batch Is Closed
Given batch B has been closed (printed/archived) and held orders remain When any of those held orders are approved Then the system creates a follow-up mini-batch linked to B (e.g., B-1) containing only the newly approved orders And labels for the mini-batch are purchased and queued for print without duplicating any previously purchased labels And the mini-batch inherits shipment settings (carrier/service, ship-from, printer profile) from B unless overridden And the original batch summary updates to show the number moved to the follow-up mini-batch with a link
UI Controls for 3PL Partners
Given a user with 3PL Supervisor permissions views a batch with held orders When they open the Review Queue UI Then they can filter held orders by risk reason, channel, carrier, destination, and value And they can select one, many, or all results and perform Bulk Approve with a single action And step-up auth is enforced on approve when any order meets the configured step-up policy And the UI disables approve for orders with unresolved hard blocks (e.g., missing hazmat doc) and shows the block reason And post-approval, the UI reflects updated counts within 2 seconds and removes approved items from the held list
API Controls for 3PL Partners
Given an API client with scope review_queue:read and review_queue:write When the client calls GET /batches/{id}/held-orders with optional filters Then the API returns paginated held orders including orderId, reasons[], primaryReason, batchId, createdAt, and lock status When the client POSTs /batches/{id}/held-orders/approve with an idempotency key and a list of orderIds Then the API approves eligible orders, purchases labels, and returns per-order results with status (approved, skipped, blocked), labelId (if any), and error (if any) And repeated POSTs with the same idempotency key within 24h return the same labelIds without duplicates And all endpoints enforce role-based access, validate inputs, and respond within p95 ≤ 500 ms under load of 100 RPS
Audit Trail & Evidence Retention
"As a compliance officer, I want complete audit records of risk decisions and approvals so that we can prove due diligence and investigate discrepancies."
Description

Record immutable, tamper‑evident logs for every risk evaluation and approval event, including rule version, input attributes, decision outcome, approver identity, device/station, IP, timestamps, and any overrides or comments. Support searchable in‑app history, CSV/JSON export, and webhook streams for external compliance systems. Implement retention policies and encryption at rest, with permissions to restrict access to sensitive records. Provide reconciliation views to trace from shipment to decision to label.

Acceptance Criteria
Complete Risk Event Logging with Required Fields
Given a risk evaluation is executed for a shipment, When the decision engine evaluates rules, Then an audit record is created containing non-null fields: event_id, tenant_id, shipment_id, order_id, event_type ("risk_evaluated"), rule_version, input_attributes, decision_outcome, created_at_utc (ISO 8601), source_ip, device_id_or_station_id, actor_user_id (null if system), risk_flags, and sku_history_checksum. Given an approval or override is performed, When the approver submits, Then an audit record is created with event_type ("approved" or "overridden"), approver_user_id, approver_role, comment, override_reason_code, links to prior risk_evaluated event_id, and resulting label_id if generated. Given any audit record is created, When validated, Then all timestamps are UTC ISO 8601 with millisecond precision and write acknowledgment completes within 200 ms p95.
Immutable, Tamper‑Evident Audit Log
Given any attempt to update or delete an existing audit record via UI or API, When executed by any role, Then the operation is blocked (HTTP 405) and no persisted data changes. Given the audit log integrity is requested, When the verifier endpoint is called, Then a hash-chain proof (prev_hash, hash) validates the last 10,000 events and detects any modification. Given a compliant redaction is requested by a compliance_admin, When approved, Then a redaction tombstone event is appended referencing the original event_id, masking only allowed fields while preserving hash-chain continuity; the original event is no longer retrievable via standard reads.
In‑App Searchable History & Filters
Given an authorized user opens Audit History, When they filter by any combination of date range, shipment_id, order_id, decision_outcome, rule_version, approver_user_id, risk_flag, device_id, or source_ip, Then the results match the filter and return within 2 seconds p95 for a 30‑day window up to 1M events. Given results are displayed, When the user paginates, Then ordering by created_at desc is stable and no records are skipped or duplicated across pages. Given a result row is opened, When viewing details, Then the full field set and links to shipment, order, label, and prior/next audit events are shown.
External Compliance Integrations: Exports & Webhooks
Given an authorized user has applied a filter, When CSV export is requested, Then a UTF‑8 CSV with stable headers and UTC ISO 8601 timestamps is generated within 60 seconds for up to 500k rows and the export event is audited with requester, filter summary, row_count, and checksum. Given the same filter, When JSON export is requested, Then a JSON Lines file is produced with one event per line using canonical field names and nulls for empty values, and access to the file enforces RBAC. Given webhooks are configured, When risk.evaluated, risk.approved, or risk.overridden events occur, Then a POST is delivered within 5 seconds p95 with the full payload and X‑Signature (HMAC‑SHA256) header; retries use exponential backoff for up to 24 hours and deliveries are idempotent via event id with visible delivery logs.
Retention Policies and Encryption at Rest
Given a tenant retention policy of N months is configured (default 24), When an audit record exceeds N months and is not under legal hold, Then it is permanently purged within 24 hours and is not retrievable via UI, API, exports, or webhooks, and a purge event is recorded. Given legal hold is applied to a shipment or order, When retention would otherwise purge related audit records, Then those records are retained until hold removal, after which purge occurs within 24 hours. Given audit data is stored, When compliance status is queried, Then the system reports encryption at rest is enabled with managed keys and annual rotation; attempts to disable encryption are blocked for all roles.
Role‑Based Access Controls for Audit Records
Given user permissions are enforced, When a user without audit_read attempts to access audit history, Then access is denied with HTTP 403 and no record metadata is leaked. Given a user with audit_read but without audit_export, When they attempt to export, Then the UI hides export options and direct API calls return HTTP 403. Given a user with audit_admin, When they configure retention, manage webhook endpoints, or request a redaction, Then the action succeeds and an administrative audit event is recorded; users without audit_admin are blocked.
Shipment‑Decision‑Label Reconciliation View
Given a shipment_id is entered in the Reconciliation view, When the view loads, Then it displays a timeline linking the order, all risk evaluations, approvals/overrides, and generated label_id(s) with timestamps. Given the reconciliation timeline is displayed, When a linked entity (order, audit event, label) is clicked, Then the user is navigated to its detail view filtered to the related record. Given a required approval is missing for a generated label, When the reconciliation view evaluates consistency, Then the discrepancy is flagged with a clear status and can be exported as CSV or copied via a shareable link.
Supervisor Notifications & Escalation
"As a supervisor, I want real‑time alerts for pending high‑risk approvals with one‑click access so that I can unblock shipments quickly."
Description

Send actionable notifications for pending approvals via in‑app toasts, email, and Slack/Teams with deep links to the exact order and contextual reasons. De‑duplicate bursts, throttle intelligently, and support work hours/rotation schedules. Auto‑escalate to alternate approvers if SLAs are missed, and optionally auto‑expire requests. Provide a compact approval UI in chat with secure, signed one‑click actions where supported.

Acceptance Criteria
In-App Toast for High-Risk Order Approval
Given an order triggers Risk Triggers and requires supervisor approval When the order enters the pending-approval state Then eligible on-duty supervisors in the order’s facility receive an in-app toast within 5 seconds And the toast displays order number, merchant, top 3 risk reasons, and SLA countdown And the toast contains a deep link to the exact approval screen And non-approvers and off-duty users do not see the toast And dismissing the toast does not remove the order from the approval queue
Email Notification De-duplication and Throttling
Given multiple pending approvals for the same supervisor within a 60-second window When email notifications are generated Then a single consolidated email is sent summarizing all orders in the window (up to 50) And subsequent duplicate emails for the same order are suppressed for 30 minutes unless the approval state changes And each order entry includes a deep link and risk reasons And per-supervisor email rate does not exceed 1 email per minute
Slack/Teams One-Click Approval with Secure Signing
Given Slack or Teams is connected and the user is an authorized approver When a pending approval notification is delivered Then the message contains Approve and Deny actions using signed, single-use tokens expiring in 10 minutes And clicking an action updates the order status within 3 seconds and edits the message to show the outcome, actor, and timestamp And unauthorized or expired actions are rejected with a safe error message and no state change And the message includes compact order details, risk reasons, and a deep link
Work Hours and Rotation-Aware Routing
Given a schedule with business hours, holidays, and a rotation roster is configured per facility When an approval is required Then notifications are sent only to on-duty approvers for that facility and channel And outside business hours, notifications route to the on-call approver per rotation And SLA timers honor the configured mode: pause outside hours or continue counting And all time calculations use the facility’s timezone
SLA-Based Escalation
Given an approval SLA of N minutes and an escalation path is configured When the SLA elapses without action Then the system escalates within 60 seconds to the next approver level across all enabled channels And escalated notifications are marked as Escalation Level n and include the original SLA breach context And previous approvers remain able to act until resolution, with messages updated to reflect the new level And no duplicate escalations occur for the same level
Auto-Expiration of Pending Approvals
Given auto-expire is enabled with a TTL of M minutes When the TTL elapses without approval or denial Then the request transitions to Approval Expired state and scheduled escalations are canceled And all pending notifications are updated or replaced to indicate expiration and disable actions And chat actions and links reject further attempts with an expired response and no state change And an audit log records expiration time, TTL, and affected recipients
Risk Analytics & Threshold Tuning
"As an operations analyst, I want visibility into risk trigger performance and simulation tools so that I can tune thresholds to minimize friction while preserving control."
Description

Offer a dashboard showing trigger rates, rule hit distributions, added processing time, approval outcomes, and financial impact (postage savings vs. delay cost) by channel, carrier, and warehouse. Support shadow mode and backtesting to simulate new thresholds against historical orders before deploying. Provide recommendations to reduce false positives and suggest rule adjustments. Allow exporting insights and scheduling reports.

Acceptance Criteria
Dashboard KPI Coverage by Dimension
Given I am a user with Analytics access and a dataset exists for the last 30 days When I open Risk Analytics and select channel=All, carrier=All, warehouse=All, date range=Last 30 days Then the dashboard displays, for each selectable dimension (channel, carrier, warehouse), these KPIs: Trigger Rate (%), Rule Hit Distribution (per-rule hits and % of orders), Added Processing Time (median and p90 in seconds), Approval Outcomes (auto-approved, manual-approved, declined counts and rates), Financial Impact (postage savings $, delay cost $, net impact $) And each KPI is visible overall and per selected dimension with totals matching the sum of slices within ±0.5% rounding tolerance And all KPIs load within 3 seconds for up to 100,000 orders
Filtering, Segmentation, and Drill-Through
Given filters exist for date range, channel, carrier, warehouse, and rule id When I adjust any single filter Then results update within 2 seconds and an applied-filters summary reflects the selection And when I click a rule in Rule Hit Distribution Then I see a drill-through table of affected orders with columns: order_id, timestamp, rule_id, risk_score, action (actual/shadow), processing_time_added_s, approval_outcome, channel, carrier, warehouse And the table supports pagination (50 rows/page), sorting, CSV export, and row count equals rule hits within ±1
Shadow Mode Logging Without Flow Impact
Given shadow mode is enabled for a threshold set When live orders meet a shadowed rule condition Then no step-up auth or shipping hold is triggered for those orders And a shadow event is logged with: order_id, timestamp, rule_id, threshold_version, risk_score, predicted_action, predicted_processing_time_added_s And the dashboard labels these as Shadow and excludes them from live-impact metrics while including them in backtesting datasets And disabling shadow mode stops new shadow events within 1 minute
Backtesting Threshold Sets on Historical Orders
Given I select a historical window and configure a proposed threshold set T2 while baseline T1 is stored When I run a backtest Then a report returns deltas T2 vs T1 for: Trigger Rate, False Positive Rate, Added Processing Time (median/p90), Approval Outcomes, and Financial Impact And the backtest completes within 10 minutes for 1,000,000 orders and streams progress status at least every 5 seconds And I can download a CSV with per-rule and per-dimension diffs And results are versioned with run_id, inputs checksum, and timestamp for reproducibility
Recommendations to Reduce False Positives
Given at least 10,000 labeled historical orders with approval outcomes exist When I open Recommendations Then I see a prioritized list of rule/threshold changes each with: estimated change in false positive rate (±95% CI), expected net financial impact ($), affected order count, rationale (top contributing signals), and suggested threshold value And each recommendation supports actions: Simulate (runs backtest) and Apply (creates draft threshold set) And applying creates an audit log entry and leaves live thresholds unchanged until explicitly deployed
Exports and Scheduled Reports
Given I have selected filters and a report layout When I export the current view Then a file is generated within 30 seconds in CSV and XLSX with headers, applied-filters metadata, and ISO-8601 timestamps in the selected timezone And when I schedule a report for weekdays 07:00 warehouse local time Then recipients receive an email with attachment and dashboard link within 5 minutes of the scheduled time, with delivery retries up to 3 times on failure And scheduled jobs list next run, last run status, and support pause/resume/delete
Data Freshness and Metric Accuracy
Given new orders and risk events stream into analytics When I view the dashboard Then a data freshness indicator shows data latency <= 15 minutes And metric totals (orders, rule hits, approvals) reconcile to source event counts within 0.5% over the selected period And financial impact calculations match reference formulas within $0.01 per order

Scan‑Bound Sessions

Start a time‑boxed session by scanning a badge or entering a PIN/SSO, binding identity to a specific handheld or station. Auto‑lock on idle or device handoff, minimizing repeated prompts yet preserving airtight accountability on every sensitive action.

Requirements

Fast Session Start (Badge, PIN, SSO)
"As a warehouse associate, I want to start my session with a quick badge scan or PIN so that I can begin picking and printing without waiting through full logins."
Description

Enable users to initiate a session on a handheld or station by scanning a barcode/QR or NFC badge, entering a short PIN, or authenticating via SSO (OIDC/SAML with providers like Okta and Microsoft Entra). The flow should complete in under two seconds on supported devices and browsers, map identities to ParcelPilot roles, and fall back gracefully if a method is unavailable. Include rate limiting and lockout after configurable failed attempts, support offline PIN verification with limited-time cached tokens, and surface clear error states. Ensure accessibility for shared-kiosk use, support camera-based scanning on desktops without scanners, and record the chosen auth method for auditing.

Acceptance Criteria
Badge/NFC Fast Login and Device Binding
Given a provisioned user with an active badge and a supported device/browser, When the user taps an NFC badge or scans a barcode/QR badge, Then the session is established and the device is bound to the user within 2 seconds of scan detection. Given a bound device with no active session, When a valid badge is scanned, Then the user lands on the ParcelPilot home screen with their mapped role applied and the session start timestamp recorded. Given a device temporarily offline and a user with a valid cached badge token (cacheTTL=8h), When the badge is scanned within the TTL, Then the session starts in offline mode within 2 seconds and an "Offline mode" banner is displayed. Given an unrecognized, disabled, or expired badge, When it is scanned, Then no session is created, a non-enumerating error message is shown within 500ms, and the attempt is rate-limited per device and identity.
PIN Login with Offline Cache and Lockout
Given policy settings maxAttempts=5 per 5-minute window per identity and per device, rateLimit=1 attempt/second/device, and lockoutDuration=15 minutes, When incorrect PINs are entered exceeding maxAttempts, Then the identity is locked out for lockoutDuration and further attempts are blocked with a clear message. Given a valid user PIN, When the PIN is submitted on a supported device/browser, Then the session is established within 2 seconds and the device is bound to the user. Given the device is offline and a user has a valid cached PIN token (cacheTTL=8h from last successful online login), When the PIN is entered, Then the session starts offline within 2 seconds and is marked for server-side verification and token rotation upon reconnect. Given a disabled user or revoked PIN, When a PIN is entered, Then the system denies access with a non-enumerating message and increments the failed-attempt counter respecting rate limits.
SSO (OIDC/SAML) Login and Role Mapping
Given an IdP (Okta or Microsoft Entra) is configured with OIDC/SAML and the user is entitled, When the user initiates SSO and completes IdP authentication, Then upon callback receipt the ParcelPilot session is established within 2 seconds and the device is bound to the user. Given a successful SSO assertion containing groups/claims, When the session is created, Then ParcelPilot maps the identity to roles per the configured mapping table and enforces those permissions immediately. Given an SSO login, When an IdP requires MFA, Then the flow completes successfully after MFA at the IdP and returns to ParcelPilot without additional prompts beyond device binding. Given an expired or invalid SSO assertion, When callback is received, Then the session is not created and a clear retry prompt is shown with no leakage of identity existence.
Graceful Fallback Between Methods
Given scanning hardware is unavailable or camera permission is denied, When the login screen loads, Then PIN and SSO options are presented within 200ms and focus moves to the PIN field for immediate input. Given the SSO provider is unreachable or returns 5xx, When a user selects SSO, Then a non-blocking error is shown within 1 second and badge/PIN options are presented unless restricted by policy. Given an admin policy disables a method (e.g., PIN), When the login screen renders, Then the method is hidden or disabled with an accessible explanation and other enabled methods remain available. Given a user completes login via a fallback method, When the session is established, Then the total ParcelPilot processing time for the chosen method remains within 2 seconds on supported devices/browsers.
Auto‑Lock on Idle and Device Handoff
Given idleTimeout=60s, When there is no user interaction for idleTimeout, Then the session auto-locks at timeout ±1 second and sensitive actions are blocked until re-auth via any enabled method. Given a new user authenticates on a device with an active session for a different user, When the new authentication succeeds, Then the previous session is locked immediately and the device is rebound to the new user. Given an in-progress operation at lock time, When the session auto-locks, Then unsaved work is preserved safely and is resumed only after successful re-auth by the same user or is discarded per policy with explicit user notice.
Camera‑Based Barcode/QR Scanning on Desktop
Given a desktop without a hardware scanner but with a camera, When the user grants camera permission, Then the login screen can scan QR and Code 128 badges with a 95% success rate across 50 test scans under office lighting (≥300 lux) and decodes within 500ms after the code is in frame. Given the user denies camera permission or the camera is unavailable, When scanning is attempted, Then the system displays a clear prompt and offers PIN and SSO alternatives immediately. Given supported browsers (current Chrome, Edge, Firefox, Safari), When camera scanning is used, Then the UI provides a visible framing guide and audible/visual feedback on successful scan and navigates to the next step without additional clicks.
Accessibility, Error Messaging, and Audit Recording
Given the shared‑kiosk login screen, When used with keyboard only and a screen reader, Then all controls are reachable in a logical order, have programmatic names, meet WCAG 2.1 AA contrast (≥4.5:1), and actionable targets are ≥44×44 CSS px. Given any authentication failure (e.g., invalid PIN, disabled badge, SSO error), When the message is displayed, Then it is specific and actionable (e.g., remaining attempts), does not disclose account existence, and is announced via ARIA live region. Given any authentication attempt (success or failure), When it completes, Then an audit record is written with timestamp, anonymized/user ID per policy, device ID, IP (if available), method (Badge, PIN, SSO), outcome, and end-to-end latency, and records are retrievable via the audit API within 5 seconds.
Device Binding and Single-Device Enforcement
"As an operations manager, I want user sessions tied to a specific device so that every action is attributable and we avoid shared-credential ambiguity."
Description

Bind the authenticated identity to a specific device for the duration of the session using a durable device identifier (managed device ID, OS identifier, or browser fingerprint) and a device-scoped session token. Prevent concurrent sessions for the same user across multiple devices unless explicitly allowed by policy; if a new device attempts to start a session, prompt for handoff or terminate the original session. Display the active user prominently on the device, and invalidate the token on OS user switch, app reinstall, or MDM policy changes. Ensure printing and scanning actions honor the bound identity to prevent ghost actions from other tabs or devices.

Acceptance Criteria
Start Session and Bind to Device
Given a user authenticates successfully on a device with a detectable durable identifier (pref order: MDM Device ID, OS identifier, browser fingerprint) When a session is created Then a device-scoped session token is issued and cryptographically bound to the durable device identifier And the token is stored in secure storage (Keychain/Keystore or HttpOnly SameSite=Strict cookie) and not accessible via client-side JS And all API calls require the token and a matching device identifier; mismatches return 401 with error code DEVICE_BINDING_MISMATCH and are audit-logged And the audit log records user ID, device ID, auth method, timestamp, and IP for the binding event
Prevent Concurrent Sessions Across Devices
Given user U has an active bound session on device A and policy setting maxConcurrentDevices=1 When U attempts to start a session on device B Then device B is shown a blocking prompt with options: Handoff or Cancel And selecting Cancel denies login on device B and logs AUDIT_CONCURRENCY_BLOCKED And at no time do two active sessions for U exist simultaneously (verified by querying active sessions) Given user U has maxConcurrentDevices=2 and exactly one active session When U starts a session on a second device Then the second session is allowed and both sessions remain active Given user U has maxConcurrentDevices=2 and already has two active sessions When U attempts to start a third session Then the attempt is denied with error code CONCURRENCY_LIMIT_EXCEEDED and audit log entry is created
Explicit Handoff Between Devices
Given user U has an active session on device A and initiates login on device B choosing Handoff When U confirms Handoff with a second-factor (badge rescan or PIN) within 30 seconds Then device A session is terminated within 5 seconds, device B session becomes active, and both devices display transition to the correct state And device A receives a toast "Session handed off to <device B name>" and returns to the locked screen And the audit log contains a single HANDOFF event linking oldSessionId and newSessionId with device IDs and timestamps And any in-flight requests from device A after termination receive 401 SESSION_REVOKED
Invalidate on OS User Switch, App Reinstall, or MDM Policy Change
Given an active session on device D When the OS user is switched or the device is locked/unlocked to a different OS account Then the session token is invalidated immediately and the app shows the lock screen; next action requires re-authentication Given the app is reinstalled or app data is cleared on device D When the app is opened Then any server-side token previously issued to device D is invalidated and cannot be replayed; first API call without a fresh login returns 401 TOKEN_INVALIDATED Given the device’s MDM compliance status changes (unenrolled or non-compliant) and a webhook is received When the webhook is processed Then all active tokens bound to that device are revoked within 10 seconds and actions are blocked until compliance is restored; AUDIT_MDM_REVOCATION is logged
Prominent Active User Display
Given a user is actively bound to the device When navigating to any app screen, pick/pack view, print queue, or scan modal Then the active user’s full name and user code are displayed in the header and action modals within 1 second of load And the display updates within 1 second on session change or handoff and is readable by screen readers (aria-label includes user name and "active user") And the identity badge is visible on all screens without scrolling and cannot be hidden by user settings And the lock state visibly changes the header to "Locked — <user name>" when the session is locked
Enforce Bound Identity for Printing and Scanning
Given an active bound session on device D When initiating a print (label or pick sheet) or recording a scan Then the request payload includes the bound user ID and device ID and is signed by the device-scoped token And the backend validates token binding and rejects actions from other devices/tabs with 401 DEVICE_BINDING_MISMATCH; no print or scan is executed And all print jobs and scan events persist the operator user ID and device ID in audit trails; printed labels include operator initials if enabled by policy Given two browser tabs on the same device and the session is locked or handed off in tab 1 When tab 2 attempts a print/scan using a stale token Then the action is blocked, the user is prompted to re-authenticate, and AUDIT_GHOST_ACTION_BLOCKED is recorded
Auto-Lock on Idle and During Handoff
Given an active session and idleTimeout=120 seconds When there is no qualifying activity (scan, print, pick confirm, navigation) for 120 seconds Then the app locks, obscures sensitive data, and requires re-authentication to resume; an idle-lock event is audit-logged And qualifying activity resets the idle timer without re-authentication, minimizing repeated prompts Given a handoff is initiated from another device for the same user When the handoff completes Then the original device locks immediately and prevents further actions until re-authentication
Configurable Time-Box and Idle Auto-Lock
"As a floor lead, I want sessions to auto-lock on idle and expire on schedule so that devices don’t stay unlocked and work-in-progress isn’t lost."
Description

Provide admin-configurable session durations and idle thresholds by site and role, with visual indicators of remaining time. Automatically lock the session after inactivity, app backgrounding, device sleep, network changes, or docking events, pausing in-flight workflows without data loss. Offer a grace re-entry that accepts a quick badge scan or PIN to resume within a configurable window, otherwise require a full re-auth. Ensure batch jobs (pick sheets, label queues) are safely queued and recoverable after relogin to prevent duplication or loss.

Acceptance Criteria
Admin Config: Time-Box and Idle Thresholds by Site and Role
Given an admin with permission selects a site and role When they set a session time-box duration and idle threshold and save Then the values are validated against allowed ranges and persisted And new sessions for that site and role use the saved values And sessions for other sites/roles are unaffected And role-specific values override site defaults; if no role value exists, the site default applies
Session Countdown and Warning Indicator
Given a user starts a session Then a persistent UI element displays remaining session time And the countdown updates at least once per second And when remaining time is at or below the configured warning threshold, the indicator changes state (e.g., color) and optional alert is triggered And the indicator remains visible across app screens and orientation changes
Auto-Lock on Idle, Backgrounding, Sleep, Network Change, or Docking
Given an active session When no user interaction occurs for the configured idle threshold Then the session locks and displays the lock screen within 2 seconds Given an active session When the app is backgrounded or the device sleeps or a network change occurs or the device is docked/undocked Then the session locks and displays the lock screen within 2 seconds And the current work state is checkpointed at lock
Grace Re-Entry With Badge/PIN Within Window vs Full Re-Auth After
Given a session has auto-locked and the elapsed lock time is within the configured grace window When the same user scans their badge or enters their PIN Then the session unlocks within 2 seconds without full re-auth and returns to the prior screen Given a session has auto-locked and the elapsed lock time exceeds the configured grace window When the user attempts to re-enter Then full re-authentication is required before resuming
In-Flight Workflow Pause and Exact Resume
Given the user is mid-workflow (e.g., picking, packing, label purchase) with unsaved inputs When a lock is triggered by any configured event Then the workflow state, entered fields, selections, and scan buffers are persisted And upon successful re-entry within the grace window, the workflow resumes at the exact step with no data loss And if re-auth occurs after the grace window, the user is offered to restore the saved draft state
Batch Job Queueing, Recovery, and De-duplication After Relogin
Given pending batch jobs (pick sheets, label queue) exist or are in progress When a lock occurs Then all pending and in-flight jobs are queued atomically with unique identifiers And no job is executed while the session is locked And after re-entry or relogin, the user can review and resume the queued jobs exactly once And no duplicate prints or labels are produced; completed and failed counts match the pre-lock state
Time-Box Expiration Enforcement
Given a session has a configured duration and a warning threshold When remaining time reaches the warning threshold Then the user receives a prominent warning without interrupting work When remaining time reaches zero Then the session auto-locks immediately, shows a time-box expiration message, and blocks further actions And within the grace window the user may re-enter via badge/PIN; after the window, full re-auth is required
Scan-to-Handoff with Context Transfer
"As a picker, I want to hand my device to a coworker with a quick scan so that they can continue the task without reloading or losing progress."
Description

Allow seamless handoff by scanning an incoming user’s badge or entering their PIN on an active or locked device. Validate policy rules, finalize or rollback transient changes, and transfer permitted context (e.g., active pick list or carton) to the new user while closing the prior session. Optionally require dual confirmation for high-risk contexts and block handoff during sensitive operations (e.g., label purchase in progress). Log both users, timestamps, and transferred context for audit; show a clear summary of what was transferred.

Acceptance Criteria
Seamless Handoff on Active or Locked Device with Pick List Transfer
Given a device is active or locked with User A bound, no sensitive operation in progress, and pick list PL-123 with carton CT-45 selected When User B authenticates by scanning a badge or entering a valid PIN/SSO Then the system validates policy and transfers only permitted context (PL-123, CT-45) to User B, closes User A’s session, and presents a transfer summary requiring a single acknowledgment And any context not permitted is excluded and clearly labeled as "Not Transferred" in the summary with reasons And transient changes eligible per policy are finalized before transfer; remaining transient changes are rolled back and listed in the summary And the handoff completes within 3 seconds of successful authentication And no additional prompts are shown beyond the incoming authentication and the single summary acknowledgment
Block Handoff During Label Purchase in Progress
Given a label purchase is in progress on the device When any new user attempts handoff via scan or PIN/SSO Then the handoff is blocked until the purchase completes or fails And a blocking message states "Handoff blocked: Label purchase in progress" and shows the order/shipment ID And no session or context changes occur and the existing session remains active/locked as before And the attempt is audit-logged with outgoing user (if bound), incoming user ID, timestamp, and operation=blocked
Policy-Driven Handoff Denial with Safe Rollback
Given User B lacks permission for the active context per policy rules (pick list PL-123, carton CT-45) When User B authenticates to take over the device Then the handoff is denied and the device remains bound to User A with the screen locked And all transient changes not finalized by User A are rolled back atomically to the last committed state And a denial message shows "Access denied" with policy rule ID and contact/override instructions And the denial is audit-logged with both users, policy rule ID, and affected context IDs
Dual-Confirmation Handoff for High-Risk Contexts
Given the active context is classified high-risk per policy When User B initiates handoff Then dual confirmation is required: User A confirms with scan/PIN and User B confirms with scan/PIN within 30 seconds And if dual confirmation is not completed within 30 seconds, the handoff is canceled and the device remains with User A’s session locked And the outcome (confirmed/canceled/timeout) is audit-logged with both users and context IDs
Auto-Lock and Identity Binding on Handoff
Given a successful handoff to User B Then User A’s session is closed and can no longer perform actions without re-authentication And User B is bound to the device/station until the configured idle timeout or the next handoff And if the transfer summary is not acknowledged within 15 seconds, the device auto-locks and reverts to the pre-handoff state
Comprehensive Audit Log for Handoff Events
Given any handoff event occurs (success, blocked, denied, canceled, timeout, error) Then an immutable audit record is created with device/station ID, outgoing user (if any), incoming user, timestamps (start and end), outcome, transferred context IDs before/after, and reason codes And the record is visible in the audit UI within 5 seconds and includes a correlation ID And audit records are filterable by date range, user, device, and outcome
Failure Handling and Idempotent Rollback on Handoff Errors
Given a network or service error occurs during context transfer When User B initiates handoff Then the system aborts the handoff, rolls back any transient changes, and keeps or restores User A’s session locked And a clear error message is shown with a correlation ID and retry option And no partial context is transferred and inventory/carton/pick list state remains consistent And retrying within 60 seconds creates a single additional audit record linked by the same correlation chain and produces no duplicate side effects
Step-up Verification for Sensitive Actions
"As a shipping clerk, I want a quick re-verify when performing sensitive actions so that security is upheld without slowing down routine work."
Description

Define a policy-controlled list of sensitive actions (rate override, address edit, weight change, label void, refund, reprint) that require in-session re-verification via badge or PIN instead of a full login. Include a cooldown window to minimize repeated prompts while preserving accountability. Support temporary role elevation with explicit reason capture and automatic rollback. Enforce online-only verification for actions that demand carrier-side integrity and log both approved and denied attempts with reason codes.

Acceptance Criteria
Sensitive Action Requires Step-up Verification Within Scan-Bound Session
Given an active Scan-Bound session bound to user U and the policy marks rate override, address edit, weight change, label void, refund, and reprint as sensitive, When U initiates any of those actions, Then the system displays a step-up verification prompt that accepts badge scan or PIN entry and does not present a full login screen. Given U provides a valid badge or correct PIN for U in the current session, When verification succeeds, Then the requested action executes and the session remains active. Given U provides an invalid badge or incorrect PIN, When verification fails, Then the action is not executed and an error message is shown.
Cooldown Window Minimizes Re-prompts Per Device-Bound Session
Given the policy cooldown is set to 5 minutes and U successfully completes step-up at T0 on Device D, When U performs another sensitive action on Device D at T0+3 minutes, Then no step-up prompt is shown and the action executes. Given the policy cooldown is 5 minutes and U completed step-up at T0 on Device D, When U performs a sensitive action at T0+6 minutes, Then a step-up prompt is shown. Given U has an active cooldown on Device D, When U attempts a sensitive action on a different device D2, Then a step-up prompt is shown on D2.
Temporary Role Elevation With Mandatory Reason and Auto-Rollback
Given U lacks permission to perform rate override and the policy allows temporary elevation, When U initiates rate override, Then a step-up prompt appears with a mandatory Reason field. Given U enters a non-empty reason and successfully verifies via badge or PIN, When elevation is granted, Then U is elevated only to the minimum role required for the action and the action executes. Given the elevation TTL is policy-configured to 10 minutes, When the TTL expires or the session ends, Then the elevation is automatically revoked. Given the Reason field is empty, When U attempts to verify, Then elevation is denied and the action is not executed.
Session Lock or Handoff Clears Cooldown and Elevations
Given a cooldown or temporary elevation is active, When the device auto-locks due to inactivity, Then the cooldown is cleared and the temporary elevation is revoked; the next sensitive action requires step-up. Given a cooldown or temporary elevation is active, When the session is handed off and rebound to a different user, Then the previous user’s cooldown and elevation do not apply to the new user. Given a cooldown is active, When the user signs out, Then the cooldown is cleared.
Online-only Verification for Carrier-Integrity Actions
Given label void is marked as requiring carrier-side integrity and the device is offline, When U attempts label void, Then the system denies the action and displays "Online verification required". Given label void requires carrier-side integrity and the carrier verification service is unreachable, When U attempts label void, Then the system denies the action and displays a reason indicating carrier service is unavailable. Given label void requires carrier-side integrity and the network and service are available, When U completes step-up verification, Then the action executes only after server-side verification succeeds; cached/offline credentials are not accepted.
Audit Logging of Approved and Denied Step-up Attempts
Given any sensitive action attempt (approved or denied), When the attempt completes, Then an audit record exists containing timestamp (UTC), user ID, session ID, device ID, action type, target ID, outcome (approved/denied), method (badge/PIN), policy version, cooldown_applied (true/false), elevation_applied (true/false), reason text if provided, and carrier_transaction_id when applicable. Given a denied attempt due to invalid credentials, offline state, missing reason, or carrier unavailability, When the attempt completes, Then the audit record includes a standardized reason_code reflecting the denial cause. Given audit logging is enabled, When querying the admin audit log by session ID or action ID, Then the corresponding record(s) are retrievable and immutable.
Policy Configuration Controls Sensitive Actions and Timers
Given the default policy, Then the sensitive actions list includes rate override, address edit, weight change, label void, refund, and reprint, and the policy defines a cooldown duration and an elevation TTL. Given an administrator updates the policy to add or remove a sensitive action, When a user next attempts that action, Then the step-up requirement reflects the updated policy without requiring application restart. Given an administrator updates the cooldown duration or elevation TTL, When a subsequent step-up occurs, Then the new durations are enforced for that session.
Immutable Audit Trail with Session Linking
"As a compliance owner, I want a complete, tamper-evident trail of who did what on which device so that we can satisfy audits and resolve disputes."
Description

Generate a unique session ID and attach it to all user and system events, including scans, edits, rate selections, label purchases, voids, and prints. Persist device ID, auth method, timestamps, IP/location metadata, and action payload hashes to create a tamper-evident trail (hash-chained or signed). Provide search and export by session, user, order, device, and time window. Expose webhooks and API endpoints for SIEM ingestion and enforce retention policies per site with safeguards against unauthorized deletion.

Acceptance Criteria
Session ID Generation and Event Propagation
Given a user authenticates via badge scan or PIN/SSO to start a scan‑bound session, When the session begins, Then the system generates a globally unique session_id and persists it for the session lifetime. Given an event of type scan, edit, rate_selection, label_purchase, void, print, or system_action occurs during the session, When the event is recorded, Then the identical session_id is attached to the event record. Given the device auto‑locks and the same user unlocks within the configured session timeout, When new events occur, Then the session_id remains unchanged. Given a device handoff occurs and a different user authenticates, When new events occur, Then a new session_id is generated and used, and no subsequent events carry the prior session_id. Given the device is offline during the session, When events sync, Then the original session_id is preserved on all synced events and their ordering is preserved by event sequence.
Device/Auth/Context Metadata Capture
For every event, include device_id, user_id, user_role, auth_method, station_id, app_version, ip_address, geo_location (if available), and server_received_at and event_created_at timestamps in ISO 8601 UTC with millisecond precision. Given any change of IP, network, or device within a session, When an event is recorded, Then the new metadata values are captured on that event. Given events are recorded within a session, When validating, Then event_created_at timestamps are non‑decreasing; if device clock skew is detected, Then server_received_at is present and used for ordering. Given device_id cannot be determined, When an event is recorded, Then a deterministic fallback fingerprint is used and flagged with device_id_confidence=low.
Tamper‑Evident Hash Chain and Payload Hashing
For every event, compute payload_hash = SHA‑256 over the canonicalized action payload and store it immutable. For every event after the first in a session, compute event_hash = SHA‑256(prev_event_hash || payload_hash || metadata) and store prev_event_hash; for the first event, store genesis_hash. Given any stored event or payload is altered, When chain verification runs, Then verification fails and returns the index/id of the first invalid link. Given a verification API is called with a session_id, When processing, Then the API returns status=valid|invalid and a signed receipt including a checksum over all event_hash values. Given public key verification is performed, When validating an event’s signature, Then the signature verifies against the published public key; otherwise the event is rejected for write.
Search and Export by Session/User/Order/Device/Time
Given the UI or API is queried by session_id, user_id, order_id, device_id, event_type, or time window, When the query executes on a site with <=100k events in the last 30 days, Then p95 response time <= 2s and correct results are returned. Given pagination parameters limit and cursor, When listing events, Then results are stable, cursor‑based, and next_cursor is provided until exhaustion. Given an export is requested for a time window or filter, When processing completes, Then a downloadable CSV and NDJSON are produced including all fields, payload_hash, event_hash, and prev_event_hash. Given an export is produced, When delivered, Then it includes a chain_verification status and a file‑level SHA‑256 checksum; the export action itself is logged as an event. Given RBAC policies, When a user without permission attempts search/export, Then access is denied with 403 and a security event is logged.
Webhooks and SIEM Ingestion API
Given a webhook destination is configured with a signing secret, When events occur, Then batched webhook deliveries include event_id, session_id, payload_hash, event_hash, prev_event_hash, and metadata, and contain an HMAC‑SHA256 signature header. Given transient delivery failures occur, When retrying, Then exponential backoff retries for at least 24 hours with idempotency keys and no re‑ordering within a batch. Given the SIEM pull API is called with a since cursor or timestamp, When events are available, Then the API streams NDJSON with at‑least‑once semantics and supports rate limiting headers. Given a consumer acknowledges receipt, When the system records the ack, Then checkpoint cursors are advanced and visible in admin UI. Given webhook or API schema versions change, When a vN request is made, Then backward‑compatible fields are present; breaking changes appear only in new versions.
Retention Policies and Legal Hold
Given a site retention policy (e.g., 90/180/365 days) is configured, When events exceed their retention age, Then they are purged by an automated job that writes a purge_summary audit event with counts and time range. Given a legal hold is applied on a user, order, session, or time window, When retention jobs run, Then held records are excluded from purge until the hold is removed. Given a user attempts to shorten retention below a previously configured value, When saving, Then a confirmation with justification is required and the change is versioned and logged. Given a purge is scheduled, When N days before purge (default 7), Then admins receive a notice with an option to export affected records. Given WORM storage is enabled, When writing events, Then records are append‑only and cannot be updated or hard‑deleted by any API.
Access Controls and Unauthorized Deletion Safeguards
Given any user attempts to delete or edit an event record via UI or API, When the request is processed, Then the system returns 403 Forbidden and logs a security event with session_id. Given database‑level access is attempted via application pathways, When a delete or update is issued against the audit log, Then the operation is blocked by policy and recorded by a guardrail event. Given backups are executed, When stored, Then backups are immutable for the duration of retention and verified daily with checksum; integrity check failures alert on‑call within 5 minutes. Given break‑glass access is initiated, When multi‑party approval (2 of 3 approvers) is obtained, Then a time‑bound access token is issued, scoped read‑only, and all actions during the window are logged with a special flag.
Admin Policy Console and Real-time Session Controls
"As an administrator, I want to set and enforce session policies and terminate risky sessions in real time so that our floor stays secure and productive."
Description

Offer an admin UI and API to configure allowed auth methods, session TTLs, idle thresholds, step-up policies, concurrency rules, offline allowances, and IdP mappings by site and role. Display real-time active sessions with user, device, location, and activity; allow forced lock or terminate with a reason and optional message to the device. Provide presets for common warehouse modes (kiosk, handheld, packing station), bulk policy changes, and audit logs of policy edits. Validate policies to prevent conflicts and offer safe defaults for new sites.

Acceptance Criteria
Create and Validate Site‑Role Policy
Given I am a Policy Admin and open Create Policy for site "East DC" and role "Packer" When I set Allowed Auth Methods to ["Badge","PIN"], Session TTL to 8h, Idle Threshold to 10m, Step‑up Policies to ["PurchaseLabel"], Concurrency Rule to "Max 1 session per user per site", Offline Allowance to 15m, and IdP Mapping to "Okta" and click Save Then the policy is saved with a unique policy_id and version, appears in the policy list and via GET /v1/policies, and all saved values match my inputs Given Session TTL = 30m and Idle Threshold = 45m When I click Save Then saving is blocked and I see an inline error "Idle threshold must be less than session TTL" and the API returns 422 with code idle_gt_ttl Given Allowed Auth Methods = ["SSO"] and Offline Allowance > 0m When I click Save Then saving is blocked with error "Offline allowance must be 0 when only SSO is enabled" and 422 with code offline_requires_offline_capable_auth Given Offline Allowance = 90m and Session TTL = 60m When I click Save Then saving is blocked with error "Offline allowance must be less than or equal to session TTL" and 422 with code offline_gt_ttl Given Concurrency Rule "Max sessions per user per site" is set to -1 When I click Save Then saving is blocked with error "Concurrency must be a non‑negative integer" and 422 with code invalid_concurrency Given I enter an unknown Step‑up policy name "FooBar" When I click Save Then saving is blocked with error "Unrecognized step‑up policy" and 422 with code unknown_stepup Given a new site "North DC" is created When I view its Policies tab (UI) or GET /v1/policies?site=North%20DC (API) Then a default policy exists seeded from the Safe Defaults preset (catalog v1) with TTL=8h, Idle=10m, Offline=0m, Concurrency=1, Allowed Auth Methods including Badge, PIN, and SSO, and IdP Mapping unset, and it passes validation
Apply Warehouse Mode Presets
Given I open the policy editor for site "East DC" and role "Picker" When I select the preset "Handheld (v1.0)" and click Apply Then all policy fields are populated exactly to the preset catalog values for "Handheld (v1.0)", an Unsaved Changes indicator appears, and differences versus current values are highlighted Given I applied preset "Packing Station (v1.0)" When I override Idle Threshold from the preset value to 3m and Save Then the policy saves with Idle Threshold=3m while all other fields remain at preset values, and the audit log records preset_applied=true, preset_name="Packing Station", preset_version="v1.0", and overrides={"idle_threshold":"3m"} Given I apply a preset with values that would violate validation (e.g., preset Idle >= TTL due to my prior TTL override) When I click Save Then the save is blocked with specific validation errors and the UI suggests "Revert to preset value" for offending fields
Bulk Policy Update Across Sites and Roles
Given I select 50 policies across sites ["East DC","West DC"] and roles ["Picker","Packer"] in the Policy Console When I choose Bulk Edit, set Idle Threshold=5m and Session TTL=1h, and click Validate Then I see a preview showing Success=48, Blocked=2 with specific reasons (e.g., offline_gt_ttl), and no changes are yet committed Given the same selection and preview When I click Apply Then the system updates the 48 valid policies atomically per policy (all fields for a policy succeed or none), leaves the 2 invalid policies unchanged, returns a bulk_operation_id, and displays a summary with counts and IDs; the audit log contains one bulk entry plus child entries per updated policy referencing bulk_operation_id Given some targeted policies are concurrently edited by another admin When I Apply the bulk update with If‑Match ETags Then updates with stale ETags are skipped with 412 Precondition Failed and reported in the summary; no partial field updates occur within a single policy
Real‑Time Active Session Visibility
Given active Scan‑Bound sessions exist across sites When I open the Real‑Time Sessions view Then I see a table with columns: user_id, display_name, role, device_id, device_type (handheld/station), site, location_zone, ip, start_time, last_activity_at, current_activity, policy_id, ttl_expires_at, step_up_state; the list auto‑refreshes at least every 5s and reflects creations/updates/terminations within 5s Given sessions from multiple sites When I filter by site="East DC", role="Packer", and user contains "ana" Then only matching sessions remain and the total count reflects the filtered set; sorting by last_activity_at desc changes row order accordingly Given my admin scope is limited to site="East DC" When I open the Real‑Time Sessions view Then I cannot see sessions from other sites and API calls to list them return 403 forbidden
Force Lock or Terminate Active Session
Given a selected active session with device online When I click Lock, enter reason "Policy update" and optional message "Please re‑scan badge", and confirm Then the device receives a lock command and displays the message within 3s, the session state becomes Locked, further sensitive actions are blocked until re‑auth per policy, and an audit record is written with action=lock, reason, message, actor, and timestamp Given a selected active session with device online When I click Terminate, enter reason and optional message, and confirm Then the session is ended within 3s, tokens are invalidated, the device shows the message, the session disappears from the active list within 5s, and an audit record is written with action=terminate Given a selected session is offline and offline allowance > 0 When I issue Terminate Then the command is queued with status=Pending Delivery, visible in the session detail, and it is delivered and enforced within 5s of the device reconnecting; if the device does not reconnect within the allowance window, the session is auto‑terminated at ttl_expires_at Given I lack the permission session:write When I attempt to lock or terminate a session Then the UI disables the action and the API returns 403 forbidden
Policy and Session Control API Parity
Given I have OAuth2 token with scopes policy:read policy:write session:read session:write When I call GET /v1/policies?site=East%20DC&role=Packer Then I receive 200 with a paginated list matching the UI grid and JSON schema policy.v1 Given I create or update a policy via POST /v1/policies or PUT /v1/policies/{id} with the same values that pass in the UI When I send the request with If‑Match (for updates) Then I receive 201/200 and the saved resource matches field‑for‑field with the UI; invalid combinations return 422 with structured error codes identical to UI validation Given I call POST /v1/sessions/{id}:lock with Idempotency‑Key=abc123 and a JSON body {reason, message} When I retry the same request within 24h Then I receive the same result (status and response body) and no duplicate audit entries are created Given I attempt to update a policy without policy:write scope When I call PUT /v1/policies/{id} Then I receive 403 forbidden; exceeding rate limits returns 429 with Retry‑After header
Policy Edit Audit Logging and Export
Given I create, update, apply a preset to, or bulk‑edit a policy via UI or API When the operation completes Then an immutable audit event is recorded with fields: event_id, actor_id, actor_type (user/api_token), site, role, policy_id, action (create|update|delete|preset_apply|bulk_update), reason (optional), before, after, preset_name/version (if any), bulk_operation_id (if any), timestamp (UTC ISO8601), ip; events are append‑only with a previous_hash to provide a verifiable chain Given audit events exist When I filter by site="East DC", actor_id, action, and time range Then results are returned within 2s for up to 10k events and can be exported as CSV or NDJSON; the export includes a header row (CSV) and preserves field types (NDJSON) Given I request audit logs via API When I call GET /v1/audit/policies?site=East%20DC&page_size=500&cursor=... Then I receive 200 with stable pagination, and events are retained for at least 365 days; attempts to modify or delete audit events are rejected with 405 method not allowed

Two‑Scan Approvals

Require two distinct users to scan and confirm before critical changes (e.g., post‑pickup voids, cross‑country address edits, duty term flips). Optional supervisor‑only rules add separation of duties, deterring fraud and catching mistakes before they ship.

Requirements

Dual-User Scan Enforcement
"As a shipping clerk, I want a second user to scan and confirm before committing a post‑pickup void so that fraudulent or accidental voids are prevented."
Description

Enforce a two-step approval workflow for protected actions (e.g., post‑pickup voids, cross‑country address edits, duty term flips) by requiring two distinct user scans prior to committing the change. The first scan validates User A and captures reason code and context; the action then moves to a pending state that blocks execution until a second, distinct user (User B) confirms via scan. The system prevents the same account, session, or device from satisfying both scans, verifies role permissions for each user, and optionally enforces that the second scan be from a supervisor. All validations occur in real time within ParcelPilot’s shipment/order modules and via API, with configurable time windows and automatic expiration if the second scan is not received. Visual and audible cues guide station operators; clear error states prevent partial or duplicate changes.

Acceptance Criteria
Post‑Pickup Void with Dual‑User Scan Approval
Given a shipment is in picked-up state and a protected action Void Label is initiated And User A is authenticated with permission Void:Initiate When User A scans and selects a valid reason code Then the system creates a pending approval capturing shipment/order id, action type, reason code, user A id, session id, device id, station id, and timestamp And the UI disables execution of the change and indicates pending second approval When User B scans within the configured approval window and is distinct from User A by account, session, and device And User B has permission Void:Approve Then the system commits the void, cancels the carrier label, and updates shipment state And the audit log records both scans with all captured metadata And the shipment timeline shows a single Void Completed event
Prevention of Same Account, Session, or Device Double‑Scan
Given a pending approval created by User A from session S and device D When a second scan is attempted by the same user account as User A Then the system rejects the scan with error Second scan must be a different user And the pending approval remains pending and no changes are committed When a second scan is attempted from a different account but from the same session S or device D Then the system rejects the scan with error Second scan must be a different device/session And the pending approval remains pending and no changes are committed
Supervisor‑Only Second Scan Enforcement for Duty Term Flip
Given workspace rule Second approval must be Supervisor is enabled And a protected action Duty Term Flip is initiated and the first scan by User A is accepted When User B performs the second scan and holds the Supervisor role and permission DutyTerms:Approve Then the change is committed and the audit log indicates supervisor approval When User B performs the second scan without the Supervisor role Then the system rejects with error Supervisor approval required And no changes are committed and the pending approval remains until timeout or valid supervisor scan
Pending Approval Timeout and Auto‑Expiration
Given a pending approval exists with timeout window T configured When T elapses without a valid second scan Then the system automatically expires the pending approval and restores the original state And the UI shows Approval expired and clears pending indicators And subsequent API confirm attempts for the expired approval return an explicit Expired error When a valid second scan occurs before T elapses Then the approval proceeds and the expiration timer is cleared
API Enforcement of Two‑Scan Approvals
Given a client attempts to commit a protected action via API with only a first‑scan approval reference Then the API responds 403 Forbidden indicating a second approval is required When the client submits a second‑scan confirm referencing the same approval And the second scan is from a distinct user identity and device And both users satisfy role and permission checks for the action Then the API responds 200 OK and commits the change And the response includes approval id, action id, user a id, user b id, and committed at timestamp When the second‑scan confirm is retried after commit Then the API responds 409 Already approved and no duplicate side effects occur
Operator Feedback for Pending, Success, and Error States
Given the first scan is accepted Then within 500 ms the workstation plays the configured audible cue once And a yellow banner Pending second approval with a countdown timer is displayed And action controls are disabled at the station When the second scan is accepted Then within 500 ms a success chime plays and the banner turns green with Change committed And pending indicators are cleared When any validation fails including same user, invalid permission, or expired approval Then an error tone plays and a red banner shows the specific error message And no partial changes are applied
Duplicate Change Prevention and Idempotent Approvals
Given a pending approval exists for a protected action When duplicate first‑scan messages are received from User A due to retries Then only one pending approval record exists for the action When multiple second‑scan events are received for the same pending approval Then at most one commit occurs And subsequent second‑scan attempts receive Already approved and no side effects And carrier calls and shipment state transitions execute exactly once
Configurable Approval Policies
"As an operations manager, I want to configure which actions need two‑scan approval and who can approve them so that controls match our risk profile without slowing routine work."
Description

Provide an admin UI and rules engine to define when Two‑Scan Approvals are required and who may fulfill each scan. Policies can be scoped per warehouse, channel (Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, eBay), carrier, shipment value, destination (domestic/international), action type, SKU/HS category, and order age. Settings include mandatory supervisor as second approver, maximum time between scans, reason code catalogs, business hours applicability, and exceptions (e.g., test orders). Policies can be versioned, tested in a sandbox, and applied gradually with audit visibility. Integration points include the shipment detail view, batch tools, and the public API so external systems honor the same rules.

Acceptance Criteria
Policy Scopes and Matching
Given an admin defines an active Two-Scan policy scoped to a specific warehouse, channel, carrier, shipment value threshold, destination (domestic/international), action type, SKU/HS category, and order age When a shipment/action meets all configured conditions Then the system flags the action as Two-Scan Required and blocks completion until approvals are satisfied Given a shipment/action that does not meet the policy conditions When the action is attempted Then the action proceeds without requiring Two-Scan Given multiple active policies match a shipment/action When evaluating requirements Then the system applies the most restrictive outcome (Two-Scan required if any matched policy requires it) and records the matched policy IDs in the audit log
Distinct Users with Supervisor as Second Approver
Given a policy requires Two-Scan with Supervisor as the second approver When User A completes the first scan Then any attempt by User A to complete the second scan is rejected with an error indicating a distinct user is required Given the second scan is attempted by a user without the Supervisor role under such a policy When they scan Then the system rejects the attempt and prompts for a Supervisor Given the second scan is completed by a Supervisor distinct from the first approver within the allowed time window When they confirm Then the action is approved and unblocked, and both user IDs and roles are recorded in the audit log
Maximum Time Between Scans Enforcement
Given a policy sets the maximum time between scans to 15 minutes When the second scan occurs more than 15 minutes after the first Then the approval session expires, the action remains blocked, and a new first scan is required Given the second scan occurs within 15 minutes of the first When it is confirmed Then the approval completes and the action proceeds Given an approval session expires When viewing the approval state Then the UI/API indicates Expired with timestamps and the policy version in the audit log
Business Hours Applicability and Exceptions
Given a policy is configured to apply only during business hours (e.g., Mon–Fri 08:00–18:00 warehouse local time) When a targeted action occurs within business hours and matches the policy Then Two-Scan is required and enforced Given the same policy and a targeted action occurs outside business hours When the action is attempted Then the policy does not enforce Two-Scan and the audit log notes bypass reason Business Hours Not Applicable Given a shipment is flagged as a Test Order and the policy exceptions include Test Orders When a targeted action is attempted Then Two-Scan is bypassed and the audit log records the exception type and policy ID
Reason Code Catalog and Capture
Given an admin configures a reason code catalog with active codes and optional required notes When the first approver scans Then they must select a valid reason code (and enter notes if required) before proceeding Given the second approver scans When confirming Then they must select a reason code (which may differ from the first) and any required notes; otherwise the confirmation is blocked Given the reason code catalog is updated (add, deactivate, edit labels) When changes are saved Then updates apply to new approval sessions only, previous sessions retain the original catalog version for audit traceability
Policy Versioning, Sandbox Testing, and Gradual Rollout
Given Policy v2 is created in Draft status When sandbox testing is run against a selected historical order set Then the system reports which actions would require Two-Scan under v2 versus the current version, including counts and match reasons Given v2 is set to a gradual rollout of 10% per warehouse When eligible shipments are processed Then 10% are governed by v2 and 90% by the current version, with the applied policy version recorded per action Given rollout is increased to 100% and v2 is promoted to Active When activation occurs Then the previous version is archived and audit visibility shows version history and the activation timestamp
Unified Enforcement in UI, Batch, and Public API
Given a matching active policy requires Two-Scan When a critical change is initiated from the shipment detail view, batch tools, or public API Then the system creates an approval session, blocks the change, and displays/returns a standardized Two-Scan Required state including approval_session_id and required roles Given the first scan is initiated via API by User A and the second via API by User B (distinct) When both scans complete within the allowed time window Then the change is applied and the API returns success with audit IDs and policy version Given a batch includes shipments with mixed requirements When the batch is executed Then non-requiring items complete, requiring items move to a Pending Approvals queue, and a summary shows counts by outcome and reasons
Tamper‑Evident Audit Trail
"As a compliance lead, I want a tamper‑evident log of both scans and the exact change made so that audits can verify approvals and detect misuse."
Description

Record an append‑only, tamper‑evident log for every protected action and its two scans, capturing user IDs and roles, timestamps, workstation/device IDs, IPs, action type, pre/post change diffs, reason codes, and policy version used. Each entry is hash‑chained to the previous to detect manipulation and is available in searchable views with filters by user, action, channel, and date range. Provide export to CSV/JSON and signed webhook delivery to third‑party compliance archives. Retention policies are configurable per account with safeguards to prevent deletion of required logs within retention windows.

Acceptance Criteria
Append‑Only Hash‑Chained Logging for Two‑Scan Actions
Given a protected action requiring two distinct scans When both scans are completed and the action is committed Then the system writes exactly one append‑only audit entry linked to the previous entry via previous_hash and entry_hash And the entry includes: action_type, channel, pre_change, post_change, reason_code, policy_version, requester_user_id, requester_role, requester_timestamp, requester_device_id, requester_ip, approver_user_id, approver_role, approver_timestamp, approver_device_id, approver_ip, commit_timestamp, workstation_id And attempts to modify or delete any audit entry via UI, API, or DB migration interfaces are blocked with 403/READ‑ONLY errors and a separate audit event is recorded And recomputing entry_hash = H(previous_hash || canonical_payload) matches the stored entry_hash
Searchable Audit Log Views with Filters and Pagination
Given audit entries exist for multiple users, actions, channels, and dates When a user filters by user_id, action_type, channel, and a UTC date range Then only matching entries are returned, sorted by commit_timestamp desc by default And the result count and page totals are accurate for page sizes 25, 50, and 100 And each row displays entry_id, action_type, requester_user_id, approver_user_id, commit_timestamp, channel, and an icon/link to view full diffs And the detail view renders the complete pre_change and post_change diffs without truncation for payloads up to 256 KB within 2 seconds for datasets up to 50k entries
CSV/JSON Export with Required Fields and Integrity Metadata
Given a user has applied any combination of filters to the audit log When the user exports to CSV or JSON Then the file contains exactly these headers/keys in order for CSV and present for JSON: entry_id, previous_hash, entry_hash, action_type, channel, pre_change, post_change, reason_code, policy_version, requester_user_id, requester_role, requester_timestamp, requester_device_id, requester_ip, approver_user_id, approver_role, approver_timestamp, approver_device_id, approver_ip, commit_timestamp, workstation_id, status And the export reflects only the filtered result set and preserves UTC timestamps in ISO‑8601 with Z suffix And CSV is UTF‑8 with RFC 4180 quoting; JSON is UTF‑8, pretty=false, one object per array element And exports up to 250k rows stream without timeout and include a SHA‑256 checksum file of the content And unauthorized users receive 403 and no file is produced
Signed Webhook Delivery to Compliance Archive with Retries
Given webhook delivery is enabled with a configured endpoint and shared secret When a new audit entry is committed Then ParcelPilot POSTs a JSON payload of the entry to the endpoint within 5 seconds with headers X‑PP‑Signature (HMAC‑SHA256 over body using the secret), X‑PP‑Timestamp, and Idempotency‑Key And receivers can verify the signature and timestamp (±5 min clock skew) to accept And transient 4xx/5xx responses trigger exponential backoff retries for up to 24 hours with at‑least‑once delivery semantics And duplicate deliveries carry the same Idempotency‑Key And delivery outcomes (success/failure, last_attempt_timestamp, last_status) are visible in an admin log, with failures raising an alert
Retention Policy Configuration and Enforcement with Safeguards
Given an account admin configures an audit retention period in days When the retention is set below the system minimum or applicable policy minimum Then the change is rejected with a validation error and no update occurs When retention is valid and saved Then the change is recorded in the audit log with old_value, new_value, actor, timestamp, and policy_version And entries newer than the current retention window cannot be deleted by any user or API; delete attempts return 403 and are themselves audited And a nightly job permanently purges entries older than the retention window, emitting a summary audit event (range, count) And exports remain available for all entries within the retention window
Two‑Scan Context Capture and Supervisor‑Only Rule Enforcement
Given a protected action configured for two‑scan approval and optional supervisor‑only enforcement When the requester performs the first scan and the approver performs the second scan Then the system validates that requester_user_id != approver_user_id And, if supervisor‑only is enabled, approver_role is in the configured supervisor roles; otherwise the second scan is rejected and audited And the committed audit entry captures both scans with distinct user IDs, roles, timestamps, device IDs, IPs, and the policy_version that evaluated the rule And if the second scan is not completed within the configured timeout, an aborted audit entry is recorded with status=aborted and no post_change is applied
Approval Notifications & Escalations
"As a supervisor, I want to be notified immediately when a second approval is needed so that I can review and approve or decline without leaving my workflow."
Description

Notify eligible approvers when a first scan places an action in a pending state, and provide one‑click accept/decline from in‑app prompts, email, and Slack. Allow claim/assign to prevent collision, show countdown until expiry, and support escalation paths (e.g., after 10 minutes escalate to on‑duty supervisor). If declined or expired, automatically revert the pending change and log the outcome. Real‑time status updates and a queue view help supervisors balance workload across stations. All notifications respect policy scoping and user role permissions.

Acceptance Criteria
Immediate Multi-Channel Notification With One-Click Actions
Given a critical action enters a pending state after the first scan by User A And eligible approvers are determined by current policy When the pending state is created Then in-app notifications (toast + inbox item) appear for all eligible users within 3 seconds And an email is sent to each eligible user within 60 seconds containing action summary, expiry time, and one-click Accept and Decline links And a Slack message is sent to each eligible user (DM or configured channel) within 15 seconds containing action summary, expiry time, and one-click Accept and Decline buttons And deep links/buttons carry a signed single-use token that expires at action expiry and prevents replay And notifications are not sent to ineligible users and are suppressed for opted-out channels per user settings And all notification deliveries and failures are recorded with timestamp and channel in the audit log
Claim and Assign to Prevent Approval Collisions
Given a pending action is visible to multiple eligible approvers When Approver B clicks Claim Then the action is locked to Approver B and displays "Claimed by B" to all users within 2 seconds And Accept/Decline controls are disabled for non-claimants with an explanation tooltip And Approver B can Release claim, after which the lock clears and controls re-enable for others within 2 seconds And a Supervisor can Reassign the claim to another eligible approver; both users receive notifications of the change And if no decision is made by the claimer within 5 minutes, the claim auto-expires and the item returns to unclaimed state without changing the original approval expiry And all claim/assign/release events are captured in the audit log with actor, timestamp, and reason
Expiry Countdown Display and Auto-Revert on Timeout
Given a pending action has a 15-minute time-to-live (TTL) When any approver or supervisor views the item in-app Then a countdown timer shows server-synchronized remaining time, updating at least once per second And emails and Slack messages display the absolute expiry timestamp in the recipient’s local timezone When the TTL elapses without an Accept Then the system expires the pending action within 10 seconds, reverts to the pre-pending state, and prevents further one-click actions via stale links And the initiator and eligible approvers receive an expiry notification in all enabled channels And an audit log entry records Expired status with timestamps, initiator, eligible recipients, and reason = "Timeout"
Time-Based Escalation to On-Duty Supervisor
Given an escalation rule is configured to escalate after 10 minutes without decision And an on-duty supervisor roster is active When a pending action reaches 10 minutes without Accept or Decline Then escalation notifications are sent to on-duty supervisors only, with an Escalated badge and the ability to Claim/Accept/Decline And previously notified approvers retain visibility; their controls remain enabled unless policy overrides on escalation And escalation respects schedule windows and role permissions and does not reset expiry by default And if a supervisor completes the action, all channels reflect the final outcome within 3 seconds And all escalation attempts and notifications are logged with target list and delivery results
Real-Time Queue and Status Sync for Supervisors
Given a supervisor opens the Approvals Queue view When items are created, claimed, reassigned, accepted, declined, escalated, or expired Then the queue reflects changes within 2 seconds without manual refresh, including counts, state badges, and assignees And the supervisor can filter by action type, station, sales channel, age, claimed status, and assignee; filters apply within 500 ms And sorting by age and priority is available and stable across refreshes And selecting an item opens a detail pane with full audit trail and one-click actions when permitted by role And real-time updates do not overwrite the supervisor’s current selection or applied filters
Decline Flow Rolls Back Pending Changes and Notifies Stakeholders
Given an eligible approver chooses Decline on a pending action When the approver submits Decline with an optional reason (required if policy enforces), limited to 280 characters Then the system cancels the pending action, reverts any provisional effects within 10 seconds, and blocks downstream processing dependent on the change And the initiator receives Declined notifications across enabled channels including the provided reason And stale Accept links/buttons are rejected with an "Already Declined" message and logged as no-ops And the audit log records decision, approver identity, reason (if provided), timestamps, and policy reference
Policy Scoping and Permission-Gated Notifications
Given approval policies scope eligibility by action type, warehouse, station, sales channel, and role When a pending action is created Then only users matching the policy receive notifications and see one-click controls in app, email, and Slack And one-click actions validate permissions at execution; if the user lacks permission or scope, the action is blocked and the attempt is logged with a 403-equivalent outcome And cross-tenant users never receive notifications or gain access through shared channels And channel delivery preferences (e.g., email off, Slack on) are honored per user and policy And policy changes affect only newly created pending items unless an admin triggers re-evaluation for existing items
Batch Action Support
"As a warehouse lead, I want to approve batch changes with two scans while still catching outliers so that we stay fast without missing risky edits."
Description

Extend Two‑Scan Approvals to batch operations (e.g., bulk voids, multi‑order address corrections) with summarized risk indicators and per‑item diffs. Allow a single two‑scan to approve a homogenous batch while forcing item‑level secondary scans for anomalies (e.g., international shipments mixed with domestic, high‑value items). Ensure performance for batches up to predefined limits and provide clear UI to review, split, or exclude items before approval. All results are logged at both batch and item granularity.

Acceptance Criteria
Single Two-Scan Approval for Homogeneous Batch
Given a batch of N orders (N >= 2) where N <= configured batch_limit and all items share the same action type (e.g., Bulk Void, Address Correction) and the same destination type (all domestic or all international) and no high-value or other risk flags are present And user A is authenticated and completes the first scan to initiate the batch approval When user B (user_id != user A) completes the second scan within the configured approval window Then the system approves the entire batch with a single two-scan and applies the action to all items And the system rejects any attempt where user B equals user A with an error "Second scan must be a different user" And the success summary reports 100% processed with counts matching N And audit entries are written for both batch and each item including batch_id, action_type, item_ids, user_ids [A,B], timestamps, and result=success
Anomaly-Triggered Item-Level Secondary Scans
Given a batch containing at least one anomalous item (e.g., mix of international and domestic, item value >= high_value_threshold, duty term flip, or differing action types) And user A completes the first scan When user B performs the batch-level second scan Then the system requires per-item secondary scans only for items flagged as anomalies and blocks batch completion until each flagged item receives a per-item second scan by a user different from the first-scan user And non-flagged items are approved by the batch-level second scan without additional scans And the UI displays a list of flagged items with reasons and remaining count, updating in real time as items are confirmed or excluded And the final summary shows separate counts for auto-approved vs per-item-approved items
Accurate Risk Summary and Per-Item Diffs
Given a batch review for a multi-order address correction or duty term change When the review screen loads Then the risk summary displays category counts (international mix, high-value, duty term change, address country change, hazardous) that exactly match the underlying flagged items And each item row displays per-field diffs of pending changes (e.g., street1, city, postal_code, country, incoterm, declared_value) with old -> new values and currency for monetary fields And exporting the review as CSV or JSON reproduces identical diffs and risk flags for all items And any item with no change shows "No diff" and is excluded by default from approval
Pre-Approval Review: Split or Exclude Items
Given a batch containing both anomalous and non-anomalous items When the user selects "Split flagged items" in the review UI Then the system creates a new batch containing all flagged items and leaves the original batch with only homogeneous items, updating both batch summaries and IDs And when the user selects specific items and chooses "Exclude" Then those items are removed from the current batch without altering their underlying order/shipment state and are listed as Excluded with reasons And all split and exclusion actions are logged with initiating user, timestamps, original batch_id, new batch_id (if any), and before/after item lists
Performance at Configured Batch Limit
Given configured batch_limit = 1000 and a batch of 1000 items under representative load When the batch review is opened Then first contentful rendering occurs within 1.5s and full review render completes p95 <= 3.0s, p99 <= 5.0s And pagination or virtualized scrolling is used so UI remains responsive with frame rate >= 50 FPS during scroll And when a homogeneous batch receives the second scan Then batch approval completes p95 <= 7.0s, p99 <= 12.0s with zero timeouts and error rate < 0.5% And peak memory usage attributable to the operation remains < 500 MB and server CPU utilization < 80% And operations exceeding 2.0s display a progress indicator with current counts processed/remaining
Audit Logging at Batch and Item Granularity
Given any batch action attempt (approve, reject, split, exclude) completes When audit records are written Then batch-level and item-level logs include: batch_id, correlation_id, action_type, requested_by, approver(s), roles, timestamps, item_ids, per-item diffs, risk summary, decision, and error details if any And records are immutable, signed with a hash of the batch contents, and store the policy version used And logs are retrievable by batch_id or correlation_id within 2 seconds and exportable as JSON within 60 seconds for batches up to the batch_limit And a recomputed content hash matches the stored hash, otherwise an integrity alert is raised
Supervisor-Only Second Scan Enforcement
Given organization policy "Two-Scan: Supervisor Required" is enabled for critical batch actions (e.g., post-pickup voids, cross-country address edits, duty term flips) And user A (non-supervisor) completes the first scan When user B attempts the second scan Then the system accepts the second scan only if user B has role=Supervisor and user B != user A And the system rejects second scans from non-supervisors with message "Supervisor approval required" and rejects scans from the same user with "Distinct users required" And audit logs include the policy ID and role information used in the decision
Scanner & Credential Input Support
"As a station operator, I want to scan my badge or QR code to approve actions quickly so that approvals don’t slow down the packing line."
Description

Support multiple credential inputs for approvals: USB HID barcode scanners, camera‑based scanning, and user QR codes from the ParcelPilot mobile app. Fallback to username + PIN with rate limiting for stations without scanners. Ensure fast, offline‑tolerant entry with local validation caches where allowed by policy, and block offline approvals if policy requires online verification. Provide audible/visual feedback for successful/failed scans, and enforce constraints preventing the same device/session from satisfying both scans. Administrators can provision printable badges and rotate QR secrets without disrupting operations.

Acceptance Criteria
USB HID Scanner Approval Capture
Given a station with a registered USB HID barcode scanner and the approval dialog focused When an approver scans a valid ParcelPilot credential code (QR or Code 128) Then the system decodes and validates within 300 ms, plays a success tone, and displays a green confirmation with masked identity Given an invalid, expired, or unrecognized code is scanned When processed Then the system responds within 500 ms with an error tone, red banner stating the reason, and no approval is recorded Given the first approval has been captured When the same HID device provides input for the second approval Then the system rejects it with "Second approval must be from a different device/session" and logs the attempt Given a scan includes known HID prefixes/suffixes When received Then the system normalizes input and successfully parses supported codes Given any scan attempt occurs When logging the event Then the audit entry includes timestamp, station ID, device fingerprint, resolved user ID (if valid), and outcome; raw credential secrets are never persisted
Camera-Based Scanning on Workstations
Given a workstation with an available camera When a user initiates camera scanning Then the app requests permission once, shows a live preview, and decodes supported codes (QR, Data Matrix, Code 128) at 10–60 cm within 800 ms under 100–500 lux Given camera permission is denied or no camera is present When scanning is initiated Then the system offers immediate fallback to USB HID or username+PIN without blocking Given a successful camera scan occurs When decoded Then the same success/error tones and visual indicators as HID are used, and torch/autofocus controls are available where supported Given camera scanning is in use When processing frames Then image data stays on-device; only decoded payloads are handled by the app
User QR Approval via ParcelPilot Mobile App
Given a user presents a ParcelPilot mobile app QR credential When it is scanned by HID or camera Then the payload signature is validated against server or local cache per policy, is within its validity window, and maps to an active user Given a mobile QR has been revoked or rotated When scanned Then validation fails with "Credential revoked/rotated" within 500 ms and the attempt is audited Given network connectivity is available When a valid mobile QR is scanned Then the local cache for that user is refreshed within 1 s without blocking the approval outcome
Username + PIN Fallback with Rate Limiting
Given a station without an available scanner When an approver selects "Use username + PIN" Then the username is entered, the PIN input is obscured, and submission is only allowed with a 4–8 digit PIN Given incorrect credentials are entered When attempts are made Then rate limiting applies: maximum 5 failed attempts per user and per station in 15 minutes with exponential backoff (10s, 30s, 60s, 120s), and the UI displays remaining wait time Given the failure threshold is exceeded When further attempts occur Then the user or station is locked for 15 minutes, an alert/audit record is generated, and other users may still authenticate on that station Given credentials are correct When submitted Then acceptance feedback (tone + green confirmation) is shown within 300 ms and one approval is recorded
Offline Validation with Policy-Controlled Caching
Given organization policy AllowCachedApprovals with TTL 24 hours When the station is offline Then approvals succeed only if each approver’s credential exists in the encrypted local cache and is not older than 24 hours; stale or missing cache entries cause rejection with a clear message Given organization policy RequireOnlineApprovals When the station is offline Then all approval attempts are blocked with "Approvals require online verification" and no partial approval state is stored Given offline approvals were captured under AllowCachedApprovals When connectivity is restored Then all offline approval events are synced to the server within 60 seconds using original timestamps and any conflicts are flagged for review Given local caches exist on a station When stored at rest Then they are encrypted and hardware-bound; an admin cache clear takes immediate effect and disables offline approvals until refreshed
Two-Scan Separation of Duties Enforcement
Given a critical change requires Two‑Scan Approvals When the first approval is captured Then a 5‑minute window starts for the second approval; after 5 minutes the first approval expires and is removed Given the second approval is attempted When the same user ID, same session ID, or same device fingerprint as the first approval is detected Then the attempt is rejected with an explanatory message and the violation is audited Given supervisor‑only second approver rules are enabled When the second approval is scanned Then validation passes only if the user has the Supervisor role; otherwise it is rejected Given two distinct users from distinct devices/sessions approve within the window When both validations pass Then the critical change is executed and a single audit record links both approvals with user IDs, device fingerprints, station IDs, timestamps, and outcome
Admin Badge Provisioning and QR Secret Rotation
Given an administrator selects a set of users When Generate Badges is invoked Then a printable PDF (A4/Letter) is produced within 10 seconds containing scannable QR codes, user names, roles, and layout safe for common label printers Given an administrator rotates a user’s QR secret When the rotation is confirmed Then new QR payloads become valid immediately and old payloads become invalid within 5 minutes across all stations; attempts using old payloads are rejected and audited Given a bulk rotation is performed When completed Then no active approval session is terminated, unaffected users continue uninterrupted, and scanning newly printed badges works without requiring user re-login Given provisioning or rotation actions occur When auditing Then entries include admin ID, affected users, action type, timestamp, and reason; raw secrets are never displayed or logged

Reason Codes

Force a structured reason and note—plus optional photo of scale readout or label—before overrides. Trend reports surface top causes by lane, SKU, client, and user, helping Ops fix root issues, refine rules, and target training.

Requirements

Override Reason Capture Modal
"As a packer, I want to quickly select a reason when I override dimensions or service so that I can keep packing while providing required context for Ops."
Description

When a user overrides system-recommended package dimensions, weight, carrier/service, or shipping cost, ParcelPilot must block continuation until a reason code is selected and required note/evidence rules are satisfied. The modal presents a searchable, keyboard-navigable list of codes filtered by override type; enforces field validation; supports optional photo attachment (scale readout, label image); captures context (order ID, items/SKUs, lane, client, workstation, user, timestamps, and pre/post values); and queues submissions if offline. It integrates seamlessly into batch, single-order, and scan-to-pack flows without adding more than one additional keystroke when defaults apply. Events are persisted to the audit log and emitted to the analytics pipeline.

Acceptance Criteria
Block Override Until Reason and Evidence Provided
Given a user initiates an override of dimensions, weight, carrier/service, or shipping cost in batch, single-order, or scan-to-pack flows When the Override Reason Capture modal opens Then the primary action to proceed is disabled until a reason code is selected and all required validations for that code (note length, required photo) pass And attempting to continue, print, or complete packing without a valid submission is blocked with an inline error message and no state change to the order And Cancel closes the modal and discards the override, restoring the system recommendation And upon valid submission, the override is applied and the user is returned to the prior flow state without losing selection or scroll position
Filtered, Searchable, Keyboard-Navigable Reason Code List
Given an override type is known (dimensions, weight, carrier/service, cost) When the modal renders Then only reason codes tagged for that override type are displayed And typing in the search input filters results within 150 ms per keystroke And Up/Down moves the active selection, Enter selects the highlighted code, Tab navigates through focusable fields, and Escape cancels the modal And a No results message appears when the filter returns zero codes And the first visible code is focused by default unless a default code is configured, in which case the default is focused
Note and Photo Validation Rules Per Reason Code
Given a reason code configured as Note required with minimum 15 characters When the user submits with a note under 15 non-whitespace characters Then submission is blocked and a validation message indicates the remaining characters required Given a reason code configured as Photo required When the user attempts to submit without a photo or with an unsupported format Then submission is blocked and a validation message indicates accepted formats and size limits And accepted photo formats are JPG and PNG up to 10 MB, with a single attachment permitted And notes accept up to 2000 characters, preserve line breaks, and trim leading/trailing whitespace
Photo Evidence Attachment UX
Given the modal is open When the user attaches a photo from camera or file picker Then a thumbnail preview and filename are displayed with an option to remove or replace the photo And the app respects EXIF orientation so previews display correctly And the attachment upload is deferred until submission; removing the photo cancels any pending upload And on successful submission the attachment is linked to the override event and retrievable via attachment ID
Audit Log Persistence and Analytics Emission
Given a valid submission When the user submits the modal Then an immutable audit log record is persisted within 1 second containing: event ID, order ID, order number, list of item SKUs and quantities, override type, pre- and post- values, selected reason code ID and label, note, photo attachment ID (if any), lane, client, workstation ID, user ID, and UTC timestamp (ms precision) And the record is retrievable by order ID and event ID and passes schema validation (all required fields non-null) And an analytics event ReasonOverrideSubmitted is emitted within 2 seconds with the same payload plus environment metadata (tenant ID, app version) and maintains order relative to the audit log event And PII in the analytics payload is limited to user ID and workstation ID; customer shipping addresses are excluded
Offline Queueing and Resilience
Given the workstation is offline at the time of submission When the user submits a valid modal Then the submission is queued locally with all fields and attachment data, the user may continue their flow, and a visible banner indicates the count of pending submissions And queued submissions survive app reloads and workstation restarts And upon reconnection, queued items auto-sync in FIFO order; on success the banner decrements; on failure an error is shown with Retry and Discard options And idempotency is enforced via a client-generated UUID to prevent duplicate events on retry
Minimal Keystrokes with Defaults and Flow Integration
Given a default reason code is configured for the detected override type and its validation rules require no note or photo When the modal opens during batch, single-order, or scan-to-pack flows Then the default reason is preselected and focus is on the primary action And the user can submit and continue with at most one keystroke (Enter) beyond the existing flow And invoking the modal and submitting does not deselect other orders in a batch or change the current scan-to-pack session state
Configurable Reason Code Taxonomy
"As an operations manager, I want to define and enforce which reasons apply to each override type so that data is consistent and actionable across clients and lanes."
Description

Provide an admin UI and API to define and manage reason categories and codes scoped by client, warehouse, and workflow. Each code includes applicability mapping (e.g., weight, dimensions, carrier/service, address, cost override), flags for note required and photo required, display order, active/inactive state, localization strings, and effective dates with version history. Include a seed library of best-practice reasons. Validate that changes preserve referential integrity and store a snapshot of labels on events to prevent retroactive re-labeling. Support import/export for bulk edits.

Acceptance Criteria
Admin Creates Reason Categories and Codes by Scope
Given I am an authenticated admin and select a specific client, warehouse, and workflow scope When I create a reason category and a reason code with applicability (weight/dimensions ranges, carrier/service list, address attributes, cost override), flags (note required, photo required), display order, active state, and descriptions Then the category and code are persisted with all fields, appear in the configured display order, and are retrievable via UI and API in that scope And validation rejects missing required fields, invalid ranges (e.g., min>max), or unknown carriers/services And codes cannot be hard-deleted if referenced by any historical event; attempting delete returns a blocked error and suggests deactivation instead And deactivated codes no longer appear in selectable lists but remain queryable for reporting and history
Effective Dating and Version History
Given a reason code exists with an active version When I create a new version with an effective start date/time in the future Then the system prevents overlapping effective windows, requires a change note, and stores the new version in history And only the version whose effective window includes now() is considered current in selection APIs/UI And an audit trail records who changed what and when, and version history is viewable and exportable And attempting to edit a historical version creates a new version instead of mutating the stored historical record
Localization of Reason Labels and Descriptions
Given localization strings are required for the default locale When I add localized labels and descriptions for additional locales (e.g., en-US, es-ES) Then the system validates locale codes, enforces presence of default locale, and stores all translations per version And selection and read APIs return the label for the requested locale with fallback to default when missing And export/import includes all locale strings with their locale codes per version
Reason Taxonomy API Contracts
Given API consumers need to manage the taxonomy programmatically When they call endpoints to list, create, update, deactivate, and view version history filtered by client/warehouse/workflow Then responses are paginated, filterable, and include all fields (applicability, flags, display order, active state, effective dates, localization, version metadata) And optimistic concurrency is enforced via ETag/version; stale updates return 409 And invalid payloads return 400 with field-level errors; violations of referential integrity return 422; unauthorized calls return 403
Bulk Import/Export with Validation
Given an admin needs to bulk edit the taxonomy for a scope When they export the current taxonomy Then the system produces CSV and JSON files that round-trip all fields including versions and localizations When they import a modified file in dry-run mode Then the system performs full validation, reports row/field errors and potential collisions, and makes no changes When they import in apply mode with a valid file Then changes are applied atomically (all-or-nothing), with a summary of created/updated/deactivated records and any new versions created
Seed Library Initialization
Given a seed library of best-practice reason categories and codes is provided When an admin chooses a scope and selects seeds to import Then the system previews the items, detects duplicates by stable key, and only creates missing items with effective now() And imported seeds are tagged as seeded, can be edited or versioned later, and include localization provided by the library And re-running the import is idempotent and does not create duplicates
Event Label Snapshot Integrity
Given historical override events must not change when labels or flags are updated later When a user records an override event selecting a reason code and providing required note/photo Then the event stores the reason code ID, the localized label text and flags as a snapshot at event time And when the reason code is renamed, re-localized, re-ordered, versioned, or deactivated later Then the historical event continues to display the original snapshot values in UI and API, and attempts to backfill or retroactively alter snapshots are rejected
Evidence Photo Capture & Storage
"As a lead, I want packers to attach a photo of the scale readout when weight is overridden so that I can verify accuracy during audits."
Description

Enable attachment of up to three photos per override from desktop upload or device camera, with client-side compression, format/size validation, and resumable uploads. Automatically redact/blur sensitive barcodes and PII on label images. Store files in secure object storage with server-side encryption, signed URL time-limited access, and role-based permissions. Persist EXIF timestamps and link assets to the override event. Provide thumbnail previews, zoom, and retry handling within the flow. Apply retention policies per client and purge in accordance with compliance rules.

Acceptance Criteria
Capture Up to Three Evidence Photos During Override
Given a user is performing an override and opts to attach evidence photos When the user captures via device camera or uploads from desktop up to three images in JPEG, PNG, or HEIC formats Then the client compresses each image on-device to ≤ 2 MB and ≤ 3000 px on the longest side before upload And any file that exceeds limits or is in an unsupported format is blocked with an inline error explaining allowed formats and limits And selecting a fourth image is prevented with a message indicating the 3-photo limit And if no photos are attached, the override flow continues without error
Automatic Redaction of Barcodes and PII on Label Photos
Given an attached photo contains a shipping label or text When the system processes the image for sensitive data Then all detected barcode regions (1D and 2D) and PII patterns (names, phone numbers, emails, street addresses, tracking numbers) are blurred or masked before the image is persisted And only the redacted version is stored and displayed; the original unredacted image is never written to persistent storage And the redacted preview is shown in the UI before submission And at 200% zoom, redacted regions are not human-readable And redaction processing completes within 3 seconds per image on a typical workstation/mobile device
Secure Storage and Controlled Access to Evidence Photos
Given an evidence photo is saved Then it is stored in object storage with server-side encryption at rest (AES-256 or equivalent) And access to the asset requires a time-limited signed URL that expires in ≤ 10 minutes from issuance And only users with the RBAC permission "view_evidence" can request signed URLs; others receive HTTP 403 And all asset accesses (create, view, delete) are audit-logged with user ID, override ID, timestamp, and IP And direct bucket paths are not publicly accessible
Persist EXIF Timestamps and Link Photos to Override Event
Given a photo is attached during an override When the upload completes Then the photo record stores the EXIF DateTimeOriginal value if present; otherwise records the server upload timestamp And the asset is linked to the override event ID, reason code, actor user ID, and created-at timestamp in the database And the stored metadata is retrievable via API and visible in the UI details panel
Thumbnail Preview and Zoom in Override Flow
Given one or more evidence photos have been attached When the override details panel is displayed Then redacted thumbnails (≤ 256 px longest side, ≤ 50 KB) are rendered within 1.5 seconds on a 10 Mbps connection And clicking a thumbnail opens a viewer that supports pan and zoom up to 400% without pixelation beyond the redaction masks And the viewer loads the full-size redacted image via a signed URL without exposing the direct storage path
Client-Specific Retention and Purge of Evidence Photos
Given a client retention policy is configured (e.g., 90 days) When an asset reaches its retention age Then a scheduled purge deletes the file from object storage and removes its database linkage within 24 hours And any subsequent access attempts return HTTP 404 and previously issued signed URLs are invalid And an immutable audit log entry records the purge with asset ID, client ID, and timestamp
Resumable Uploads and Retry Handling for Unstable Networks
Given a user begins uploading one or more evidence photos When network connectivity is interrupted during transfer Then the uploader retries with exponential backoff and resumes from the last confirmed chunk without restarting the upload And if connectivity is restored within 24 hours, the upload completes successfully without user re-selection of files And progress indicators reflect chunked progress and retries And duplicate uploads caused by retries do not create duplicate assets in storage or the database
Reason Trends Reporting & Insights
"As a COO, I want weekly reports of the most common override reasons by client and lane so that I can address root causes and reduce waste."
Description

Deliver dashboards, saved views, and CSV/API exports that aggregate override events by lane, SKU, client, user, and override type over selectable date ranges. Surface top reasons, rates per 100 orders, time series deltas, and estimated impact on postage and processing time. Provide drill-down to event detail with attached evidence. Include filters, comparisons to baseline, and scheduled email/Slack digests. Integrate with the existing analytics stack and respect tenant boundaries and user permissions.

Acceptance Criteria
Dashboard Aggregation & Metrics
- Given a user with Analytics:View in Tenant A and override events across lanes/SKUs/clients/users/types, When they open the Reason Trends dashboard and set a date range, Then metrics include only Tenant A events within the inclusive range using the tenant’s reporting timezone. - Given the selection, When the dashboard loads, Then for each chosen grouping it shows: total overrides, unique orders affected, rate per 100 fulfilled orders (overrides/orders*100 rounded to 2 decimals), top reasons sorted by count, and estimated impact (sum postage_delta; sum processing_time_delta_seconds). - Given events on multiple days, When the user selects Daily/Weekly/Monthly interval, Then the time series buckets by that interval and displays delta vs the previous equivalent interval as absolute and percent with directional indicators. - Given no events match filters, When the dashboard loads, Then an empty state appears with “No override events” and KPIs show 0. - Performance: For up to 100k events in range, initial render P90 <= 4s and subsequent filter change P90 <= 2s. - Calculations: Rates use fulfilled order counts from the same filters and interval; events without impact fields are excluded from impact sums and counted in an “impact_unknown” metric.
Filters and Baseline Comparisons
- Filters available for date range, lane, SKU, client, user, override type, and reason code; multi-select and search supported; filters apply consistently across all widgets and exports. - When baseline = Previous Period, Same Period Last Year, or Custom Saved Baseline, Then each KPI and chart shows baseline value and delta (absolute and percent) with tooltips describing denominators; NA shown when baseline denominator is zero. - When filters are modified, Then baseline recalculates within 1s from cached data and retains the same filter set unless changed. - A Clear All action resets to tenant default (Last 7 days, no additional filters).
Drill-Down to Event Detail with Evidence
- When a user clicks a chart point/bar/row, Then a detail view opens filtered to that cohort and date range. - Each row shows: event_id, timestamp_utc, order_id, shipment_id, lane, sku, client_id, user_id, override_type, reason_code, reason_note (<=500 chars), postage_delta, processing_time_delta_seconds, and evidence thumbnail(s) if present. - Clicking a thumbnail opens full-resolution media in a modal with download; access requires Evidence:View permission; without it, a masked placeholder is shown. - Detail view supports sort (default timestamp desc), pagination (page size 50), and CSV export of the filtered set; all respect current filters and permissions. - Rows include deep links to Order and Shipment pages opening in a new tab with context preserved.
Saved Views, Sharing, and Defaults
- A user can save the current dashboard state (filters, groupings, interval, visual choices) as a Saved View; name length 3–50 chars; unique per user; validation errors shown inline. - Saved Views are Private by default; owner/Admin can share with roles or specific tenant users; recipients get read-only access; only owner/Admin can modify. - Applying a Saved View restores the exact state in under 1s (from cache) and updates the URL with a shareable view id. - A user can set one Saved View as personal default; the dashboard loads it on first open; users can unset/change defaults. - Create/update/delete of Saved Views are recorded in audit logs with actor and timestamp.
CSV and API Exports (Aggregates and Detail)
- From any table/chart, user can export Aggregates CSV and Details CSV; rows reflect active filters; timestamps exported in UTC ISO 8601; numeric fields use dot decimal. - Aggregates CSV columns: dimensions, date_bucket (if applicable), overrides_count, unique_orders, rate_per_100_orders, top_reason, postage_impact_total, processing_time_impact_total_seconds. - Details CSV columns: event_id, timestamp_utc, tenant_id, order_id, shipment_id, lane, sku, client_id, user_id, override_type, reason_code, reason_note, evidence_urls, postage_delta, processing_time_delta_seconds. - Evidence URLs are signed tenant-scoped links with >=24h TTL; unauthorized access attempts are denied. - API endpoints provide equivalent datasets with cursor pagination, analytics:read scope (OAuth/JWT), rate limit 60 req/min, and P95 <= 1s for pages <=10k rows; OpenAPI docs published. - Exports >1M rows run asynchronously; completion notifications are sent; exported row counts match UI counts exactly.
Scheduled Email/Slack Digests
- Users can schedule a digest from a Saved View selecting channel (Email/Slack), frequency (daily/weekly/monthly), send time, and timezone. - Digest content includes: total overrides, rate per 100 orders, top 5 reasons with counts and WoW/MoM deltas, and impact totals; includes deep link back to the Saved View. - Slack digests use Block Kit with a compact table; Emails render correctly in dark/light mode and meet WCAG AA for contrast; all images include alt text. - Delivery SLO: 95% of digests sent within 10 minutes of scheduled time; failures auto-retry up to 3 times with exponential backoff; outcomes visible in an Activity log. - Permission checks at send time ensure all recipients belong to the tenant and have Analytics:View; otherwise sending is blocked with an explicit error. - Users can pause/resume/cancel schedules; changes apply before the next run; actions are audit logged.
Security, Tenant Isolation, and Analytics Stack Integration
- All queries, exports, and evidence links are scoped by tenant_id; cross-tenant requests via UI or API return no data; automated tests verify Tenant B cannot access Tenant A data. - RBAC: Viewer sees aggregates only; Analyst sees details and evidence; Admin manages shares/schedules; UI reflects capabilities and APIs enforce scopes/scopes are validated. - Data freshness: dashboards reflect events within 15 minutes (P95) of occurrence; a visible freshness indicator shows last updated timestamp. - Integration: data is stored/queried through the existing analytics stack using the platform’s standard auth, catalog, and query engine; lineage is captured in the existing metadata catalog; no new external credentials are required. - Reliability: dashboard P95 load <=4s for 100k events, API uptime >=99.9% monthly; incidents reported via the existing status page.
Immutable Audit Trail & Data Model
"As a compliance officer, I want an immutable record of overrides with reason and evidence so that audits can be completed with confidence."
Description

Define a normalized schema for override events capturing pre/post values, selected reason_code_id, reason label snapshot, freeform note, attachments, actor identity, source workflow, device, and high-precision timestamps with timezone. Enforce immutability of events while allowing supervisor-only append-only follow-up notes. Generate unique event IDs, index for query performance, and stream events to the data warehouse. Implement configurable retention per client and GDPR-compliant deletion for notes and photos while preserving aggregated metrics.

Acceptance Criteria
Event Schema Captures Pre/Post and Reason Snapshot
Given an override is submitted that changes one or more shipment fields (e.g., weight, dimensions, package_type, carrier, service, rate) When the event is written Then the record includes event_id, client_id, shipment_id, actor_id, actor_role, source_workflow (enum), device_id or user_agent, pre_values and post_values for all changed fields, reason_code_id, reason_label_snapshot, freeform_note, attachment_ids (0..n), created_at with timezone and >= microsecond precision And reason_code_id references an active reason code at time of event And reason_label_snapshot equals the reason label at time of event, unaffected by later changes And attachments (if any) store content_type in [image/jpeg, image/png, application/pdf] and size <= 10 MB each with SHA-256 checksum And writes without required fields are rejected with 400 and no record is created
Event Immutability and Supervisor Append-Only Notes
Given any existing override event When a non-supervisor attempts to update any field on the event Then the operation is rejected with 403 and the stored event remains byte-for-byte unchanged When a supervisor adds a follow-up note Then a new immutable note row is appended with note_id, event_id, actor_id, created_at (tz, microsecond), and content And attempts to edit or delete a follow-up note are rejected (except via GDPR deletion workflow) And an audit entry is created for each rejected attempt with actor_id and timestamp
Globally Unique, Ordered Event IDs
Given parallel creation of 1,000,000 events across 200 concurrent workers When events are persisted Then each event_id is unique (0 collisions) and conforms to UUIDv7 or ULID format And event_ids are monotonically increasing within the same worker process And a database unique constraint on event_id prevents duplicates And on collision, the client retries and succeeds within 3 attempts without partial writes
Indexed Query Performance SLAs
Given a dataset of >=50,000,000 events for >=500 clients When querying by client_id and created_at between T1 and T2 ordered by created_at desc Then p95 latency <= 800 ms and p99 <= 1.5 s When filtering additionally by source_workflow, actor_id, or sku_id Then p95 latency <= 1.2 s And explain plans confirm usage of compound indexes on (client_id, created_at desc), (client_id, source_workflow, created_at), (client_id, actor_id, created_at), (client_id, sku_id, created_at) And pagination supports stable, seek-based paging via (created_at, event_id)
Real-Time Event Streaming to Warehouse
Given an event is created Then it is published to the event stream within 2 seconds And delivered to the data warehouse with end-to-end p95 <= 2 minutes and p99 <= 5 minutes And delivery is at-least-once with idempotent deduplication on event_id And per-shipment_id ordering is preserved And failures are retried with exponential backoff up to 24 hours and alerting triggers if lag > 10 minutes
Per-Client Retention Policy Enforcement
Given a client retention policy of N days (30 <= N <= 1825) When an event’s age exceeds N days Then raw event payloads (pre_values, post_values, notes, attachments) are purged while derived aggregates remain And purge jobs run daily and produce an auditable report of deleted counts by client When a client updates retention policy Then the new policy takes effect within 24 hours
GDPR Deletion of Notes/Photos with Metrics Preserved
Given a GDPR erasure request scoped to a data subject or shipment When the deletion job runs Then all freeform notes, attachment binaries, and attachment metadata that may contain personal data are irreversibly removed from primary storage within 72 hours And aggregated metrics (counts/sums by reason, lane, SKU, client, user) remain intact without retaining any PII And the change is propagated to the data warehouse within 24 hours and to searchable indexes within 24 hours And a non-PII audit log records request_id, actor, scope, timestamps, and outcomes And any future re-ingestion from backups re-applies the deletion before making data queryable
Role-Based Enforcement & Bypass Controls
"As a warehouse manager, I want to require photos for weight overrides on Client A but not Client B so that policies match each client’s SLA."
Description

Introduce granular permissions to perform overrides, require reasons, and require photo evidence. Allow time-bound supervisor bypass with justification and automatic expiry, logged for review. Policies are configurable per client, warehouse, and workflow step, and are enforced consistently across UI and API, blocking label purchase until requirements are met. Provide admin reporting on bypass frequency and users.

Acceptance Criteria
Enforce Role-Based Override Permissions by Context
Given a user without the "Override:Shipment" permission in Client X, Warehouse Y, Workflow Step Z When the user attempts to initiate an override in that context (UI or API) Then the override action is blocked in the UI and the API returns 403 RBAC_DENIED with context details And label purchase remains disabled until a permitted user proceeds And an audit log entry is recorded for the denied attempt with user, role, context, and timestamp Given a user with the "Override:Shipment" permission scoped to Client X, Warehouse Y, Workflow Step Z When the user initiates an override in that exact context Then the override controls are enabled and the API allows the request to proceed to validation And the authorization decision reflects the user’s current role assignments on each request (no cached stale grants) Given an admin removes the permission from the user’s role When the user performs the next authorization-checked action in that context Then the system denies the action without requiring user logout or service restart
Require Structured Reason Code and Note Prior to Override
Given a policy that requires a reason code and note for overrides in Client A / Warehouse B / Step C When a user attempts to confirm an override Then the system requires selection of a valid reason code from the configured list and a non-empty note (1–500 chars) And the confirm action is disabled in the UI and the API returns 422 VALIDATION_ERROR with fields [reasonCode, note] until both are provided And upon submission, the audit log stores reasonCode, note, user, context, and timestamp Given an API client submits an override request without a reason code or with an invalid code When the request is processed Then the response is 422 with error REASON_REQUIRED or REASON_INVALID and no label is purchased Given an admin updates the available reason codes When a user opens the override dialog or calls the reasons endpoint Then the latest list is presented and only those codes are accepted
Require Photo Evidence When Policy Enabled
Given a policy that requires photo evidence for overrides in Client A / Warehouse B / Step C When a user attempts to confirm an override Then the system blocks confirmation until a photo is uploaded (PNG or JPEG, <=5 MB) And the UI shows a thumbnail preview and the API accepts a multipart/file or signed-upload reference And the audit log stores a secure reference to the photo, file type, size, user, context, and timestamp Given an API client submits an override without required photo When the request is processed Then the response is 422 with error PHOTO_REQUIRED and no label is purchased Given a photo upload fails validation (type/size) When the user submits Then the system displays a clear validation error and prevents continuation
Supervisor Bypass with Justification and Auto-Expiry
Given a user with the "Bypass:Enforcement" supervisor permission When they initiate a bypass for the current shipment in Client A / Warehouse B / Step C Then they must enter a justification (1–500 chars) and a duration between 5 and 60 minutes And upon confirmation, the system records the bypass with scope, user, justification, start/end timestamps, and reviewer fields in the audit log Given a bypass is active for the current shipment When the user proceeds to purchase a label without providing otherwise required reason/photo Then the system permits the purchase within the bypass scope and window And displays (UI) or returns (API) metadata indicating BYPASS_APPLIED=true with expiry time Given the bypass duration elapses or the label is purchased (whichever comes first) When any further override action is attempted Then the bypass no longer applies and requirements are enforced again And an audit entry is recorded for bypass expiry Given a user without supervisor permission attempts to create a bypass When they submit the request Then the system denies the action with 403 RBAC_DENIED and logs the attempt
Evaluate Effective Policy by Client, Warehouse, and Workflow Step
Given policies exist at client-level, warehouse-level, and workflow-step-level When evaluating requirements for a shipment in Client A / Warehouse B / Step C Then the effective policy is the union of applicable policies such that the most restrictive requirement is enforced (e.g., if any requires photo, photo is required) And the effective policy is displayed in the UI policy preview and available via API for the given context Given an admin changes a policy at any level When a new override session begins for the affected context Then the updated effective policy is applied to that session and recorded with a policy version in the audit log Given conflicting policy settings across levels When the system computes the effective policy Then the computed output is deterministic and identical across UI and API for the same inputs
Consistent Enforcement Across UI and API, Blocking Label Purchase
Given required inputs (reason, note, photo) are missing per effective policy When a user attempts to purchase a label via UI Then the purchase button remains disabled and inline validation identifies the missing fields Given required inputs are missing per effective policy When a client attempts to purchase a label via API Then the system returns 422 with specific error codes [REASON_REQUIRED, NOTE_REQUIRED, PHOTO_REQUIRED] and no label is created Given all required inputs are provided and the user has permission When the label purchase is submitted via UI or API Then the purchase succeeds and the audit log contains the inputs, user, context, policy version, and outcome
Admin Report on Bypass Frequency and Users
Given audit entries for supervisor bypasses exist When an admin opens the Bypass Report and filters by date range, client, warehouse, and workflow step Then the report displays totals by user and overall counts, with columns: user, bypass count, average duration, first/last bypass timestamps And the counts reconcile with underlying audit entries for the same filters Given the admin exports the report When they choose CSV export Then the system generates a CSV with the same rows and columns as the on-screen report Given no bypasses match the selected filters When the report is run Then the system displays zero results with no errors
Low-Friction UX & Performance SLAs
"As a packer, I want the reason step to be fast and keyboard-friendly so that it doesn't slow down my batch processing."
Description

Optimize the interaction to keep modal open time under 200 ms and default reason selection to at most one additional keystroke in scan-to-pack. Provide full keyboard navigation, barcode-triggered default selection, accessible focus states, and localized strings. Implement offline queuing with background sync and graceful error states that never block packing once required inputs are provided. Emit telemetry on time-in-modal, failure rates, and retried uploads to monitor and improve performance.

Acceptance Criteria
Modal Launch Performance in Scan-to-Pack
Given a packer triggers a reason-code override in scan-to-pack When the Reason Codes modal is opened Then the modal becomes interactive within ≤200 ms on reference devices and networks (p95 ≤250 ms, p99 ≤300 ms as measured by telemetry) And no network request blocks initial render; deferred content uses placeholders within ≤75 ms And opening the modal does not drop input events; the next keystroke is processed within ≤50 ms
Default Reason Selection via Keyboard/Barcode
Given a default reason rule is configured for the current context When a barcode mapped to the default reason is scanned or the mapped hotkey is pressed Then the default reason is preselected before user input And pressing Enter submits the modal with the preselected reason and required note, totaling ≤1 additional keystroke post-scan And ESC cancels without submission And HID scanners that append Enter still result in a single interaction to submit
Keyboard Navigation and Accessible Focus States
Given a user interacts with the modal using keyboard only When the modal opens Then initial focus is set on the reason list And Tab/Shift+Tab navigate all interactive elements in logical order; Arrow keys move between reasons; Space toggles selection; Ctrl+Enter submits; ESC closes without submit And a visible focus indicator is present on every focusable element with contrast ≥3:1 against adjacent colors And screen readers announce modal title, selected state, reason count, and errors; labels and roles meet WCAG 2.1 AA
Localized Strings in Reason Codes Modal
Given the account locale is set to a supported language (e.g., en-US, es-ES, fr-FR) When the modal, tooltips, and errors render Then 100% of user-visible strings are localized for that locale with correct pluralization and formatting And no truncated/overflowing text at 320px width or when system font scaling is 200% And missing keys fall back to en-US and are logged to telemetry once per session
Offline Queueing and Background Sync for Override Submissions
Given the device is offline or connectivity is intermittent When the user provides required reason, note, and optional photo and presses submit Then the submission is enqueued locally within ≤50 ms and the packing workflow can proceed without blocking And the UI shows a non-blocking queued state with retry status; no modal re-entry is required And background sync retries with exponential backoff (initial 5 s, max 5 min) up to 12 hours, deduplicates by client ID, and preserves attachments up to 5 MB per item And upon reconnect, 99% of queued submissions succeed without user action; failures surface a dismissible alert with a one-click manual retry
Telemetry for Performance and Reliability
Given telemetry is enabled When users open and submit the Reason Codes modal Then events are emitted for modal_open, modal_interactive, submit_attempt, submit_success, submit_fail, time_in_modal_ms, attachment_bytes, retry_count, offline_queued with session, user, client, SKU, and lane IDs (pseudonymized; no PII in payload) And 95% of events are delivered within 2 minutes; sampling rate ≥95% for performance metrics And dashboards show p95 modal_interactive ≤250 ms and submit_success rate ≥99.5% (online) and ≥98% (including offline queued within 12 hours)

ProofChain Ledger

Write every gated event to an immutable, cryptographically chained audit log with before/after values, timestamps, users, devices, and scanned barcodes. Tamper‑evident records export to SIEM/webhooks and support click‑through timeline replay for investigations.

Requirements

Cryptographically Chained Event Ledger
"As a compliance officer, I want an immutable, tamper‑evident log of gated events so that I can prove the integrity of our shipping operations during audits and disputes."
Description

Implement an append-only ledger that links each event with a cryptographic hash of the previous record, producing a tamper‑evident chain per tenant and per entity (order, shipment, pick batch). The ledger must store canonical event IDs, chain position, and chain root snapshots, and expose verification APIs to validate integrity over a range. Designed for ParcelPilot’s high‑throughput workflows (batch pick/pack/label) with write-ahead logging, partitioning, and horizontal scaling to ensure minimal latency impact on label generation and sync operations.

Acceptance Criteria
Range Integrity Verification API
Given a ledger chain for tenant T, entity_type "shipment", entity_id S with 10,000 contiguous events When the client calls POST /api/ledger/verify with {tenantId:T, entityType:"shipment", entityId:S, fromIndex:0, toIndex:9999} Then the API responds 200 within 300 ms and body.valid=true and body.startIndex=0 and body.endIndex=9999 and body.endHash equals record[9999].hash When any single record in the range is modified out-of-band Then the same call returns 200 and body.valid=false and body.firstMismatchIndex equals the first tampered index and body.proof includes previousHash and computedHash for that index When fromIndex>toIndex or the range exceeds head Then the API returns 400 with error.code="INVALID_RANGE" When toIndex equals the head index and the head advances during verification Then verification uses a consistent snapshot and returns a result for the originally requested range
Chain Root Snapshot Generation and Validation
Given active chains receiving events continuously When 10,000 new events accrue for a chain or 5 minutes elapse since the last snapshot (whichever occurs first) Then a chain-root snapshot is created and persisted within 60 seconds and contains {tenantId, entityType, entityId, snapshotIndex, rootHash, previousRootHash, createdAt, version} When GET /api/ledger/snapshots/latest?tenantId=...&entityType=...&entityId=... Then response 200 includes the most recent snapshot with ETag and rootHash length equals the algorithm digest length When POST /api/ledger/snapshots/verify with {snapshotId} Then the service recomputes the root over the snapshot range and returns valid=true within 2 minutes for ranges up to 1,000,000 events
Idempotent Ingestion Using Canonical Event IDs
Given a record with canonicalEventId X for chain C does not yet exist When POST /api/ledger/events with {chain:C, canonicalEventId:X, payload} Then the service appends exactly one new record with chainIndex=headIndex+1 and returns 201 with chainIndex and hash When the same request (same canonicalEventId X, same chain C) is retried up to 50 concurrent times Then only one record is appended and all responses return 200/201 with the identical chainIndex, hash, and createdAt and no duplicate records exist When a request omits canonicalEventId Then the service returns 400 with error.code="MISSING_CANONICAL_EVENT_ID" When attempting to reuse canonicalEventId X for a different payload on chain C Then the service returns 409 with error.code="EVENT_ID_CONFLICT" and no new record is appended
High-Throughput Batch Writes With Low Latency Overhead
Given a workload of 1,000 events/sec sustained for 10 minutes across 100 concurrent chains with bursts to 5,000 events/sec for 60 seconds When the system processes events with write-ahead logging enabled Then end-to-end ledger write latency is P95<=8 ms and P99<=20 ms per event and error rate <0.01% and zero lost or reordered events are observed When label generation requests run concurrently at 200 req/sec Then additional P95 latency attributable to ledger writes is <=10 ms and no request exceeds a 2 s SLA When a node crashes during ingestion Then committed events are durable (RPO=0) and recovery completes within 30 seconds and ingestion resumes without gaps or duplicates
Partitioning and Horizontal Scaling Preserve Per-Chain Order
Given a 3-node cluster ingesting 1,500 events/sec When the cluster scales to 6 nodes Then sustainable throughput increases to >=2,700 events/sec (>=1.8x) and per-chain ordering is preserved (chainIndex increments by 1 with no gaps) and cross-tenant isolation remains intact When rebalancing moves partitions Then per-chain appends remain linearizable and no successful write is persisted out of order When verifying chains that span multiple partitions Then range verification completes successfully within <=300 ms for a 10,000-event range
Append-Only Immutability and Tamper Evidence
Given existing records in a chain When a client attempts PUT/PATCH/DELETE on any ledger record endpoint Then the service returns 405 or 409 and no data is modified When a privileged operator simulates direct storage mutation bypassing the service Then the next verification over the affected range returns valid=false with firstMismatchIndex pointing to the mutated record When reading any record Then the record includes immutable fields {tenantId, entityType, entityId, chainIndex, canonicalEventId, previousHash, hash, timestamp} and any attempt to change them via write APIs is rejected with 409
Comprehensive Event Envelope Capture
"As an investigator, I want each event to include before/after values and context so that I can determine exactly what changed, who changed it, and with which device or scan."
Description

Capture and persist a full before/after snapshot for every gated event, including UTC timestamps, actor (user/service), device fingerprint, IP, location (if available), scanned barcodes, order/shipment IDs, SKU references, and derived metadata. Normalize values to ParcelPilot’s domain model and redact sensitive tokens on ingest. Ensure consistent schemas, versioning, and compatibility across Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay flows to support downstream replay, analytics, and export.

Acceptance Criteria
Ordered Ingestion and Idempotency
"As a platform engineer, I want deterministic event ordering and idempotent writes so that the ledger accurately reflects the true sequence of actions even under retries and high load."
Description

Guarantee per-entity ordering and exactly-once semantics using idempotency keys, monotonic sequence numbers, and deduplication for retries coming from webhooks, scanners, and internal services. Handle clock skew by deriving causal order from sequence tokens rather than wall time. Provide backpressure and durable queues so ledger writes never block core ParcelPilot operations.

Acceptance Criteria
Timeline Replay API and UI
"As a warehouse manager, I want to replay the timeline of a shipment so that I can understand where a mis-pick or incorrect label originated and coach the team."
Description

Provide APIs and an embedded UI to reconstruct an entity’s state over time from ledger diffs, with filters by user, device, barcode, and time range. Include a step-through diff viewer, jump-to-suspect-event, and one-click navigation from an event to related orders, shipments, labels, and pick sheets. Optimize for large timelines with pagination and server-side diff computation to keep ParcelPilot’s investigations responsive.

Acceptance Criteria
SIEM and Webhook Export Pipeline
"As a security engineer, I want to ship signed ledger events to our SIEM in real time so that I can correlate shipping activity with enterprise alerts."
Description

Stream tamper-evident events to external systems (Splunk, Elastic, Datadog, custom webhooks) in normalized JSON with schema versioning and signed payloads. Support near‑real‑time delivery with retries, exponential backoff, dead‑letter queues, and replay by cursor/time range. Provide per-tenant configuration, rate limiting, and field selection to align with customers’ security tools and compliance needs.

Acceptance Criteria
Role-Based Access and Field Redaction
"As a data privacy officer, I want field-level redaction and audited access so that teams can investigate incidents without exposing unnecessary PII."
Description

Enforce RBAC and field-level security on ledger read/export paths so sensitive values (PII, payment fragments, carrier tokens) are masked by default and revealed only to authorized roles. Log all ledger access as meta-events. Support tenant-controlled retention windows and legal hold to align with privacy and regulatory requirements without breaking chain integrity.

Acceptance Criteria
Periodic Integrity Verification and Anchoring
"As a risk manager, I want automated verification and external anchoring so that any tampering is quickly detected and we can prove long‑term integrity to partners."
Description

Run scheduled verification jobs that recompute hashes over recent ranges and compare against stored chain roots, emitting alerts on any divergence. Optionally anchor rolling digests (e.g., daily) to an external trust anchor (cloud KMS-signed digest or public ledger) and expose proofs so customers can independently verify ledger integrity over time.

Acceptance Criteria

Offline Passcodes

Maintain uptime during SSO/network hiccups with time‑limited, scope‑limited one‑time codes (TOTP or supervisor issued). Actions remain fully attributed and sync back on reconnect, preventing dock slowdowns without losing traceability.

Requirements

TOTP Offline Authentication
"As a warehouse associate, I want to sign in with a time‑based code when SSO is down so that I can continue shipping without waiting for IT."
Description

Introduce offline authentication using TOTP as a fallback when SSO/IdP is unavailable. Users pre-enroll an authenticator during normal operation; upon outage they can enter a rotating code to start a time-limited, role-scoped offline session. Enforce short code validity with controlled clock drift, configurable maximum offline session duration, and per-device enrollment limits. Store shared secrets securely with OS keystore–backed encryption, support rotation and revocation, and log all offline authentications with user, device, site, and reason. Integrate with existing session management so that on reconnect the session is rehydrated and audit continuity is preserved.

Acceptance Criteria
Scope-Limited Offline Permissions
"As a security-conscious ops manager, I want offline sessions restricted to specific actions so that we can keep work moving without risking sensitive changes."
Description

Provide policy-driven scopes that strictly limit what operations are permitted during an offline passcode session (e.g., pick confirm, pack, print pick sheets/packing slips, reprint last known labels) while blocking sensitive operations (e.g., rate shopping, carrier account changes, refunds). Scopes are configurable per role and site, enforced at UI and API layers, with clear UI indicators for disabled functions and full audit of denied attempts. On reconnect, queued operations are validated against live permissions before finalization.

Acceptance Criteria
Offline Action Queue & Attribution
"As a shipping lead, I want all offline actions captured and attributed so that work can be reconciled and audited when connectivity returns."
Description

Implement a local action queue to capture operations performed while SSO/network is unavailable, preserving full attribution (user ID, role, device ID, site, timestamps), payloads, and dependency ordering. Support idempotent replay with correlation IDs, conflict detection (e.g., order already shipped), and deterministic resolution strategies. Tag printed artifacts with temporary identifiers and reconcile final tracking and costs on reconnect. Expose queue state, retry controls, and error surfacing in the UI.

Acceptance Criteria
Secure Local Vault & Tamper-Evident Logs
"As a compliance officer, I want offline data encrypted and tamper-evident so that we meet security and audit requirements during outages."
Description

Provide an encrypted local vault for TOTP seeds, offline session tokens, and queued action payloads using strong cryptography with device keystore–protected keys. Chain queued records with rolling hashes to detect tampering and sign offline session start/stop events for forensic integrity. Enforce passcode attempt rate limiting, exponential backoff, and auto-lock after inactivity. Avoid persisting payment tokens or carrier credentials and redact PII in logs per policy. Support secure wipe and per-user secret revocation.

Acceptance Criteria
Supervisor One-Time Override Codes
"As a floor supervisor, I want to issue a one-time code to a picker who lost access so that they can finish their batch without waiting for SSO."
Description

Enable supervisors to generate short-lived, single-use override codes for specific users or devices when a user’s TOTP is unavailable. Codes are scope- and duration-limited, optionally tied to a work order or manifest, and include issuer identity and justification for downstream auditing. Support generation from the admin console and printable emergency code cards with rotation schedules. Verification is performed locally using pre-synced public keys to allow validation during outages, with all uses logged.

Acceptance Criteria
Auto Fallback & Reconnect UX
"As a dock worker, I want the app to automatically switch to offline mode and back without losing my place so that I don’t waste time repeating steps."
Description

Detect SSO/IdP and network failures and non-intrusively prompt for an offline passcode while preserving workflow context. Display an "Offline Mode" banner with remaining session time, allowed scope, and queue size. Keep pick/pack screens and batch printing responsive, converting network-dependent steps into queued actions. Automatically attempt reconnection with backoff; on success, re-authenticate, resync, and reconcile queued items without forcing users to restart tasks.

Acceptance Criteria
Admin Policy & Reporting
"As an admin, I want to configure offline policies and monitor usage so that we balance uptime with security and traceability."
Description

Provide centralized controls for configuring offline mode: enablement by site, allowed scopes per role, code validity windows, maximum offline session duration, device enrollment limits, and lockout thresholds. Deliver dashboards and exportable reports for offline sessions, override code usage, queue replays, and exceptions with filters by user, station, and time. Emit real-time webhooks and SIEM-friendly logs for security monitoring, and expose APIs/automation hooks for policy management across environments.

Acceptance Criteria

Lane Heatmap

See on‑time performance by ZIP3 and service at a glance. Drill into hotspots, view 7/14/30‑day trends, and click through to affected orders. Helps Ops spot slipping lanes early and direct volume to healthier routes before SLAs are hit.

Requirements

Carrier SLA Normalization & Tracking Ingestion
"As an operations manager, I want tracking events normalized with accurate SLA outcomes so that lane performance is consistent and comparable across carriers and services."
Description

Ingest carrier tracking events (webhooks and scheduled fetch) and normalize them to a unified status model, then compute promised delivery dates per service using business-day calendars, carrier commitments, cutoff times, time zones, and holidays. Determine on‑time/late/early at first delivery attempt or delivery, reconcile re‑labels and multi‑package shipments, and handle missing/ out‑of‑order scans. Map shipments to orders across Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay, with idempotent processing and retry logic. Support a 60‑day historical backfill and retain normalized events/SLA outcomes for at least 180 days to power heatmap metrics and drill‑downs.

Acceptance Criteria
ZIP3–Service Aggregation & Metrics Engine
"As an ops analyst, I want metrics aggregated by destination ZIP3 and service so that I can quickly identify which lanes are slipping and how severe the impact is."
Description

Aggregate shipments by origin ZIP3 → destination ZIP3 and carrier service into rolling 7/14/30‑day windows. Compute on‑time %, average transit days, volume, late count, and percent change vs prior period, plus confidence/quality indicators with minimum sample thresholds and “insufficient data” flags. Produce precomputed, cacheable metric tiles hourly for fast UI rendering and alerting. Ensure aggregations are multi‑tenant safe and can be filtered by marketplace, warehouse, tags, and custom attributes.

Acceptance Criteria
Lane Heatmap Interactive Visualization
"As a shipping lead, I want an interactive heatmap of lane performance so that I can spot problem areas at a glance and explore details when needed."
Description

Render a responsive, accessible heatmap with lanes (ZIP3s or ZIP3 clusters) vs carrier services. Provide a color scale keyed to on‑time %, tooltips with key metrics (on‑time %, volume, avg transit, delta), sort by performance/volume/change, and search for ZIP3. Support pagination for large lane sets, a legend, and inline sparklines for recent trend. Clicking a cell initiates drill‑down to affected orders while preserving current filters and time window.

Acceptance Criteria
Time Window & Trend Controls (7/14/30 Day)
"As an operations manager, I want to toggle 7/14/30‑day windows with clear trends so that I can distinguish temporary blips from systemic lane issues."
Description

Provide controls to switch between 7/14/30‑day windows and display period‑over‑period trend indicators per lane (absolute and percentage change). Persist the user’s last selection, default to 7‑day, and ensure all UI elements, aggregations, and drill‑downs stay synchronized when the window changes. Handle edge cases with low volume by dimming cells and surfacing an informational badge instead of a trend arrow.

Acceptance Criteria
Hotspot Detection & Alerting
"As an operations manager, I want automatic hotspot alerts so that I can redirect volume or adjust promises before SLAs are breached."
Description

Automatically flag lanes that breach configurable thresholds (e.g., on‑time % below X, negative trend over Y%) or anomaly scores. Visually badge hotspots in the heatmap and enable alert subscriptions via email and Slack with digesting, de‑duplication, snooze, and schedule windows. Alerts deep‑link to the filtered lane view and include snapshot metrics and sample size. Provide per‑tenant and per‑user thresholds with sensible defaults.

Acceptance Criteria
Drill‑Down to Orders & Late Shipment Explorer
"As a support specialist, I want to open a lane and see the impacted orders so that I can take corrective actions and proactively communicate with customers."
Description

Enable click‑through from any heatmap cell to a scoped order list showing affected shipments (late, at‑risk, or all) within the selected time window. Provide rich filters (carrier, service, marketplace, warehouse), sortable columns (order id, tracking, promise date, delivered date, days late), bulk CSV export, and deep links to platform orders and carrier tracking. Ensure queries are performant with pagination and indexed lookups.

Acceptance Criteria
Global Filters, RBAC, and Performance SLAs
"As an account admin, I want filters, access controls, and fast load times so that the heatmap is relevant to each team and reliable during peak operations."
Description

Add global filters for carrier, service, marketplace, warehouse/origin, destination region/state, and tags, with multi‑select and saved views. Enforce role‑based access (e.g., Ops vs Support) and tenant isolation for micro‑3PLs. Precompute and cache heatmap tiles for p95 < 2s load time at up to 500 lanes × 10 services; gracefully degrade with skeleton states and “insufficient data” markers. Log usage and exports for auditability.

Acceptance Criteria

Delay Forecast

Predict tomorrow’s risk with lane‑level scores powered by scan dwell times, weather alerts, and historical variability. Get early warnings and suggested alternates so you can re‑batch or re‑label proactively instead of firefighting missed ETAs.

Requirements

Lane-Level Risk Scoring Engine
"As an operations manager, I want a reliable next-day delay risk score per shipping lane so that I can plan batches and staffing around likely disruptions instead of reacting to missed ETAs."
Description

Develop a predictive engine that computes next-day delay probabilities and confidence scores for each origin–destination–service lane using carrier scan dwell times, live NWS/NOAA weather alerts, and historical variability. Scores are bucketed (Low/Medium/High) with tunable thresholds per merchant, include expected ETA slip in hours, and expose model confidence. Computations run nightly by 07:00 in the merchant’s warehouse timezone with hourly refreshes on severe-weather triggers. Provide fallbacks for sparse lanes via regional priors and service-class heuristics, and ensure coverage for at least 95% of active merchant lanes. Outputs are persisted and indexed by ship date, lane, carrier, and service for fast retrieval by UI, rules, APIs, and batch workflows.

Acceptance Criteria
Carrier & Weather Data Ingestion Pipeline
"As a data engineer, I want reliable carrier and weather data pipelines so that the forecasting engine has fresh, accurate inputs to produce trustworthy risk scores."
Description

Implement resilient, near–real-time ingestion and normalization of carrier scan feeds (e.g., acceptance, in-transit, arrival, departure) and weather alert data. Map scans to lanes via geocoded facilities and shipment metadata, reconcile time zones, deduplicate events, and handle late or out-of-order records. Integrate weather advisories/watches/warnings by county and corridor, joining to lanes through route corridors and forecast windows. Provide idempotent ETL jobs with retries, DLQs, and backfill, maintain at least 180 days of history, and expose a clean, versioned feature store for modeling. Include observability (lag, freshness, completeness) and cost controls for third-party API usage.

Acceptance Criteria
Proactive Delay Alerts & Channels
"As a shipping lead, I want early warnings with actionable details so that I can adjust my plan before pick, pack, and label work begins."
Description

Deliver configurable alerts when risk exceeds thresholds for tomorrow’s shipments, with batching by lane, carrier, warehouse, and service. Support delivery channels including in-app inbox, email, and Slack, with quiet hours, digest options, and per-user preferences. Each alert includes impacted order count, projected ETA slip, confidence, and top suggested alternates. Provide acknowledge/snooze/resolve actions and an audit log to track who acted and what changes were applied. Ensure alerts are generated by 07:15 local time and updated if risk materially changes during the day.

Acceptance Criteria
Suggested Alternate Services & Rebatching
"As a fulfillment supervisor, I want suggested alternates I can apply in one click so that I can minimize delays without blowing my postage budget or missing carrier cutoffs."
Description

Create a recommendation module that, for flagged shipments or batches, proposes alternate carriers/services, deferred ship dates, or split shipments that reduce delay risk while controlling postage cost and SLA commitments. Leverage existing rate shopping, dimensional predictions, and service calendars to simulate ETA improvement, cost deltas, and cutoff feasibility. Support one-click re-label and re-batch from the alert or dashboard, automatically updating pick sheets, labels, and marketplace tracking while preserving an audit trail and customer messaging templates.

Acceptance Criteria
Forecast Dashboard & Lane Explorer
"As an operations analyst, I want an interactive view of lane-level risk and drivers so that I can prioritize work and communicate impact to stakeholders."
Description

Provide a dashboard that visualizes tomorrow’s risk across warehouses with a lane heatmap, sortable lane list, and drill-downs to recent dwell time distributions, weather overlays, and historical variability. Include filters by warehouse, carrier, service, ship date, and destination region; bulk selection to create or adjust batches; and CSV export. Show confidence intervals and rationale snippets (e.g., "Denver hub dwell > 85th percentile" or "Winter storm watch along I-80"). Ensure sub-second interactions on common filters and WCAG AA accessibility.

Acceptance Criteria
Accuracy Monitoring & Backtesting
"As a product manager, I want transparent accuracy metrics and controlled rollouts so that we can trust the forecasts and iterate responsibly."
Description

Establish continuous evaluation that compares predicted risk and ETA slip to actual performance by lane, carrier, and service. Track metrics such as AUC, Brier score, calibration curves, precision/recall at operational thresholds, and business KPIs (rescued shipments, postage delta). Provide weekly reports, a model registry with versioned artifacts, automatic retraining schedules, and feature flagging for safe rollouts and rollback. Include threshold tuning tools per merchant to balance sensitivity vs. cost.

Acceptance Criteria
Delay Risk API & Webhooks
"As a platform integrator, I want programmatic access to delay risk and events so that I can trigger custom workflows in our WMS and storefronts."
Description

Expose REST endpoints to query lane scores and per-shipment risk, plus webhooks for risk events (created, updated, resolved). Support OAuth 2.0, scope-based access per merchant, pagination, filtering by date/lane/carrier/service, and idempotency for webhook deliveries with retries and signatures. Provide versioning, rate limits, and sample code snippets for Shopify and WMS integrations so external systems can automate rebatching or customer communications.

Acceptance Criteria

Auto Failover

Automatically reroute orders to a pre‑approved backup carrier/service when a lane drops below your threshold. Supports percentage‑based rollouts, cost caps, and auto‑rollback, keeping promises intact with minimal manual intervention.

Requirements

Lane Health Monitoring & Thresholds
"As an operations manager, I want to define and monitor lane health thresholds so that the system can proactively trigger failover before delivery promises are at risk."
Description

Continuously collect and evaluate lane-level health signals (e.g., label purchase error rate, API latency/timeouts, rate availability, transit-time drift vs promise, and carrier outage status) to determine when a carrier/service lane is degraded. Provide configurable thresholds at global, store, and lane granularity with rolling time windows and smoothing to avoid false positives. Integrate with ParcelPilot telemetry, carrier status endpoints, and tracking data to compute on-time performance. Expose health as a real-time state used by the routing engine to trigger failover decisions.

Acceptance Criteria
Failover Routing Rules Engine
"As a shipping coordinator, I want orders to automatically route to a pre-approved backup service when the primary lane degrades or fails so that fulfillment can continue without manual intervention."
Description

Implement a deterministic rules engine that maps a primary carrier/service to a prioritized backup chain and evaluates alternatives at label-buy time and in batch flows. Enforce constraints such as package dimensions and weight (from SKU history and packing predictions), destination zone, hazmat flags, international documentation, marketplace SLA commitments, warehouse cutoffs, and pickup schedules. On primary lane degradation or errors, re-run best-rate selection within pre-approved backups while preserving delivery promise and compliance. Ensure idempotency, retries, and clear failure modes with actionable errors.

Acceptance Criteria
Percentage-based Traffic Shifting
"As a logistics lead, I want to gradually shift a portion of shipments to a backup carrier so that I can validate performance and costs before initiating full failover."
Description

Enable configurable percentage-based rollouts that divert a defined share of shipments from the primary to one or more backup services for a lane. Support ramp schedules (e.g., 10%→25%→100%), canary windows, and automatic escalation based on success/error metrics. Use deterministic hashing to shard traffic per order to maintain reproducibility across retries and batch runs. Apply consistently across single-order and batch label creation workflows without impacting cut-off adherence.

Acceptance Criteria
Cost Cap Enforcement
"As a merchant, I want to cap additional spend during failover so that maintaining delivery promises does not erode my margins."
Description

Allow merchants to set absolute and relative cost caps for failover labels compared to the primary quoted rate or historical lane averages. Consider all rate components (base, fuel, surcharges, dimensional adjustments) and multi-package scenarios. Provide policy actions when caps are exceeded: block, require approval, or proceed with alert. Respect merchant currency settings and taxes, and record any variance for reporting. Integrate with the routing engine so only cost-compliant backups are eligible.

Acceptance Criteria
Auto-Rollback with Hysteresis
"As an operations manager, I want the system to automatically roll traffic back to the primary when conditions stabilize so that we avoid prolonged use of costlier backups."
Description

Automatically return traffic to the primary carrier/service once lane health recovers, using configurable hysteresis (minimum healthy duration), cool-down periods, and anti-flap guards. Maintain per-lane state to avoid mid-batch switching, and ensure rollback respects cut-offs and commitments already communicated to marketplaces. Emit structured rollback events for observability and maintain consistency across distributed workers.

Acceptance Criteria
Decision Audit Trail & Alerts
"As a compliance and ops analyst, I want an auditable history and timely alerts for failover decisions so that I can explain actions, quantify impact, and respond quickly."
Description

Record a comprehensive, immutable audit trail for every failover decision, including inputs (metrics, thresholds, costs), evaluated options, selected service, resulting rate, predicted transit, and outcomes. Provide real-time alerts via email, Slack, and webhooks on threshold breaches, failover start/stop, cost cap violations, and rollback events. Offer dashboards summarizing diverted volume, incremental spend, error reduction, and SLA adherence, with export and API access for analysis.

Acceptance Criteria
Configuration UI and API
"As an admin, I want to configure and version failover policies through an intuitive UI and API so that I can manage changes safely across multiple stores and warehouses."
Description

Deliver an admin UI and secure API to define backup chains, lane thresholds, traffic percentages, cost caps, and rollback policies at global, store, warehouse, and lane levels. Include validation (e.g., incompatible service constraints), versioning with draft/publish workflow, preview/simulation of policy effects, and role-based access control. Support import/export and environment scoping (sandbox vs. production) to safely iterate and roll out changes across brands and micro-3PL clients.

Acceptance Criteria

SLA Guard

Dynamically adjust delivery promises and order cutoffs by destination based on live lane health. Syncs updated ETAs back to Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay to prevent over‑promising and reduce WISMO without throttling healthy lanes.

Requirements

Live Lane Health Scoring
"As a shipping manager, I want ParcelPilot to continuously assess carrier lane performance so that delivery promises reflect current reality and avoid over‑promising."
Description

Continuously ingest and normalize carrier performance signals by origin-destination lane and service level, using ParcelPilot’s tracking events, carrier APIs, and third‑party telemetry. Compute near‑real‑time lane health scores (e.g., on‑time rate, transit percentiles, delay frequency) with configurable refresh cadence and anomaly detection. Expose scores via an internal API for downstream consumers, including the ETA engine and best‑rate label selector. Support multi‑carrier, multi‑warehouse, and time zone awareness, with robust fallbacks when data is stale or unavailable. Maintain data retention and privacy controls, and ensure that healthy lanes are not throttled by conservative defaults.

Acceptance Criteria
Predictive ETA Engine
"As an ecommerce merchant, I want ETAs that adapt to lane conditions so that customers get accurate delivery expectations without slowing healthy routes."
Description

Calculate dynamic promised delivery windows per order by combining lane health scores, historical transit distributions, service level, carrier pickup schedules, holidays, and order placement time. Output min/max ETA, confidence score, and rationale codes for transparency. Integrate with ParcelPilot’s rate shopping and label auto‑selection to avoid choosing a service that cannot meet the promise. Respect guardrails and buffers from merchant settings to ensure healthy lanes remain fast while risky lanes are widened or downgraded. Provide deterministic fallbacks when inputs are partial, and expose results via internal APIs for sync to sales channels.

Acceptance Criteria
Destination-Aware Cutoff Optimizer
"As an operations lead, I want order cutoffs to adjust by destination and day so that we meet ship‑date promises without manual recalculation."
Description

Dynamically adjust order cutoff times by destination region, service level, and warehouse based on handling SLAs, picker capacity, carrier pickup times, and lane health. Compute same‑day vs next‑day ship eligibility per order and update storefront promises accordingly. Enforce configurable guardrails (minimum/maximum cutoff windows, blackout dates, weekend rules) and time zone correctness. Provide preview and simulation to show the impact of changes before activation and ensure consistent behavior across multi‑warehouse routing.

Acceptance Criteria
Multichannel ETA Sync
"As a store owner, I want updated ETAs to automatically sync to every channel so that customers see accurate promises wherever they shop."
Description

Push updated promised delivery dates and cutoff‑driven availability to Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay using their respective APIs. Map ETA windows to each channel’s data model, handling rate limits, retries, idempotency, and partial failures. Support order‑level and line‑item granularity where available, with differential updates to avoid unnecessary writes. Maintain audit logs of sync attempts and outcomes, sandbox support for testing, and automatic backfill if a channel is temporarily unavailable.

Acceptance Criteria
Merchant Controls & Overrides
"As a merchant admin, I want to configure guardrails and overrides so that SLA Guard aligns with our brand and risk tolerance."
Description

Provide a dashboard for configuring SLA Guard guardrails, including minimum and maximum promise windows, lane downgrade thresholds, safety buffers, blackout rules, and communication preferences. Allow scoping by product, tag, destination, carrier, and service. Support manual overrides for VIP or critical orders, with role‑based access control and full audit history. Offer a preview mode to visualize how settings affect current orders and catalog, ensuring alignment with brand expectations and risk tolerance.

Acceptance Criteria
Safe Rollout, Simulation, and Audit
"As a product operations manager, I want to simulate and gradually roll out SLA Guard so that we reduce risk and can prove impact."
Description

Enable simulation using historical orders to estimate on‑time rate, WISMO deflection, and revenue impact before enabling SLA Guard. Support staged rollout by channel, region, or percentage of traffic, with a kill switch and automatic rollback on defined regressions. Version configuration changes and retain a complete audit trail of ETA adjustments and sync events. Expose metrics and logs via dashboard, webhooks, and export for BI to demonstrate performance and compliance.

Acceptance Criteria

Reroute ROI

Quantify the trade‑off of a suggested reroute: expected on‑time lift, late‑order avoided count, and incremental postage delta. Clear, finance‑ready summaries help justify protective spend during surges and negotiate credits with carriers.

Requirements

Carrier & Lane Performance Ingestion
"As an operations analyst, I want accurate, normalized carrier lane performance metrics so that reroute ROI calculations reflect real‑world delivery behavior during surges."
Description

Build a data pipeline that ingests and normalizes carrier tracking events and delivery outcomes across all connected carriers, mapping them to lanes (origin–destination), service levels, and package profiles. Compute and store KPIs such as on‑time rate versus promised date, P50/P90 transit times, and exception frequencies, segmented by day‑of‑week and seasonality. Integrate with ParcelPilot’s existing tracking sync to backfill history and with merchant SLA definitions to derive promised‑by windows. Provide an internal API and warehouse tables for downstream modeling and ROI calculations, with daily refresh, surge anomaly detection, and data quality checks.

Acceptance Criteria
On‑time Probability Lift Model
"As a shipping manager, I want to see the predicted on‑time improvement for reroute options so that I can justify protective spend when service performance degrades."
Description

Develop a predictive service that estimates the probability of on‑time delivery for each candidate carrier/service given shipment attributes (SKU‑based dims/weight, predicted box, zone), ship date/time, destination, SLA window, and current surge signals. Output per‑option on‑time probabilities and the expected lift relative to the currently selected route. Support batch and real‑time modes (<150 ms per order), feature/version management, calibration against actuals, and explainability surfaces (top drivers). Expose scores via API and embed in rate shopping so Reroute ROI can quantify benefit alongside cost.

Acceptance Criteria
Incremental Postage Delta Calculator
"As a finance lead, I want a precise, transparent cost delta for each reroute option so that I can evaluate ROI and approve exceptions with confidence."
Description

Implement a calculator that computes the per‑order and aggregated incremental cost between the planned route and a proposed reroute, including negotiated base rates, fuel, residential, delivery area, dimensional weight, weekend, and other surcharges. Leverage ParcelPilot’s rate engine with both real‑time APIs and cached rate cards, and reconcile against predicted package size/weight. Support multi‑currency, taxes, and fee attribution. Return transparent line‑item breakdowns and totals to pair with on‑time lift for ROI decisions.

Acceptance Criteria
Late‑Orders Avoided Estimator
"As an operations planner, I want to know how many late deliveries we can avoid across a cohort if we reroute so that I can make informed surge‑period decisions."
Description

Create an estimator that translates on‑time probability lift into an expected count of late orders avoided over a defined cohort (batch, day, or filtered segment). Apply SLA deadlines and order counts to compute outcomes, provide sensitivity ranges (e.g., ±5% lift), and aggregate by channel, carrier, destination region, and SKU class. Surface cohort‑level KPIs in UI and via export for planning and post‑mortems.

Acceptance Criteria
Finance‑Ready ROI Summary & Export
"As a finance analyst, I want downloadable ROI summaries with clear assumptions and evidence so that I can approve budget and negotiate carrier credits."
Description

Generate audit‑ready summaries that consolidate on‑time lift, late orders avoided, incremental spend, cost per late avoided, ROI ratio, cohort definition, timeframe, assumptions, data freshness, and model version. Offer one‑click exports to PDF/CSV and share links/email/Slack with access controls. Attach carrier evidence packs (lane stats, exception rates) to support credit negotiations. Integrate with ParcelPilot reporting, branding, and retention policies.

Acceptance Criteria
Automation Policy & Audit Trail Integration
"As a head of fulfillment, I want guardrailed automation and a complete audit trail for reroute decisions so that we can act quickly while maintaining compliance and accountability."
Description

Add policy controls to automatically suggest or apply reroutes when thresholds are met (e.g., cost per late avoided ≤ $X or lift ≥ Y%), with a manual review queue and per‑order ROI preview. Record immutable audit logs linking input metrics, decision, user overrides, and eventual delivery outcome; support A/B holdouts for effectiveness measurement. Write back tags/reason codes to channels (Shopify/Etsy) and expose dashboards for governance and continuous tuning.

Acceptance Criteria

Transit Watch

Track in‑flight shipments against predicted arrival and flag those drifting off pace. Trigger intercepts, proactive customer messages, or instant reships with audit trails—cutting ticket volume and protecting CSAT when carriers wobble.

Requirements

Multi-Carrier Event Ingestion & Normalization
"As an operations lead for a micro‑3PL, I want ParcelPilot to ingest and standardize tracking events across all my carriers so that I can monitor every client’s in‑flight parcels in one consistent view."
Description

Ingest tracking events from major and regional carriers via webhooks and polling, normalize them into a unified event schema, and attach them to ParcelPilot shipments in real time. Implement a canonical status state machine (label_created, in_transit, out_for_delivery, delivered, exception, return) with carrier-specific mappings. Ensure idempotency, event ordering, timezone normalization, deduplication, retry/backoff, and rate-limit handling. Secure carrier credentials in a vault and isolate data per merchant/client. Backfill events on onboarding and on-demand. Expose a standardized timeline for each shipment to power Transit Watch analytics, UI, and APIs.

Acceptance Criteria
ETA Prediction Engine
"As a merchant, I want accurate predicted delivery dates with confidence so that I can set expectations and decide when to intervene."
Description

Generate a per‑shipment predicted delivery date and confidence band using historical transit distributions by origin/destination (ZIP3), carrier, service level, handoff day-of-week, and seasonality/holiday effects. Incorporate live signals such as carrier network advisories and recent corridor slowdowns when available. Produce milestone expectations (e.g., first scan, arrival at destination facility, out-for-delivery) and recompute on each new event. Persist predictions to shipments, expose via API/UI, and provide fallbacks for sparse data using heuristic rules. Support merchant-specific SLAs and guardrails to avoid overpromising.

Acceptance Criteria
Drift Detection Rules Engine
"As a support agent, I want parcels that are drifting off pace to be automatically flagged so that I can take action before the customer complains."
Description

Continuously compare actual tracking progress against the predicted milestone schedule to detect shipments that are at risk or delayed. Provide configurable rules (e.g., missing scans for X hours, exceeded P90 corridor time, exception events) by carrier, service, zone, and merchant. Evaluate on each event and on a periodic sweep, emit states such as "At Risk," "Delayed," or "Potentially Lost" with reasons, and suppress noise via hysteresis and cooldowns. Publish alerts to an internal bus for messaging, workflows, and UI badges, and expose filters for queues and dashboards.

Acceptance Criteria
Proactive Customer Messaging
"As a DTC merchant, I want ParcelPilot to automatically notify customers about delays with updated ETAs so that I reduce support tickets and maintain trust."
Description

Automatically send branded, localized email/SMS to end customers when a shipment becomes at risk or delayed, including updated ETA, apology, and next steps. Provide merchant-configurable templates, quiet hours, throttling, and opt-out compliance. Record all communications on the shipment timeline and sync status back to sales channels where supported (e.g., Shopify fulfillment notes, Etsy messages, eBay). Offer preview/test modes and per-merchant sender identities. Ensure deliverability monitoring and failure retries.

Acceptance Criteria
Intercept & Instant Reship Workflow
"As a warehouse supervisor, I want to trigger an intercept or instant reship from the delay alert so that I can resolve issues before customers are impacted."
Description

Enable one-click actions from delay alerts to request carrier intercept/return-to-sender where supported or to create a replacement order and purchase the best-rate label. Pre-fill items from the original order, prevent duplicate reships with safeguards, and link replacement to the original shipment. Update order/channel statuses, tag for refund review, and integrate with existing pick/pack and batch print flows. Expose APIs and role-based permissions for ops teams. Capture costs and decisions for reporting.

Acceptance Criteria
Audit Trail & Compliance Logging
"As a head of operations, I want a complete audit trail of delay detections and actions so that I can prove due diligence and optimize policies."
Description

Maintain an immutable audit log for all Transit Watch detections, rule versions, notifications sent, and human or automated actions taken, including timestamps, actors, payload hashes, and external API responses. Display key entries on the shipment timeline and provide exportable reports filtered by merchant, carrier, corridor, and date range. Apply PII minimization, retention windows, and access controls. Support reconciliation with refunds/credits and furnish evidence for CSAT metrics and carrier claims.

Acceptance Criteria

Carrier Scores

Get rolling scorecards by carrier and service with trend lines, ZIP3 cluster performance, and incident annotations. Export snapshots for QBRs, align teams on who’s reliable this week, and steer volume to partners earning the best scores.

Requirements

Rolling Score Computation Engine
"As an operations manager, I want accurate rolling carrier/service scores so that I can compare performance over time and make informed routing decisions."
Description

Compute composite reliability scores for each carrier and service on rolling windows (7, 14, 30 days) using weighted metrics such as on-time delivery rate vs SLA, average transit time delta, first-scan latency, exception/damage rate, pickup success, and cost per delivered parcel. Normalize by service level and volume, smooth for seasonality, and store daily aggregates for efficient retrieval. Expose an internal API for the dashboard, exports, alerts, and the label auto-select engine to consume current and historical scores, enabling data-driven routing decisions within ParcelPilot.

Acceptance Criteria
ZIP3 Cluster Performance Analytics
"As a shipping analyst, I want performance by ZIP3 lane so that I can detect regional issues and steer volume to better-performing options in those areas."
Description

Group shipments by origin and destination ZIP3 clusters to calculate localized performance metrics and scores, highlighting regional strengths/weaknesses per carrier/service. Handle sparse data via minimum volume thresholds and confidence indicators. Provide heatmap-ready aggregates and drill paths to shipment lists, enabling teams to diagnose regional issues and adjust routing rules in ParcelPilot for specific lanes.

Acceptance Criteria
Incident Annotation Framework
"As a fulfillment lead, I want to annotate incidents on carrier performance trends so that teams understand score changes and avoid misattributing dips to the wrong causes."
Description

Enable users to annotate incidents (e.g., weather events, carrier embargoes, facility outages, holidays) with time ranges, scope (carrier, service, ZIP3, fulfillment site), and notes/attachments. Display annotations on trend charts and scorecards, and optionally exclude or downweight affected periods in score calculations. Maintain an audit trail and sharing controls so teams can align context for QBRs and weekly ops reviews.

Acceptance Criteria
Scorecard Dashboard with Trend Lines
"As an operations supervisor, I want an interactive scorecard with trends and drill-downs so that I can quickly see who’s reliable this week and investigate anomalies."
Description

Provide a responsive UI displaying rolling scorecards by carrier and service with trend lines, filters (date range, marketplace, fulfillment node, destination region), and a “this week’s reliability” summary. Support drill-down from score to underlying metrics and shipment exceptions, with caching for fast interaction. Enforce role-based access and preserve view presets for team sharing inside ParcelPilot.

Acceptance Criteria
Export & QBR Snapshots
"As a logistics manager, I want scheduled scorecard exports for QBRs so that stakeholders can review consistent, shareable performance snapshots."
Description

Generate exportable scorecard snapshots (CSV and PDF) including trends, metrics, and incident annotations for selected filters and date ranges. Allow scheduled deliveries to email/Slack and shareable links with access controls and watermarking. Ensure exports are reproducible via stored aggregates and versioned scoring formulas for consistent QBR reporting.

Acceptance Criteria
Threshold Alerts & Notifications
"As a shipping coordinator, I want alerts when a carrier’s score degrades in a lane so that I can act quickly to mitigate delays and adjust routing."
Description

Let users configure threshold-based alerts when a carrier/service or ZIP3 cluster score drops below (or rises above) set limits or deviates from baseline by a defined delta. Deliver notifications via email, Slack, and webhooks with suppression windows and smart batching. Link alerts to the dashboard view and recent incident annotations to accelerate triage within ParcelPilot.

Acceptance Criteria
Volume Steering Recommendations
"As a head of fulfillment, I want actionable recommendations tied to scores so that we can steer volume to better partners without increasing costs or missing SLAs."
Description

Produce weekly recommendations that shift volume toward higher-scoring carriers/services while honoring cost targets and SLA constraints. Simulate impact on cost, transit time, and on-time probability, and provide one-click application to ParcelPilot’s auto-select rules with rollback. Track acceptance and outcomes to continuously improve the recommendation logic.

Acceptance Criteria

Carrier Connect

Link UPS, USPS, FedEx, DHL, and regional carriers in one guided step. ParcelPilot validates credentials, pulls your negotiated rates, auto‑maps service codes and package types, and confirms label eligibility instantly—so you can ship live in minutes without a developer.

Requirements

Unified Carrier Credential Onboarding
"As an operations manager, I want to connect my carrier accounts in one guided step so that I can start shipping immediately without needing a developer."
Description

A guided, single-flow wizard to connect UPS, USPS, FedEx, DHL, and supported regional carriers by capturing OAuth tokens, API keys, account numbers, and meter IDs, then validating them in real time against each carrier’s authorization endpoints. Credentials are encrypted at rest in a KMS-backed secrets vault, scoped per workspace, and masked in logs. The flow auto-detects account capabilities (domestic, international, return labels), confirms access to rating and label APIs, and verifies ship-from address ownership when required. The outcome is a verified, secure, and ready-to-use carrier connection that enables immediate rate shopping and label generation within ParcelPilot without developer intervention.

Acceptance Criteria
Negotiated Rate Sync & Service Catalog Import
"As a merchant, I want ParcelPilot to use my negotiated rates and available services so that label selection reflects my true costs and options."
Description

Upon successful credential validation, ParcelPilot automatically pulls the merchant’s negotiated rates, surcharges, and service catalogs from each connected carrier and normalizes them into an internal schema. The system stores effective dates, dimensional rules, fuel surcharges, residential/commercial modifiers, and delivery area fees, and refreshes them on a scheduled cadence or via carrier webhooks where available. Rate data is versioned for auditability and supports fallback to retail rates if contracted rates are temporarily unavailable. This ensures the rate shop and auto-selection engine always operate on accurate, current, account-specific pricing and service availability.

Acceptance Criteria
Auto Service and Package Mapping Engine
"As a shipping admin, I want carrier services and package types auto-mapped to a common set so that my rules and rate comparisons work consistently across carriers."
Description

A normalization layer that automatically maps carrier-specific service codes (e.g., 2Day, Ground, Priority) and package types (e.g., Pak, Tube, Satchel) into ParcelPilot’s canonical service taxonomy. Default mappings are applied on import, with an admin UI to review, override, or add custom mappings per account or origin. The engine enforces dimensional and weight constraints per mapped type, persists mappings for label creation, and version-controls changes to prevent breaking shipments. This enables consistent rate comparisons, routing rules, and label creation across carriers while allowing fine-grained control for unique merchant needs.

Acceptance Criteria
Label Eligibility Preflight Validator
"As a shipper, I want to see which services are eligible for my shipment before buying a label so that I avoid errors, surcharges, and delays."
Description

A real-time validator that confirms whether a given shipment (ship-from, ship-to, package dimensions/weight, contents, and preferences) is eligible for each connected service before label purchase. The validator checks account capabilities, service coverage, dimensional and weight limits, hazardous/excluded items, international documentation requirements, residential/commercial classification, and weekend/holiday restrictions. It returns pass/fail with explicit reasons and remediation guidance, and is surfaced in both the setup flow and the shipping UI/API. This prevents purchase errors, voided labels, and unexpected surcharges by ensuring only eligible services are presented and auto-selected.

Acceptance Criteria
Multi-Account and Multi-Origin Routing
"As a 3PL administrator, I want to route shipments through different carrier accounts by origin and client so that I meet contractual obligations and minimize postage costs."
Description

Support for linking multiple accounts per carrier and associating them with specific ship-from locations, sales channels, or clients. Admins can define priority and fallback rules (e.g., use Client A’s UPS account for Origin East, fall back to house account if rate fails), as well as geofencing by destination region and weight thresholds. The routing layer integrates with rate shopping to choose the lowest landed cost within the allowed accounts and respects per-client billing requirements. This enables micro-3PLs and multi-brand merchants to honor contracts, reduce costs, and maintain operational flexibility.

Acceptance Criteria
Connection Health Monitoring and Alerts
"As an operations lead, I want proactive alerts and a clear status view of my carrier connections so that I can resolve issues before fulfillment is impacted."
Description

Continuous monitoring of carrier connections with heartbeat checks, token expiry tracking, and real-time detection of API errors, rate-limit conditions, and carrier incidents. The system auto-refreshes tokens, applies exponential backoff and circuit breakers, and surfaces connection health in a dashboard with per-carrier status. Configurable alerts via email/Slack notify users of degraded performance or failures, along with recommended actions. Historical uptime and incident timelines support SLA reviews and proactive capacity planning.

Acceptance Criteria
Guided Error Resolution and Audit Logging
"As a support agent, I want clear errors with guided fixes and a complete audit trail so that I can resolve connection problems quickly without engineering assistance."
Description

Standardized error codes and human-readable messages guide users to resolve common connection issues such as invalid credentials, missing permissions, or disabled services. The UI provides step-by-step remediation, deep links to carrier portals, and in-context revalidation actions. All onboarding and connection events, including masked request/response metadata and configuration changes, are captured in an immutable audit log for compliance and support diagnostics. This reduces time-to-fix and minimizes support escalations while maintaining security and traceability.

Acceptance Criteria

Printer Wizard

Auto‑detect and configure thermal printers and scales over USB, network, or Bluetooth. Print a test label, calibrate DPI and label size, set default formats (ZPL/PNG/PDF), and verify scale‑to‑weight sync. Ensures your first label prints cleanly on the first try and eliminates IT guesswork.

Requirements

Multi-Interface Device Auto-Discovery
"As a shipping station operator, I want ParcelPilot to automatically find my printers and scales so that I can start printing labels without hunting for drivers or IP addresses."
Description

Automatically scans USB, network (mDNS/Bonjour, SNMP), and Bluetooth LE to detect compatible thermal printers and postal scales, normalizes device identity (model, firmware, capabilities), and surfaces them in a unified setup list. Handles duplicate discovery across transports, persists trusted devices per workstation, and updates availability in real time. Reduces setup friction and ensures users can onboard hardware without manual drivers or IP entry.

Acceptance Criteria
Driverless Printer Profile Library
"As an IT-light merchant, I want ParcelPilot to recognize my printer model and apply the right settings so that I don’t have to install or tweak vendor drivers."
Description

Provides a built-in catalog of printer capability profiles (DPI, supported media widths, command languages like ZPL/EPL/TSPL, max print speed, darkness range) to enable driverless configuration. Selects the best-matching profile by device fingerprint and allows manual override. Profiles are versioned and updatable via CDN so new models become supported without app releases.

Acceptance Criteria
Label Size and DPI Calibration with Test Print
"As a warehouse lead, I want a calibration flow with a test label so that my labels print correctly the first time without wasting rolls."
Description

Guides users through selecting media size, gap/mark sensing, DPI confirmation, and print darkness/speed tuning with instant test labels (shipping label template). Verifies edge-to-edge alignment, rotation, and barcode scannability, then saves a per-printer media profile. Supports auto-sensing commands where available and fallbacks for manual input.

Acceptance Criteria
Scale Pairing and Live Weight Verification
"As a packer, I want the wizard to verify my scale is reading accurately and syncing with ParcelPilot so that my shipping costs and labels are correct."
Description

Pairs USB, HID, serial, and Bluetooth postal scales; normalizes weight readings (units, precision, tare) and debounces to provide stable values. Includes an interactive check that compares scanned order item weight predictions to live scale input and flags discrepancies. Persists selected default scale per station and validates weight streaming before finishing setup.

Acceptance Criteria
Default Label Format and Routing Rules
"As an operations manager, I want to define default label formats and routing so that labels print in the best format for each carrier and device with no manual switching."
Description

Lets users set per-printer defaults for label format (ZPL/PNG/PDF), dimensions (4x6, 4x8), and auto-routing rules (e.g., thermal printer for carriers supporting ZPL, fallback to PDF for others). Ensures the label generator outputs the optimal format for the selected device and carrier, minimizing rasterization and print delays.

Acceptance Criteria
Connection Diagnostics and Self-Healing
"As a merchant without IT support, I want clear diagnostics and fixes when something fails so that I can resolve printer or scale issues quickly myself."
Description

Provides real-time health checks for printer and scale connectivity (transport reachability, permissions, queue status, firmware quirks) and actionable fixes (re-pair Bluetooth, reset USB permissions, refresh IP). Logs diagnostic events with timestamps and exposes a one-click re-test. Surfaces clear error messaging aligned with ParcelPilot’s support flows to reduce setup-related tickets.

Acceptance Criteria

Order Replay

Safely import your last 50–200 marketplace orders into a sandbox. See predicted box, weight, service selection, and costs; generate watermark test labels without charges; and resolve flagged exceptions with one‑click fixes. Practice the end‑to‑end flow before go‑live to reach confidence fast.

Requirements

Safe Sandbox Order Import (50–200 Orders)
"As an operations manager, I want to import recent marketplace orders into a safe sandbox so that I can test ParcelPilot without affecting live stores or carriers."
Description

Import the most recent 50–200 orders from connected marketplaces (Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, eBay) into an isolated ParcelPilot sandbox with strict read-only behavior. Prevent any write-backs, charges, inventory adjustments, or fulfillment status changes. Support per-channel selection and de-duplication, preserve line items, SKUs, customer ship-to data, tags, and timestamps, and redact sensitive payment data. Provide pre-flight permission checks, progress indicators, rate limiting with retries, and detailed import logs. Ensure webhook isolation, clear labeling of sandbox context, and data retention controls aligned with compliance policies.

Acceptance Criteria
Prediction & Service Selection Replay
"As a shipping lead, I want ParcelPilot to replay box/weight predictions and service selection on my historical orders so that I can validate accuracy and savings before go-live."
Description

Execute ParcelPilot’s box-size and weight prediction models and best-rate carrier/service selection logic against sandbox orders using the current configuration (box library, carrier accounts, rules, rate cards). Produce deterministic, repeatable results with versioned models and rules snapshots. Expose decision rationale (e.g., chosen box, dimensional weight, surcharges, rule hits) and alternative top options for transparency. Store outcomes for review, filtering, and export, ensuring performance to process 200 orders within target SLA.

Acceptance Criteria
Watermark Test Label Generation
"As a warehouse supervisor, I want to generate watermark test labels and pick sheets so that my team can practice the packing and scanning flow without charges."
Description

Generate carrier-compliant test labels and pick sheets for sandbox orders with prominent TEST/VOID watermarking. Use carrier sandbox endpoints where available; otherwise render local PDFs/ZPL with disabled barcodes to ensure no charges or manifests are created. Support batch generation, reprints, and printer profiles, including ZPL and PDF aggregation. Enforce throttling and error handling per carrier. Provide clear separation from production labels and enable download/print for floor training.

Acceptance Criteria
Simulated Rate & Cost Breakdown
"As a finance analyst, I want to see simulated shipping costs and batch totals so that I can estimate savings and budget impacts."
Description

Display per-order and batch-level simulated shipping costs using live or cached negotiated rates, including base fare, surcharges (fuel, residential, delivery area, oversize), and taxes where applicable. Present the selected service along with the top alternatives and savings deltas. Summarize batch totals and projected savings, and support CSV export. Clearly mark all values as simulated and handle rate API outages with graceful fallbacks and warnings.

Acceptance Criteria
Exception Flagging with One-Click Fixes and Rule Creation
"As an ops engineer, I want exceptions highlighted with one-click fixes and rule creation so that I can resolve issues quickly and harden our setup."
Description

Automatically detect and surface exceptions such as invalid or unverified addresses, missing or conflicting item dimensions/weights, hazmat constraints, carrier restrictions, and oversize thresholds. Provide guided, one-click fixes (e.g., address validation/standardization, default box assignment, split-shipment suggestion) with previewed impact. Allow applying a fix to a single order or promoting it to a reusable account rule. Track unresolved/resolved counts and require explicit confirmation for any change that would affect production rules.

Acceptance Criteria
Sandbox Reset & Configuration Snapshotting
"As an admin, I want to reset the sandbox and snapshot configurations so that I can iterate on setup and compare runs reliably."
Description

Enable users to reset sandbox data and re-import a new slice (50–200 orders) while capturing immutable snapshots of configuration at replay start (rules, box library, carrier accounts, rate cards). Support naming and comparing snapshots, enforcing RBAC so only admins can delete or overwrite snapshots. Prevent concurrent production edits from mutating an in-progress replay, and apply TTL for stale sandbox data with clear prompts to refresh.

Acceptance Criteria
Audit Trail & Outcome Comparison
"As a product owner, I want an audit trail and comparisons to our actual outcomes so that I can assess readiness and sign off on go-live."
Description

Maintain an audit log of all replay actions and changes (imports, fixes applied, rules created), with timestamps and actor identity. Where historical actual shipping data exists, compare simulated outcomes to actuals for box, weight, service, and cost, highlighting variances and confidence metrics. Provide filters, visual summaries, and exports to support go-live signoff and continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Score Coach

A dynamic checklist that drives your Ready‑to‑Ship score to 90+ in under 15 minutes. Each step is actionable—connect a carrier, pair a printer, add SKU dimensions, confirm return address—and re‑scores in real time with in‑line tips and auto‑fixes so any user can succeed without support.

Requirements

Real-time Ready-to-Ship Scoring
"As a merchant operator, I want my Ready‑to‑Ship score to update instantly as I complete setup steps so that I can see my progress and reach 90+ quickly."
Description

Implement a scoring engine that calculates a merchant’s Ready‑to‑Ship score in real time based on weighted completion of key setup tasks (e.g., carrier connected, printer paired, SKU dimensions coverage, return address verified, batch printing enabled, default service rules set). The engine must recalculate on every relevant user action, emit score change events, and update the UI instantly with numeric and color-coded states. Provide a configurable weighting model, thresholds to define score bands, and goal targeting to achieve 90+ in under 15 minutes. Expose scoring via a service API and client SDK, persist score snapshots and contributing factors for auditability, and support debounced updates to avoid excessive calls. Integrate scoring widgets into the dashboard, onboarding flow, and orders workspace so the score and its drivers are visible wherever users work.

Acceptance Criteria
Actionable Dynamic Checklist
"As a new user, I want a guided checklist with one-click actions so that I can complete the essential setup without needing support."
Description

Deliver a dynamic checklist that derives from current score gaps and orders steps by impact and time-to-complete. Each checklist item must be directly actionable with embedded forms or one-click CTAs (e.g., Connect Carrier, Pair Printer, Add SKU Dimensions, Confirm Return Address, Set Default Service Rules, Enable Batch Printing). The checklist should support step dependencies, inline validation, progress indicators, collapsible sections, keyboard navigation, and deep links when a step requires a separate screen. Steps should be generated from templates with clearly defined completion criteria and events that feed the scoring engine. The UI must update immediately as steps are completed or fail, maintaining a time estimate to reach a 90+ score and providing a guided path that typical users can complete within 15 minutes.

Acceptance Criteria
Inline Tips, Validation, and Auto-Fixes
"As a self-serve user, I want helpful tips and automatic corrections for simple mistakes so that I can finish setup accurately and faster."
Description

Provide context-aware tips and validations within each checklist step, along with safe auto-fix capabilities for common issues. Examples include normalizing return addresses, inferring missing SKU dimensions from historical shipments, suggesting default label formats per printer, and pre-selecting carrier services based on merchant region and shipment mix. Every auto-fix must be previewable with a before/after diff, reversible via undo, and logged for transparency. Implement dry-run validation to detect breaking issues before applying changes, and surface human-readable error messages with recommended resolutions. Integrate the validation and auto-fix outcomes with the scoring engine so users receive immediate credit when successful corrections are applied.

Acceptance Criteria
Carrier and Printer Connection Flows
"As a warehouse lead, I want to connect my carrier accounts and pair my label printer quickly so that I can generate labels without delays."
Description

Implement streamlined connection flows for major carriers (e.g., USPS, UPS, FedEx, DHL, Royal Mail) using OAuth or API key patterns, and for thermal printers using WebUSB, native driver bridges, or AirPrint where applicable. The flow must detect installed printers, verify label format compatibility (4x6, 4x8), and include a test print step with clear pass/fail feedback. Store credentials securely with rotation support, perform health checks, and handle rate limits and transient errors with retries and backoff. Provide sandbox/test-account options for carriers where available, and surface connection status and last-checked timestamps in the checklist. Successful connections should immediately resolve related checklist items and boost the score.

Acceptance Criteria
SKU Dimension Coverage and Bulk Tools
"As an inventory manager, I want fast ways to complete missing SKU dimensions so that rate selection and box predictions are accurate."
Description

Create tools to achieve high SKU dimension and weight coverage, including bulk CSV import/export, direct sync from Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay, and assisted fill using historical shipment data and ML predictions. Provide coverage metrics (e.g., percent of active SKUs with complete dims), highlight high-impact gaps based on order volume, and offer fast in-line bulk edit with conflict detection and resolution. Run enrichment jobs asynchronously with progress indicators and notify users when coverage thresholds that affect the score are met. Maintain an audit trail for changes and support rollbacks for erroneous updates.

Acceptance Criteria
Score Configuration and Telemetry
"As a product admin, I want to tune score weights and monitor completion metrics so that we maximize users reaching 90+ quickly."
Description

Provide an admin interface to configure score weights, completion thresholds, and availability of checklist templates per merchant segment or region. Enable feature flags and A/B experiments to test different step orders and messages. Capture telemetry including time to 90+, step completion rates, auto-fix success rates, and drop-off points. Expose dashboards and exports for Product and Support to monitor performance and identify friction. Enforce privacy controls, data retention policies, and role-based permissions for who can view or edit configurations. Changes to scoring rules must be versioned and backward compatible, with safe migrations that preserve historical score snapshots.

Acceptance Criteria

Rule Kits

One‑click automation templates for common setups—apparel, cosmetics, subscriptions, fragile goods, and multi‑brand 3PLs. Preloads best‑practice cartonization buffers, service preferences, and cutoffs, with a preview of savings and SLA impact. Start smart on day one and fine‑tune later.

Requirements

One-click Template Apply
"As an operations manager, I want to apply a best-practice Rule Kit in one click so that I can launch automation quickly without manual rule building."
Description

Provide a curated library of Rule Kits tailored to common merchant profiles (apparel, cosmetics, subscriptions, fragile goods, and multi‑brand 3PLs). Each kit bundles preconfigured rules for cartonization buffers, DIM thresholds, service preferences, insurance/signature policies, and ship cutoffs. Users can review a scope-aware diff of changes, see required capabilities (connected carriers, packaging catalog), and apply in one click. The apply flow validates compatibility, tags created/updated rules with kit metadata for traceability, and supports sandbox or production targets. Integration writes to the existing rules engine and respects environment scoping (store, warehouse, client) to minimize setup time and misconfiguration risk.

Acceptance Criteria
Savings & SLA Impact Preview
"As a shipping lead, I want to preview expected savings and SLA impact before applying a Rule Kit so that I can make an informed decision and avoid degrading service."
Description

Before applying a Rule Kit, simulate label selection and cartonization using the last 30–90 days of order and shipment history to estimate postage savings, processing time reduction, and SLA risk. Present deltas versus current configuration, service mix shifts, and cutoff compliance rates, with confidence bands and assumptions disclosed. The preview must complete within 10 seconds for typical accounts using sampling and caching, degrade gracefully on limited data, and support drill-down to example orders. Integrates with the rate engine, cartonization predictor, and analytics store; results are snapshot-stamped for auditability.

Acceptance Criteria
Cartonization Buffer Presets
"As a fulfillment planner, I want predefined cartonization buffers appropriate to my catalog so that predicted weights and box choices are accurate with minimal setup."
Description

Ship domain-specific presets that auto-apply packing buffers and weight adjustments based on product attributes (e.g., apparel poly mailer heuristics, cosmetics liquid padding, fragile cushioning) and historical variance. Presets define per-SKU and per-category overrides, DIM rounding rules, and packaging constraints, with safe defaults when data is sparse. Users can accept, tweak, or disable individual buffer rules during kit application. Integrates with SKU catalog, packaging library, and cartonization predictor; exposes a validation step to flag missing dimensions and recommend fixes.

Acceptance Criteria
Service Preference Profiles
"As a logistics manager, I want service preference profiles that encode my cost-versus-speed strategy so that labels select the optimal carrier services automatically."
Description

Bundle service selection strategies that encode cost-versus-speed bias, carrier/service blacklists, residential/commercial handling, signature/insurance thresholds, and international restrictions. Profiles must merge with existing rules deterministically, detect conflicts, and present a human-readable diff before apply. Supports destination-based preferences (zone, country), subscription renewals, and fragile goods exceptions. Integration hooks into the rating engine and rule resolver, with metadata tags for provenance and an override order that preserves critical pre-existing constraints.

Acceptance Criteria
Cutoff Windows & SLA Guardrails
"As a warehouse supervisor, I want preconfigured cutoff windows and SLA guardrails so that orders ship on time and exceptions are surfaced early."
Description

Preconfigure ship-by cutoff schedules per warehouse and timezone, including carrier pickup calendars and processing lead-time assumptions. During batching and label creation, enforce guardrails that warn or auto-escalate to faster services to meet promised delivery. Surface real-time exception banners, count-down timers, and batch-level eligibility. Integrates with order SLA promises from channels, warehouse calendars, and the service selector; emits events for reporting and postmortems.

Acceptance Criteria
Rule Kit Rollback & Versioning
"As an admin, I want to roll back all changes made by a Rule Kit so that I can safely experiment without risking my live operation."
Description

Snapshot the pre-apply state and the resulting changes when a Rule Kit is applied, enabling one-click rollback of all or selected rules. Maintain version history with timestamps, actor, and kit ID, and guard against rollbacks that would break current dependencies. Provide a clear change log and safety checks in production accounts. Integrates with the rules store, audit log, and access control to ensure only authorized users can roll back.

Acceptance Criteria

CSV Automap

Drag‑and‑drop your SKU sheet to auto‑detect columns, units, and variants. ParcelPilot fixes common errors (cm vs in, g vs oz), highlights missing fields that affect cartonization, and bulk‑updates your catalog safely. Boost prediction accuracy immediately without manual data wrangling.

Requirements

Schema Auto-Detection & Mapping
"As an operations lead, I want the system to auto-detect and map my SKU sheet columns so that I can import product data without manual field matching and start shipping faster."
Description

Automatically parses uploaded CSV/TSV/XLSX SKU sheets, infers headers and data types, and maps them to ParcelPilot’s canonical catalog fields (e.g., SKU, Title, Weight, Length/Width/Height, Dimension Units, Weight Units, Barcode, HS Code, Country of Origin, Variant Option Names/Values). Employs heuristics and confidence scoring with a UI mapping wizard for low-confidence fields. Supports various encodings, delimiters, quoted fields, and multi-sheet workbooks. Provides a sample-row preview before applying mappings and persists mapping templates per merchant/channel for one-click reuse. Reduces manual setup, accelerates onboarding, and ensures consistent data ingestion into downstream cartonization and rate selection workflows.

Acceptance Criteria
Unit Detection & Normalization
"As a warehouse manager, I want units to be auto-detected and normalized so that my cartonization and label rates are accurate even if suppliers mix cm/in and g/oz."
Description

Detects and normalizes measurement units for weight and dimensions from headers and values (e.g., g ↔ oz, kg ↔ lb, mm/cm ↔ in). Applies consistent conversion and rounding rules, flags ambiguous or mixed-unit columns, and allows per-column overrides. Sets a merchant-level default measurement system and stores normalized values in ParcelPilot’s catalog. Produces a summary of assumed units and conversions applied. Ensures cartonization and rate shopping operate on clean, consistent units, reducing mislabels and misquotes.

Acceptance Criteria
Data Validation & Error Highlighting
"As a catalog specialist, I want errors and missing fields highlighted with fix options so that I can correct issues quickly and avoid downstream shipping failures."
Description

Validates required and critical fields for cartonization and rate selection (e.g., weight, dimensions, SKU uniqueness), and identifies anomalies such as negative/zero values, outliers, missing variant attributes, duplicate SKUs, and inconsistent parent-child sets. Presents row-level errors and warnings with inline fix suggestions, bulk fill defaults, and CSV export of issues. Blocks application on critical errors while allowing conditional apply on warnings. Provides an overall data quality score and impact summary on shipping predictions. Improves data integrity and immediately surfaces issues that would cause mis-cartonization or label failures.

Acceptance Criteria
Bulk Update Preview & Safe Apply
"As a head of operations, I want a safe preview and rollback for bulk catalog updates so that I can apply changes confidently without risking bad data in production."
Description

Generates a diff between uploaded data and the existing catalog, summarizing adds, updates, and unchanged records by field. Supports dry-run mode, approval gates, and transactional batch apply with automatic rollback on failure. Provides per-batch progress, detailed change logs, and post-apply audit records. Enforces role-based permissions and rate limits to protect catalog integrity. Ensures that large-scale updates are applied safely and reversibly without disrupting ongoing fulfillment operations.

Acceptance Criteria
Variant Grouping & Options Mapping
"As a merchandising manager, I want variants to be recognized and grouped correctly so that size/color options inherit the right attributes and shipping predictions stay accurate."
Description

Identifies parent-child relationships and variant structures from common export patterns (e.g., Parent SKU, Option Name/Value, Color, Size) and constructs or updates variant groups in ParcelPilot. Consolidates shared attributes at the parent level while preserving per-variant overrides for weight and dimensions. Resolves conflicting or duplicate variant definitions with guided prompts. Ensures variant-aware cartonization and pick/pack documentation reflect accurate SKU variations.

Acceptance Criteria
Scalable Batch Processing & Progress Feedback
"As a 3PL operator, I want reliable large-file processing with clear progress so that I can import big catalogs without stalls or timeouts."
Description

Supports large file ingestion (e.g., up to 250k rows) with streaming parse, memory-safe chunking, and asynchronous processing. Provides real-time progress indicators, estimated completion time, and the ability to cancel or retry failed batches. Recovers gracefully from network interruptions and preserves state for resumable uploads. Emits metrics and alerts for observability. Delivers reliable performance for high-volume merchants without timeouts or degraded UX.

Acceptance Criteria
Prediction Refresh & Tracking Sync Trigger
"As a shipping lead, I want predictions to refresh immediately after a bulk update so that my next batch of labels uses the corrected sizes and weights."
Description

Upon successful apply, triggers immediate recalculation of cartonization inputs and refreshes box-size/weight predictions for affected SKUs. Updates caches used by rate shopping and batch label generation, and syncs changes to connected channels where applicable. Publishes events/webhooks so downstream systems (WMS/BI) can react. Ensures that newly corrected data improves shipping automation outcomes right away.

Acceptance Criteria

Smart Exchange

Convert returns into exchanges by letting customers pick a new size, color, or variant in‑portal. ParcelPilot reserves inventory, auto‑creates the outbound order, and ties both shipments to a single RMA. Optional risk rules allow pre‑ship exchanges for low‑risk/VIP customers or ship‑on‑scan for everyone else—preserving revenue, speeding resolution, and cutting churn.

Requirements

In-Portal Variant Exchange Selector
"As a customer, I want to pick a different size or color in the portal so that I can exchange quickly without placing a new order."
Description

Enable customers to select a new size, color, or variant directly within the self-service returns portal, with real-time inventory visibility, variant images, and pricing. Validate eligibility rules (same product vs. cross-product swaps), enforce exchange policies, capture reason codes, and surface price differences, taxes, and any shipping credits before confirmation. Support multi-storefronts and marketplaces (Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, eBay), localization, accessibility, and mobile-first UX. Integrate with ParcelPilot’s product catalog sync to ensure SKU/variant accuracy and prepare downstream data for order creation, reservation, and payment handling.

Acceptance Criteria
Inventory Reservation with Time-bound Holds
"As an inventory manager, I want exchange selections to reserve stock with an expiration so that we avoid overselling and protect fulfillment SLAs."
Description

Reserve the selected exchange variant immediately upon customer confirmation, deducting from available-to-promise across connected channels to prevent oversell. Provide configurable hold windows (e.g., 7 days), auto-release on expiration/cancellation, and manual overrides. Display hold status and countdown in the admin, expose reservations to the WMS/pick process, and handle partial availability (e.g., backorder or alternative variant suggestions). Ensure idempotent reservations per RMA and seamless release if the exchange is declined or converted to refund.

Acceptance Criteria
Auto-Creation and Linking of Exchange Orders and RMAs
"As an operations lead, I want outbound exchange orders auto-created and linked to the same RMA so that our team can track both legs as one case."
Description

Automatically create the outbound exchange order upon approval in the connected sales channel or ParcelPilot OMS, applying original order attributes (customer, shipping method, discounts, tags) and required adjustments for the new variant. Link inbound return and outbound exchange to a single RMA, maintaining a unified thread for audit, SLA tracking, and support. Sync order and tracking data bi-directionally with channels, expose webhooks, and prepare labels via ParcelPilot’s rate shopping and cartonization engine. Ensure idempotency and retry logic to prevent duplicate orders.

Acceptance Criteria
Risk Rules Engine for Pre-Ship Exchanges
"As a merchant, I want to define criteria for pre-ship exchanges so that trusted customers get immediate replacements without increasing fraud risk."
Description

Provide a configurable rules engine to approve pre-ship exchanges for low-risk or VIP customers before their return is scanned. Rules can evaluate customer tags, lifetime value, order history, fraud signals, SKU risk level, geography, and prior RMA outcomes. Support rule testing/simulation, priority ordering, audit logs of decisions, and optional manager overrides. Integrate with payment pre-authorization when there is an upsell or collateral hold, and fall back to ship-on-scan when risk thresholds are not met.

Acceptance Criteria
Ship-on-Scan Trigger for Outbound Exchanges
"As a merchant, I want exchange shipments to auto-release when the return is scanned so that we reduce losses while keeping the process fast."
Description

Delay outbound exchange fulfillment until the carrier registers the first scan of the customer’s return label. Subscribe to carrier webhooks and polling fallbacks to detect scan events, then automatically purchase the best-rate outbound label, generate pick tasks, and update the customer. Provide configurable timeouts, exceptions, and manual overrides. Ensure robust handling of multi-parcel returns, scan delays, and mismatched tracking events, with full auditability and notifications.

Acceptance Criteria
Payment and Refund Reconciliation for Price Differences
"As a customer, I want any price difference handled automatically and transparently so that I know exactly what I owe or will be refunded."
Description

Compute and settle price differences between the original item and the chosen exchange variant, including taxes, shipping policy adjustments, discounts, and store credits. Support upsell capture, partial refunds, and even exchanges; handle multi-currency and tax jurisdictions. Integrate with Shopify payments, Stripe, or platform-native methods, ensuring PCI-compliant flows. Prevent double refunds by reconciling original payment/refund state, maintain a clear audit trail, and post accounting events for external systems.

Acceptance Criteria
Unified Tracking and Notifications for Dual Shipments
"As a customer, I want one view and proactive notifications for both my return and replacement so that I stay informed without contacting support."
Description

Provide a single timeline that shows both inbound return and outbound exchange statuses in the portal and via email/SMS, with branded templates and localized content. Display both tracking numbers, estimated delivery dates, and any holds or rule-based decisions. Allow customers to self-serve updates (address correction windows, pickup options where supported) and notify support if exceptions occur. Feed unified events into analytics to measure exchange conversion, time-to-resolution, and revenue retained.

Acceptance Criteria

Instant Credit

Delight shoppers with immediate store credit or gift card issuance based on configurable checkpoints (QR created, carrier acceptance scan, or warehouse arrival). Leverage risk tiers and order history to control when funds unlock. Boost repurchase rates, deflect support tickets, and reduce cash‑refund outflows while keeping finance and fraud controls intact.

Requirements

Configurable Payout Triggers
"As a merchant operations manager, I want to configure exactly when Instant Credit is granted based on shipping events so that customers are rewarded promptly without exposing us to undue risk."
Description

Enable merchants to define when Instant Credit is issued and/or unlocked based on shipment lifecycle checkpoints (e.g., QR/return label created, carrier acceptance scan, warehouse arrival). Provide a rule-based configuration per store/location and sales channel, with support for multiple trigger types, grace periods, and fallbacks. Handle split/partial shipments by proportionally allocating credit per package. Ensure idempotency keyed by order/fulfillment ID, time zone-aware scheduling, and retry policies. Expose an admin UI to preview which orders would trigger credit and to simulate changes before publishing. Persist trigger evaluations and outcomes for auditability and analytics. Integrate with ParcelPilot’s existing carrier event ingestion to drive real-time decisions and with order sync to update fulfillment states, ensuring consistent behavior across Shopify, WooCommerce, Etsy, and eBay.

Acceptance Criteria
Risk Tiering Rules Engine
"As a fraud analyst, I want to define and simulate risk tiers that gate when Instant Credit unlocks so that we minimize abuse while preserving a fast experience for good customers."
Description

Provide a policy engine that assigns customers and orders to risk tiers (e.g., Low/Medium/High) and applies tier-specific unlock criteria, limits, and cooldowns. Rules should evaluate attributes such as order value, destination risk, address/AVS match, email/phone verification status, chargeback/refund history, velocity, and device/IP heuristics. Support versioned policies with draft, simulate, and publish states; include a simulator that replays last 90 days of orders to estimate impact before rollout. Allow optional integration points for third‑party fraud signals via webhook/API. Surface tier and decision rationale in the admin for transparency and create structured logs for downstream analytics.

Acceptance Criteria
Order History Eligibility Scoring
"As a retention marketer, I want eligibility scoring based on each customer’s order history so that Instant Credit is offered to the right shoppers who are likely to repurchase and not abuse the policy."
Description

Compute a customer-level eligibility score using ParcelPilot’s historical data (delivery success, on-time rate, return/refund ratio, lifetime spend, dispute rate, tenure, and recent behavior). Maintain per-merchant scoring to respect data boundaries while supporting multi-store rollups when merchants opt in. Update scores incrementally as new events arrive and cache them for low-latency decisions. Expose score, contributing factors, and recency in the admin and via API. Allow merchants to set minimum score thresholds per trigger and risk tier. Ensure GDPR/CCPA compliance by minimizing PII and enabling data export/deletion routines.

Acceptance Criteria
Multi-Channel Credit Issuance
"As an ecommerce administrator, I want Instant Credit to issue usable credit on each of my sales channels so that shoppers can immediately repurchase regardless of where they originally bought."
Description

Issue store credit or gift-like value across connected sales channels using native mechanisms where available, and provide ParcelPilot-managed credit as a fallback. For supported platforms (e.g., Shopify, WooCommerce), create platform-native gift cards/store credit or coupons with configurable amount, currency, expiration, and usage rules; for channels lacking native credit, generate ParcelPilot-managed codes redeemable via plugin, API, or webhook to the merchant’s storefront. Support multi-currency with merchant-defined conversion rules, brandable templates, and localization. Ensure issuance is atomic with robust idempotency, and support revocation/adjustment if shipments are canceled or returned. Record every issuance, redemption signal (when available), and reversal in a central ledger for reconciliation.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-time Event Sync & Reconciliation
"As a finance controller, I want real-time tracking and reconciliation of credits tied to shipping events so that our books stay accurate and exceptions are handled automatically."
Description

Ingest and normalize shipment events from carriers (acceptance, in-transit, delivered, return received) to drive trigger decisions and post-issuance reconciliation. Maintain a double-entry ledger tracking credit lifecycle states (pledged, issued, unlocked, redeemed, reversed). Provide automated reconciliation jobs that detect exceptions (e.g., no acceptance scan within X hours, RTS, fraud flag) and apply configured actions (hold, revoke, notify). Surface dashboards for finance and operations that summarize credits issued/unlocked/reversed by channel, carrier, and trigger. Expose exportable CSV/API endpoints and scheduleable reports for accounting month-end close.

Acceptance Criteria
Finance Guardrails & Audit Trail
"As a finance lead, I want enforceable limits and a complete audit trail for Instant Credit so that we control exposure and meet compliance requirements."
Description

Add configurable caps and controls: per-order maximum credit, daily/monthly budget caps, customer lifetime limits, cooldown windows, and manual review queues for edge cases. Require role-based approvals for high-value issuances. Generate immutable audit logs that capture who changed policies, when, and why, along with before/after diffs. Provide standardized exports (CSV/SFTP/API) to feed accounting/ERP systems and support SOC 2–friendly retention and access controls. Include alerting on threshold breaches (Slack/Email/Webhook) and a read-only audit dashboard for compliance review.

Acceptance Criteria
Customer Credit Notifications & Webhooks
"As a customer, I want timely and clear notifications about my Instant Credit so that I know how and when I can use it on my next purchase."
Description

Notify shoppers when credit is issued, unlocked, adjusted, or revoked via email/SMS and on the order status page. Provide customizable templates with variables (amount, currency, expiration, usage instructions) and localization. Expose webhooks for storefronts and CRMs to update account pages or loyalty wallets in real time. Include a self-serve portal link for customers to view available credit and status, reducing support tickets. Respect communication preferences and include idempotent delivery with retries and failure reporting in the admin.

Acceptance Criteria

Photo Triage

Collect photos/video during the return request and automatically classify condition (unopened, damaged, used) with AI‑assisted prompts. Route to the right policy—keep‑it partial refund, exchange only, or ship‑back—before a label is issued. Cuts reverse logistics costs, prevents unnecessary inbound shipments, and reduces fraud without slowing honest customers.

Requirements

Guided Media Capture
"As a customer initiating a return, I want a guided flow to capture clear photos or video of my item and packaging so that my return can be approved quickly without back-and-forth."
Description

Provide a step-by-step, mobile-first capture flow within the return portal across Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay orders to collect required photos and optional short video before a return label is issued. Include dynamic prompts (e.g., show packaging seal, SKU/serial, full item, close-up of damage) that adapt to product category and reported issue. Perform on-device and server-side quality checks (blur, low light, missing angle, glare) and request retakes to ensure usable evidence. Support drag-and-drop upload from desktop, camera access on mobile, accepted formats (JPEG/PNG/HEIC/MP4), size limits, and retry-safe, resumable uploads via signed URLs. Associate media to specific line items and lot/serial metadata, store securely with encryption, capture EXIF/time/location when available, and localize prompts for major languages. Enforce minimum evidence set per policy while maintaining accessibility (WCAG AA) and basic rate limiting to prevent abuse.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-time Condition Classification
"As a returns manager, I want the system to automatically classify an item’s condition from submitted media so that we can apply the correct policy consistently and at scale."
Description

Apply an AI model to incoming photos/video to classify item condition into standardized categories (e.g., unopened, used, damaged, other) with confidence scores and rationale snippets. Support frame sampling for short videos, multi-image fusion, and SKU-aware priors (historical defect/return patterns) to improve accuracy. Expose a low-latency inference service (<2s p95 per case) with graceful fallback to manual review if SLA is exceeded or confidence is below threshold. Provide an extensible taxonomy, versioned model endpoints, and AB testing hooks for continuous improvement. Return structured outputs consumable by rules (condition, confidence, detected attributes like broken seal/box tear, and required next steps). Log predictions for monitoring, drift detection, and training data curation.

Acceptance Criteria
Policy Routing Orchestrator
"As a merchant owner, I want returns automatically routed based on item condition and our policies so that we minimize costs and avoid unnecessary inbound shipments."
Description

Implement a deterministic rules engine that maps classification results, merchant policy, SKU/category rules, customer profile, and order context to a return route: keep-it with partial/full refund, exchange-only, ship-back with label, or rejection/clarification. Support rule versioning, priority ordering, conditions on confidence thresholds, and exception lists (e.g., high-value SKUs always ship-back). Provide a simulation/preview mode for merchants to test rule changes against historical cases. Block label generation until a route is decided and expose webhooks/events (ReturnRouted, ManualReviewRequired) for downstream systems. Ensure channel-agnostic operation while honoring marketplace constraints and service levels.

Acceptance Criteria
Outcome Execution and Sync
"As an operations manager, I want the chosen return outcome to be carried out automatically—label, refund, or exchange—and synced back to channels so that our team saves time and avoids mistakes."
Description

Automate execution of the selected route: for keep-it, compute refund/credit amount (respecting restocking fees, discounts, and tax rules) and post refunds via platform APIs; for exchange-only, create exchange orders, reserve inventory, and notify the customer; for ship-back, generate the best-rate return label using ParcelPilot’s carrier engine, defaulting box size/weight from SKU history and return reason. Send branded emails/SMS with next steps, expose the label in the portal, and update the order/return status. Sync tracking to channels upon first scan, create RMA records for warehouse receiving, and attach decision artifacts to the order timeline. Provide idempotency, retries, and error handling across external APIs to reduce support load.

Acceptance Criteria
Fraud Signals and Manual Review Queue
"As a risk analyst, I want suspicious return requests to be flagged with clear evidence and a review workflow so that we can prevent abuse without blocking honest customers."
Description

Generate a fraud risk score using signals like duplicate/stock image detection, EXIF inconsistencies, OCRed serial mismatch, repeated high-return behavior, mismatch between claimed damage and detections, and prior dispute history. Thresholds trigger an internal review queue with side-by-side media viewer, condition predictions, reason codes, and suggested next actions/prompts for additional proof. Provide templated communications to request more evidence, override options with audit notes, and automatic re-routing after review. Ensure the queue is role-based, searchable, exportable, and instrumented with metrics (approval rate, false positives) to balance protection with customer experience.

Acceptance Criteria
Audit Trail, Privacy, and Retention Controls
"As a compliance lead, I want a complete audit trail with consent and retention controls so that we can resolve disputes and meet privacy obligations."
Description

Maintain an immutable event timeline for each return capturing media uploads, classifications, policy decisions, user actions, communications, and external API calls with timestamps and actor IDs. Enforce consent collection for media usage, display clear disclosures in the portal, and provide merchant-configurable data retention windows with automatic purge/redaction to meet GDPR/CCPA and marketplace requirements. Protect media with encryption at rest/in transit, scoped access via signed URLs, and role-based permissions. Offer export packages for dispute resolution and carrier/marketplace appeals that include evidence and decision rationale, without exposing unnecessary personal data.

Acceptance Criteria

Policy Guard

Enforce dynamic eligibility and options by SKU, price, order age, channel, geography, and hazmat flags. The portal transparently shows what’s allowed (refund, exchange, store credit, keep‑it) and why, with localized messaging. Built‑in overrides require step‑up authorization and reason codes, keeping frontline CX flexible while protecting margins and compliance.

Requirements

Dynamic Policy Rule Engine
"As a policy administrator, I want to author and publish granular eligibility rules by SKU, channel, and region so that returns and resolutions are enforced consistently and profitably across all orders."
Description

Configurable rules engine to determine eligibility and options by SKU, price, order age, sales channel, geography, and hazmat flags. Supports condition groups (AND/OR/NOT), operators (equals, in, between, regex), effective dates, rule priority, and conflict resolution. Actions include refund, exchange, store credit, keep‑it, restocking fee, RMA required, documentation required, and custom caps. Provides draft/publish versioning, change history, and validation with test cases against historical orders. Integrates with ParcelPilot order, SKU, and shipping data models to evaluate at order- and line-item level with p95 latency target ≤150 ms.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-time Eligibility Service & Portal UX
"As a shopper using the returns portal, I want to see which options are available to me and why so that I can complete my return or exchange quickly and confidently."
Description

Low-latency microservice that evaluates eligibility per order/line item and returns allowed actions, constraints (windows, fees), and reason codes. The returns portal consumes this API to transparently display allowed options and inline explanations, disabling disallowed actions with rationale. Supports batch evaluation for 3PL dashboards and a public API for partner integrations. Includes edge caching, circuit breakers, and graceful degradation with clear fallback messaging if dependencies fail.

Acceptance Criteria
Localized Policy Messaging
"As a global CX lead, I want localized and channel‑specific policy messages so that customers receive clear, compliant guidance in their language and context."
Description

Content system to localize policy explanations and CTA labels by locale, channel, and geography with variable interpolation (e.g., days, fees, dates). Provides translation management, fallback hierarchies, pluralization rules, and right‑to‑left support. Enables channel‑specific disclaimers and regulatory notices (e.g., hazmat restrictions) and preview by locale. Admin UI for managing message templates with versioning and audit.

Acceptance Criteria
Override & Step-up Authorization Workflow
"As a CX supervisor, I want to approve exceptions with secure step‑up authorization and reason capture so that agents remain flexible while protecting margins and compliance."
Description

Role‑based workflow allowing agents to request policy overrides with required reason codes and supporting notes. Threshold‑based step‑up authorization triggers supervisor approval and MFA/SSO confirmation. Enforces caps (per agent/day, monetary limits) and configurable guardrails, with automated notifications, SLA timers, and outcomes written back to order timeline. Full audit trail of who approved, when, and why, with reversible actions and rollback policies.

Acceptance Criteria
Reason Codes, Explainability, and Audit
"As a compliance analyst, I want transparent decision traces and standardized reason codes so that I can audit outcomes and demonstrate policy adherence."
Description

Standardized reason code taxonomy and decision explainability that surfaces matched rules, inputs evaluated, and conflicts resolved. Every decision (auto or override) is logged with immutable audit records, including before/after state and user IDs. Provides searchable reports, exports to BI, and retention controls for PII and compliance. Exposes reason codes and explanations via API/webhooks for downstream systems (e.g., helpdesk).

Acceptance Criteria
Channel & Carrier Metadata Sync
"As an operations engineer, I want Policy Guard to sync eligibility inputs and decision outcomes with sales channels and carriers so that customers see consistent options and tracking across all touchpoints."
Description

Two‑way integrations to ingest order, SKU, and attribute data (hazmat, category, price) from Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay, and to write back decisions (refund, exchange, store credit, keep‑it) and RMA info. Maps geography rules to shipping addresses, normalizes channel data, and aligns with carrier hazmat restrictions. Uses idempotent webhooks, retry/backoff, and reconciliation jobs to ensure consistency across systems.

Acceptance Criteria

Boxless Dropoff

Offer frictionless, packaging‑free returns via carrier QR codes and partner drop‑off points. The portal suggests nearby locations and hours, generates scannable codes, and captures chain‑of‑custody on first scan. Increases completion rates, speeds refunds, and reduces packing waste—perfect for sustainability goals and busy shoppers.

Requirements

Nearby Boxless Drop-off Finder
"As a shopper initiating a return, I want to see nearby packaging-free drop-off locations with hours and directions so that I can choose the most convenient option and finish my return quickly."
Description

Surface eligible packaging-free drop-off locations within the returns portal using customer geolocation or entered address. Aggregate partner and carrier location catalogs, filter by item eligibility and carrier program, and present distance, hours, holiday closures, cutoff times, accessibility, and live status when available. Provide map and list views with directions links, support localization and units, and gracefully fall back to printable labels when no eligible locations exist. Cache location data with scheduled refresh, handle outages with circuit breakers, and log selection events for analytics.

Acceptance Criteria
Carrier QR Code Generation & Delivery
"As a shopper completing a return, I want a scannable QR code I can present at drop-off so that I don’t need to print or package my item."
Description

Generate single-use, carrier-compliant QR tokens for label-free returns and bind them to the RMA and order. Support major carrier boxless programs, set expirations, and enable token revocation and re-issuance. Securely store tokens, sign with HMAC, and prevent replay via server-side validation and rate limits. Deliver QR codes in the portal and via email/SMS with fallback deep links, support wallet passes, and ensure accessibility (contrast, alt text, text code). Track delivery, views, and failures, and redact tokens in logs and support tools.

Acceptance Criteria
First-Scan Chain-of-Custody Capture
"As a merchant, I want proof of first carrier scan tied to the return so that I can confidently trigger refunds and resolve disputes."
Description

Capture authoritative proof of surrender at the first carrier scan, including timestamp, location ID, device metadata when available, and geo-context. Ingest scan events via carrier webhooks and polling fallbacks, de-duplicate, and attach to the return record. Update return status to "Surrendered to carrier," trigger notifications to shopper and merchant, and expose an immutable audit trail in the order timeline and API. Detect duplicate or late scans, block reuse of tokens, and store evidence to support claims and dispute resolution while adhering to privacy requirements.

Acceptance Criteria
Auto-Refund and Restock Rules
"As a merchant, I want to automatically issue refunds based on configurable milestones so that customers are reimbursed quickly without increasing fraud risk."
Description

Provide configurable rules to trigger refunds at milestones such as first scan, carrier facility receipt, or warehouse inspection. Support refund types (original payment, store credit, exchange), partial refunds, and restocking fees. Post refunds and restock updates to Shopify, WooCommerce, Etsy, and eBay, ensuring idempotency and reconciliation. Include risk controls (value thresholds, velocity limits, fraud signals) that route returns to manual review when needed. Execute asynchronously with retries, emit webhooks for downstream systems, and present clear status to shoppers in the portal.

Acceptance Criteria
Multi-Carrier Boxless Program Integration
"As an operations manager, I want ParcelPilot to connect to multiple carriers’ boxless return programs so that we can offer customers more convenient options at the best rates."
Description

Integrate with carriers’ label-free/boxless return APIs to create tokens, check location eligibility, and manage lifecycles across regions. Handle OAuth and key management per merchant, provide sandbox support, and abstract differences behind a consistent ParcelPilot interface. Implement resilience with retries, backoff, and circuit breakers, monitor SLAs and surface health dashboards, and enable per-carrier feature flags and regional rollouts. Validate compliance requirements (prohibited items, cross-border constraints) and maintain versioned mappings and documentation.

Acceptance Criteria
Return Eligibility & Policy Engine
"As a merchant, I want granular control over which items are eligible for boxless drop-off so that we stay compliant with carrier and product safety rules."
Description

Evaluate whether items and orders qualify for boxless drop-off using merchant-configurable policies based on SKU tags, category, price, weight/dimensions, HAZMAT/perishable flags, bundle composition, time since delivery, and marketplace rules. Provide clear in-portal explanations when ineligible and automatically route to alternate return methods. Expose policy management UI and API, include rule versioning and testing, and log decisions for audit. Enforce constraints at location selection and QR generation to prevent carrier rejections.

Acceptance Criteria
Sustainability Metrics & Reporting
"As a merchant focused on sustainability, I want reports showing waste and emissions saved from boxless returns so that I can track goals and share impact with customers."
Description

Calculate and display packaging waste avoided and estimated CO2e savings attributable to boxless returns, along with adoption and completion rates. Provide merchant dashboards, time-series trends, and exportable reports, and offer optional storefront badges and customer messaging. Attribute impact by carrier and location to inform partnership strategy. Document methodology and assumptions, allow configuration of emission factors, and ensure data quality with source-of-truth links to chain-of-custody events.

Acceptance Criteria

Disposition Router

On inbound scan, auto‑route items to restock, refurbish, repair, recycle, liquidation, or donate flows. Print disposition stickers with RMA, reason, grade, and putaway location; trigger tasks for grading or sanitation; and sync outcomes back to inventory. Shortens dock‑to‑shelf time, lifts recovery rates, and gives Ops clean yield metrics by SKU and reason.

Requirements

Real-time Inbound Scan Auto-Classification
"As a dock receiver, I want items to be auto-classified on scan so that I can move them to the correct next step without manual decision-making."
Description

On inbound scan of an item (carton, inner, or unit) via barcode/QR, automatically retrieve the associated order/RMA/ASN and evaluate configurable rules to assign a disposition: restock, refurbish, repair, recycle, liquidation, donation, or quarantine. Persist a disposition record with reason code, preliminary condition grade, and next steps, and expose it via a scannable ID. Provide deterministic fallbacks when data is incomplete, collision handling for duplicate scans, and an operator prompt for ambiguous outcomes. Operate with sub-300ms latency, support offline caching for handhelds with sync-on-reconnect, and create an audit trail (who/when/where, source device, rule version). Integrates with ParcelPilot’s returns module, carrier RMA data, and sales channels to validate eligibility windows and warranties, and emits events to trigger printing, task creation, and location recommendation.

Acceptance Criteria
Disposition Sticker & Document Printing
"As a dock associate, I want a clear disposition sticker printed at scan time so that I can label items accurately and speed up putaway to the right area."
Description

Generate and print disposition stickers immediately after classification using configurable ZPL/ESC/POS templates. Stickers include RMA, SKU, product title, customer order ID, reason code, preliminary grade, assigned disposition, scannable disposition ID (QR/Code128), and the recommended putaway location/LPN. Support batch printing for totes, reprints with audit linkage, printer routing by workstation, and fallback spooling if printers are offline. Allow merchant-level branding, multilingual fields, and template variables for custom fields. Ensure tamper-evident information (hash/checksum) to reduce label swapping and confirm label-to-item linkage during downstream scans.

Acceptance Criteria
Grading, Sanitation, and Repair Task Orchestration
"As a refurbishment technician, I want guided tasks with clear steps and SLAs so that I can process returns consistently and document outcomes for inventory updates."
Description

Automatically create task bundles aligned to the assigned disposition (e.g., visual inspection, functional test, sanitation, data wipe, repack, repair) with station queues, SLAs, and dependencies. Provide mobile-friendly task flows with scan-to-begin/complete, photo capture, notes, and part consumption tracking. Record time per step for labor costing and learning. Support escalations for SLA breaches, handoffs between stations, and webhooks for external repair partners. All task outcomes write back to the disposition record and drive final inventory outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria
Smart Putaway Location Recommendation & Validation
"As a warehouse associate, I want the system to suggest and validate the correct bin or zone for each item so that I reduce misplacements and speed up putaway."
Description

Recommend and validate putaway locations based on disposition, SKU velocity, capacity constraints, quarantine rules, hazmat flags, and work-in-progress areas. Restock routes to original pick bins when feasible; refurbish/repair routes to designated WIP zones; recycle/donate/liquidation routes to staging or outbound cross-dock lanes. Enforce scan-to-verify at destination to prevent misplacements, with real-time capacity checks and soft/hard stops. Support dynamic LPN creation for mixed totes and generate move tasks if recommended locations are full. All location decisions are recorded on the disposition record for traceability.

Acceptance Criteria
Inventory Outcome Sync & Channel Updates
"As an inventory controller, I want final dispositions to automatically update inventory and channel listings so that stock accuracy and recovery listings stay in sync without manual work."
Description

Upon task completion, finalize outcomes to ParcelPilot inventory: increase sellable for restocks, create or update graded variants (A/B/C) for refurbished items, mark unsellable for recycle/donation, and decrement expected-returns. Update cost basis and recovery adjustments, handle serial/LPN assignments, and emit idempotent events for downstream systems. Sync outcomes to Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay via APIs (restock, relist as refurbished, or mark return processed), with rollback and reconciliation on API failures. Provide an inventory reconciliation report by SKU, reason, and disposition for audit and finance.

Acceptance Criteria
Yield Metrics & Reason Analytics
"As an operations manager, I want yield and reason analytics by SKU and channel so that I can target process improvements and increase recovery rates."
Description

Deliver dashboards and exports that quantify dock-to-shelf time, step cycle times, recovery rate %, grade mix, scrap rates, revenue recovered, and reason-code distributions by SKU, vendor, channel, and carrier. Provide trend lines, Pareto charts, and anomaly alerts when reasons or scrap rates spike. Enable filtering by location, operator, and time window, and schedule emailed CSV/Excel reports. Data is sourced from disposition records, tasks, and inventory outcomes with clear metric definitions and timezone-aware timestamps.

Acceptance Criteria
Rules Configuration, Simulation, and Audit Controls
"As an operations analyst, I want to configure and test disposition rules safely so that changes can be deployed confidently without disrupting floor operations."
Description

Provide an admin UI to configure routing rules using conditions (SKU tags, item value/margin, warranty days, reason code, sales channel, vendor, customer segment, historical recovery rate) and actions (set disposition, select print template, assign task bundle, location profile). Support rule priorities, fallbacks, versioning, effective dates, and feature flags. Include a sandbox simulator that runs sample scans to preview outcomes and conflicts before publishing. Maintain a complete change log with who/when/what, and enforce RBAC permissions for creation/edit/publish. Export/import rules as JSON for multi-site replication.

Acceptance Criteria

Borderless Returns

Make international returns painless with auto‑generated declarations, HS codes, and return reason mappings. Choose DDP/DDU strategies, offer local hub options, and calculate recoverable duties/taxes. Prevent customs holds, cut transit time, and give global shoppers a clear, duty‑aware path to exchange or refund.

Requirements

Auto Customs Declarations
"As a fulfillment manager, I want customs declarations for international returns to be auto-generated and transmitted so that parcels clear customs faster without manual data entry."
Description

Automatically generate and transmit CN22/CN23 and commercial invoices for international returns using SKU-level data, quantities, values, currency, original shipment references, incoterms, and tax identifiers (IOSS/VOEC/EORI). Support carrier digital trade documents (UPS Paperless, DHL Paperless Trade, FedEx ETD) with electronic signatures, attach PDFs to shipments, and store artifacts for audit. Handle multi-SKU returns, currency conversion, value adjustments based on policy (e.g., defective vs remorse), and destination-specific schema requirements. Integrates with ParcelPilot Orders, Catalog, and Carrier Connectors to eliminate manual entry and accelerate customs clearance.

Acceptance Criteria
HS Code Intelligence for Returns
"As a compliance specialist, I want HS codes to be suggested and validated for each return item so that customs classification is accurate and compliant."
Description

Assign accurate HS codes to returned items by leveraging SKU master data, historical export classifications, and destination-specific rules. Validate 6/8/10-digit requirements per country, flag conflicts, and provide confidence scores with explainability. Support mixed-item returns with item-level classification, merchant overrides with approval trails, and special handling for batteries and hazmat. Maintain a classification cache with automatic refresh and expose mappings via UI and API for downstream documents and analytics.

Acceptance Criteria
Return Reason Mapping & Policy Rules
"As a returns operations lead, I want return reasons to map to customs and policy rules so that declarations and routing are consistent and compliant."
Description

Normalize shopper-facing return reasons into standardized customs return reason codes and operational outcomes. Map reasons to declaration notes, value adjustments, eligibility for duty/VAT recovery, and routing actions (e.g., local dispose, refurbish, return-to-stock). Provide configurable rule sets by country, sales channel, and SKU tags, with versioned changes and audit logs. Ensure mappings propagate to customs documents, shopper portal messaging, and performance analytics.

Acceptance Criteria
Duties & Taxes Recovery Calculator
"As a finance manager, I want to see and reconcile recoverable duties and taxes for international returns so that we reduce landed cost and improve margins."
Description

Calculate expected recoverable import duties and VAT for returns using jurisdiction rules, time limits, original import entries, incoterms (DDP/DDU), and mapped return reasons. Identify required evidence (proof of export, entry/MRN, invoices), generate claim packets and ledgers, and reconcile actual recoveries post-clearance. Present estimates at RMA creation, surface impacts in refund flows, and export broker-ready reports. Support IOSS/VOEC and UK/EU VAT nuances and integrate with Shopify/ERP to adjust refund totals.

Acceptance Criteria
DDP/DDU Strategy Engine
"As a merchant owner, I want to set and automate DDP/DDU strategies for returns so that cost and customer experience are balanced per market."
Description

Configure and execute return incoterm strategies by lane, carrier, order value, and customer segment. Determine who pays duties/taxes on return shipments, pre-quote expected charges in the shopper portal, and apply broker selection and required tax IDs when DDP is chosen. Annotate labels and documents accordingly, fail over gracefully when DDP is unsupported, and track cost, transit time, and satisfaction metrics to optimize policies over time.

Acceptance Criteria
Local Hub & Consolidation Routing
"As a global shopper, I want a local return address and faster processing so that I can return items easily without international shipping complexity."
Description

Offer local return addresses via partner hubs in key markets, generating localized labels for shoppers and consolidating returned items for periodic cross-border shipments back to origin. Provide hub scanning, grading, and photo capture, maintain chain of custody and serial tracking, and create aggregated customs paperwork with the selected duty strategy. Expose SLA timers, exceptions, and status webhooks, and integrate with ParcelPilot batch printing and tracking sync to reduce transit time and cost.

Acceptance Criteria
Customs Hold Prevention Checks
"As a shipping clerk, I want automated compliance checks before buying a return label so that we prevent customs holds and delays."
Description

Run pre-flight compliance validations on every international return to detect missing HS codes, restricted commodities, lithium battery declarations, absent EORI/IOSS, mismatched values, and inconsistent return reasons. Provide real-time remediation guidance, block label purchase on hard stops, auto-attach required statements and codes, and log outcomes with alerting via webhooks. Reduce customs holds and exceptions while improving first-pass clearance rates.

Acceptance Criteria

Emissions Overlay

Adds grams CO2 and kg CO2e to the rate shop results for every carrier/service and packaging choice. Factors in DIM weight, transport mode, distance, and carrier-specific methodologies so users can compare Cost vs ETA vs Emissions at a glance. Highlights Lowest Emissions, Best Value, and Balanced picks to guide smart choices without slowing throughput.

Requirements

Emissions Computation Engine
"As a warehouse operator, I want accurate emissions calculated for each shipping option so that I can choose lower-impact labels without sacrificing fulfillment speed."
Description

Build a service that calculates per-rate grams CO2 and kg CO2e using predicted/package-entered dimensions and weight, DIM weight rules, shipment distance, and transport mode per carrier/service. Apply carrier-specific methodologies and emission factors (e.g., carrier-provided data, GLEC/DEFRA factors) with versioning and auditable formulas. Support multi-leg (pickup, linehaul, last mile) modeling where data is available, with fallbacks and confidence scoring when inputs are partial. Integrate into the rate shop pipeline so emissions are computed in parallel with cost/ETA, with response-time overhead not exceeding defined SLAs. Provide caching for repeated lanes/SKU mixes, deterministic results per methodology version, and clear units. Handle domestic and international shipments, returns, and multiple package shipments.

Acceptance Criteria
Rate Shop Emissions Overlay UI
"As a shipper, I want emissions displayed next to price and delivery time so that I can compare options at a glance and make a quick, informed choice."
Description

Augment the rate shop results list/grid to display emissions metrics alongside Cost and ETA: show grams CO2 per shipment and kg CO2e totals, with tooltips explaining methodology and factors considered. Add badges and visual indicators for Lowest Emissions, Best Value, and Balanced picks, using colorblind-safe palettes and accessible labels. Provide a toggle to show/hide emissions, unit selection (g/kg), and per-row hover details without adding clicks to the primary flow. Degrade gracefully if emissions are unavailable (e.g., show placeholders and allow selection) and never block label purchase. Ensure keyboard navigation, screen reader support, and localization of units and copy.

Acceptance Criteria
Scoring and Highlighting Logic
"As an operations manager, I want clear recommendation badges based on cost, speed, and emissions so that my team can consistently pick smart options without manual analysis."
Description

Implement deterministic logic to compute and surface three recommended picks per shipment: Lowest Emissions (min CO2e), Best Value (weighted combination of cost and emissions with ETA constraints), and Balanced (tri-criteria score optimizing cost, ETA, and emissions). Provide configurable weights at account level with sensible defaults and tie-breaker rules (e.g., within X% cost or Y hours ETA). Persist the chosen scoring configuration, annotate recommendations in the API/UI, and expose the score breakdown via tooltip for transparency. Ensure recommendations update in real time as packaging or service selection changes.

Acceptance Criteria
Carrier Methodology Management
"As a compliance lead, I want transparent, versioned methodologies per carrier so that we can explain and audit how emissions were calculated for any shipment."
Description

Create a methodology registry mapping carriers/services to emission factors, mode classifications, and calculation rules, with support for multiple frameworks (e.g., carrier-declared, GLEC, DEFRA) and versioning. Allow admins to select default methodology per workspace and optionally override per carrier/service. Store effective dates, changelogs, and provenance, and expose methodology version in the rate response for auditability. Provide automated updates via scheduled syncs and alerts when methodologies change, with backward compatibility and re-computation options for historical orders where permitted.

Acceptance Criteria
Distance and Mode Determination Service
"As a fulfillment planner, I want accurate distance and mode detection for each service so that emissions reflect the real transport profile of the shipment."
Description

Implement a lane analysis component that derives shipment distance and transport mode for each candidate service. Use origin/destination, service metadata, and carrier APIs where available; fall back to geodesic distance and heuristics for mode inference (ground vs air, domestic vs international). Support multi-stop and cross-border legs, dimensional thresholds that trigger air uplift, and packaging choices that change DIM weight. Cache frequent lane computations and expose a consistent interface to the computation engine with latency budgets suitable for batch rate shopping.

Acceptance Criteria
Batch Performance and Resilience
"As a high-volume shipper, I want emissions to appear in batch workflows without slowing my team so that we maintain throughput while still making greener choices."
Description

Ensure the emissions overlay scales for batch rate shopping and label creation without degrading throughput: parallelize computations, reuse caches across shipments, and cap additional latency (e.g., <50 ms per rate on p95). Add circuit breakers and graceful fallbacks when external data sources time out, with partial results and post-selection recalculation if needed. Provide observability (metrics, tracing) and configurable timeouts/retries. Guarantee that emissions processing never blocks label purchase and that UI/API return quickly with best-effort emissions populated asynchronously when necessary.

Acceptance Criteria

Green Guardrails

Lets Ops set sustainability rules—max g CO2 per order, % reduction targets, or cost/ETA tolerances for greener swaps—and enforces them automatically during label selection. Exceptions are routed with reason codes, while dashboards show progress to targets by channel, client, SKU, and lane. Scales sustainability policy across teams with zero manual policing.

Requirements

Sustainability Rule Engine
"As an operations manager, I want to define sustainability guardrails with clear scopes and tolerances so that greener shipping choices are enforced consistently without manual policing."
Description

Provide a configurable policy framework that lets operations teams define and manage sustainability guardrails, including maximum grams of CO2e per order, relative reduction targets versus historical baselines, and cost/ETA tolerances for greener swaps. Policies must support conditional logic (by channel, client, SKU set, lane, destination region, order value/weight), precedence and conflict resolution, and validation at save-time. The engine compiles policies into an evaluable graph used during rate shopping and cartonization, exposes CRUD via UI and API, supports multi-tenant isolation, and logs decisions for auditability. Includes simulation mode to test policies against historical orders before activation to quantify impact on cost, ETA adherence, and emissions.

Acceptance Criteria
Carbon Emissions Estimation Service
"As a sustainability analyst, I want accurate, transparent CO2e estimates for each label option so that I can compare and enforce greener choices with confidence."
Description

Implement a service that estimates per-shipment CO2e (in grams) for every carrier/service option and selected packaging, using carrier- and mode-specific emission factors, distance/zone, weight/dimensions, and first-/last-mile effects. Supports multi-parcel shipments, regional factors, and data freshness policies. Allows admin override of factors per carrier/lane, provides transparent methodology metadata, and caches results for real-time rate shopping. Offers fallback heuristics when data is incomplete and flags low-confidence estimates for exception handling and analytics. Exposes synchronous API to the rate shop and asynchronous enrichment for analytics and dashboards.

Acceptance Criteria
Greener Auto-Selection in Label Workflow
"As a packing station user, I want the system to automatically choose the greenest compliant label so that I can ship faster while meeting sustainability and delivery promises."
Description

Augment the existing rate-shopping and label selection flow to optimize under sustainability constraints. When generating label options, apply the active policy to filter and rank services based on CO2e, cost, and ETA tolerances, ensuring promised delivery dates and client SLAs are respected. Incorporate predicted box size/weight and packaging choices into evaluation. Provide deterministic tie-breakers, real-time policy compliance checks, and clear decision logs. If no compliant option exists, select the best-available fallback per policy and trigger an exception with reason codes. Works in single-order and batch modes without degrading throughput.

Acceptance Criteria
Exception Routing with Reason Codes
"As an exception supervisor, I want non-compliant orders routed with clear reason codes and resolution options so that I can quickly unblock shipments and improve policies over time."
Description

Create an exception pipeline that captures orders where sustainability guardrails cannot be met or data confidence is insufficient. Generate standardized reason codes (e.g., no option within ETA tolerance, over max CO2e, data missing, policy conflict) and route to configurable queues by channel/client. Support assignment, notifications, and SLAs, with inline tools to override policies or adjust packaging and re-evaluate. All actions must be audited with user, timestamp, prior/next values, and rationale. Provide bulk resolution for batches and exportable exception reports.

Acceptance Criteria
Sustainability Dashboards & Target Tracking
"As a head of operations, I want clear dashboards showing progress to sustainability targets and the trade-offs we’re making so that I can steer policy and communicate impact to stakeholders."
Description

Deliver dashboards that track progress against sustainability targets by channel, client, SKU, lane, and time. Visualize absolute and relative CO2e, per-order intensity, compliance rates, exceptions, and the cost/ETA impact of greener swaps. Support goal setting and variance alerts, drill-down from aggregates to order-level details with decision logs, and scheduled exports to CSV/BI tools. Include filters for policy versions, confidence levels, and packaging types, and compute baseline comparisons versus pre-policy periods.

Acceptance Criteria
Policy Scoping & Versioning
"As a policy administrator, I want scoped, versioned sustainability policies with safe rollout so that I can tailor rules and iterate without disrupting operations."
Description

Enable creation of multiple sustainability policies with granular scopes (organization, client, store/channel, SKU sets, destination lanes/regions, order attributes) and effective dates. Support draft, sandbox/simulation, and active states, with version history, change diffs, and rollback. Provide safe rollout via percentage- or segment-based activation and guardrails preventing activation if validation fails. Expose policy resolution rules so the system deterministically selects the applicable policy for any order.

Acceptance Criteria

EcoSwap

Offers a one-click, lower-emission alternative at the moment of label creation or in batch. Shows carbon saved, incremental postage, and SLA impact before you commit, with guardrails to cap spend and preserve on-time promises. Perfect for Ops and Finance to approve carbon wins that fit budget and SLA constraints.

Requirements

One-click EcoSwap Selection
"As a shipping operator, I want to apply a lower-emission label with one click so that I can reduce carbon without slowing fulfillment."
Description

Add a contextual EcoSwap action to the Create Label and Batch workflows that, with a single click, replaces the currently selected carrier service with the best eligible lower-emission alternative identified by ParcelPilot’s rate shop. The control must respect existing package prediction (dims/weight), show a concise inline summary, allow quick revert, persist user preference per session, and gracefully handle cases with no eligible alternative. It must integrate with existing label creation APIs, emit telemetry, and maintain parity across web UI and API clients.

Acceptance Criteria
Real-time Impact Preview
"As a shipping operator, I want to see carbon saved, incremental postage, and SLA impact before committing so that I can make an informed choice aligned with budgets and promises."
Description

Compute and display a real-time comparison between the baseline service and the EcoSwap candidate(s), including carbon saved (kg CO2e and percentage), incremental postage (currency and percentage), and SLA impact (estimated delivery date change and on-time probability). Present this preview inline before commit in both single and batch contexts, with clear visual cues for pass/fail against policies, localized currency/units, and tooltips for methodology. The preview must update instantly on package edits, service changes, and destination changes, and cache results to keep UI responsive.

Acceptance Criteria
Spend and SLA Guardrails
"As an operations manager, I want policies that automatically cap spend uplift and SLA risk so that EcoSwap never exceeds budget or jeopardizes on-time delivery."
Description

Provide an admin-configurable policy engine that enforces spend and SLA constraints for EcoSwap, including max incremental postage per shipment, percentage uplift caps, monthly budget caps, maximum allowable SLA degradation (days) or minimum on-time probability thresholds. Support hard blocks and soft warnings, policy scoping by organization, store, channel, destination zone, weight class, and service type. Evaluate policies in real time during preview and commit, surface violations in the UI, and expose decisions via API for external clients.

Acceptance Criteria
EcoSwap Approval Flow
"As a finance approver, I want to review and approve exceptions that exceed guardrails so that carbon wins fit our financial controls."
Description

Introduce an approval workflow for exceptions when EcoSwap exceeds soft guardrails or budget limits. Route requests to designated Ops/Finance approvers with in-app inbox and optional email/Slack notifications, support batch approvals, capture justification notes, and record an immutable audit trail (timestamp, actor, policy context, before/after rates and SLAs). Integrate with existing RBAC for permissions, provide SLAs and auto-actions on timeout, and expose approval status via API and webhooks to unblock automated label creation pipelines.

Acceptance Criteria
Batch EcoSwap at Scale
"As a warehouse lead, I want to apply EcoSwap across batches with clear totals and per-order overrides so that I can optimize many shipments quickly."
Description

Extend EcoSwap to batch label operations by precomputing eco candidates for large selections, streaming results as they become available, and allowing apply-all or per-line overrides. Display aggregate carbon saved and cost deltas alongside per-shipment details, respect per-order guardrails and remaining monthly budgets, and support partial application when some shipments are ineligible. Optimize with concurrent rate shopping, caching, and pagination to meet performance targets without degrading warehouse throughput.

Acceptance Criteria
Emissions Data Pipeline
"As a sustainability analyst, I want accurate per-shipment CO2e estimates and baselines so that we can quantify impact and trust EcoSwap recommendations."
Description

Build a normalized emissions data layer that maps carrier services to emission intensity factors and fills gaps with a modeled estimator using route distance, mode, weight/dimensions, and service speed. Version the methodology, calibrate against carrier-provided CO2e where available, and store per-shipment baseline and selected-label emissions with lineage for audit. Expose a service for on-demand CO2e calculations, cache results for common lanes, and support regional unit conversions and periodic backfills as carriers update data.

Acceptance Criteria

Eco Cartonizer

Optimizes packaging for the lowest carbon impact by recommending right-sized boxes, lighter materials, and cartonization tweaks that reduce DIM weight. Displays the CO2 effect of each box choice and suggests split or consolidate strategies when they cut both emissions and cost. Guides pick/packers with clear instructions on pick sheets and scan-to-pack screens.

Requirements

Real-time CO2 Footprint Calculator
"As a shipping analyst, I want accurate CO2 estimates for each packaging and service option so that I can choose the lowest-impact choice without compromising delivery SLAs."
Description

Compute per-option carbon impact (kg CO2e) in real time for all viable packaging and carrier/service combinations. Incorporates material production factors (corrugate board grades, poly mailers, dunnage types), packaging weights, order-specific DIM weight effects, lane distance/zone, and carrier service profiles. Supports imperial/metric units, regionalized emission factors, and factor versioning with auditability. Exposes an internal API usable by cartonization, rate shopping, and UI layers, with caching for batch runs and safe fallbacks when data is missing. Outputs absolute CO2e, delta vs baseline, and percent change per option.

Acceptance Criteria
Eco Carton Recommendation Engine
"As a packer, I want clear packaging recommendations with CO2 and cost impacts so that I can pack orders quickly and sustainably."
Description

Selects the optimal right-sized box or mailer, dunnage type/amount, and packing configuration that minimizes CO2e while meeting constraints (item dimensions/weight, fragility, orientation, stackability, hazmat, temperature). Leverages SKU history and the existing cartonization model, adds sustainability scoring, and uses cost as a tie-breaker. Produces the top 3 recommendations with CO2e, postage/cost, DIM weight, material list, and rationale codes (e.g., ‘oversize avoided’, ‘material weight reduced’). Supports multi-package outputs and integrates with rate shopping and batch processing.

Acceptance Criteria
Split vs Consolidate Optimizer
"As an operations manager, I want the system to suggest when to split or consolidate shipments so that we reduce emissions and postage without missing promised delivery dates."
Description

Evaluates whether splitting an order into multiple packages or consolidating items yields lower combined CO2e and cost within delivery SLA and carrier constraints. Models additional packaging material emissions, label/handling overhead, and potential changes to service levels. Respects merchant-defined rules (items that must ship together, gift sets, compliance). Presents projected savings, lead-time impact, and selected services for each option and plugs into batch automation and scan-to-pack flows.

Acceptance Criteria
Pick Sheet and Scan-to-Pack Guidance
"As a warehouse packer, I want step-by-step packing instructions on my pick sheet and scan screen so that I can follow the eco recommendation without guesswork."
Description

Augments pick sheets and scan-to-pack screens with the chosen eco-optimized option: recommended box ID, materials and quantities, packing sequence, orientation notes, and target packed weight. Adds barcode/QR to confirm selection, real-time validation of measured vs predicted weight, and corrective prompts if deviating from the recommendation. Supports thermal/letter printers, offline fallback templates, localization, and accessibility guidelines. Records packer compliance for analytics.

Acceptance Criteria
Merchant Rules, Overrides, and Preferences
"As a merchant admin, I want to set packaging rules and override recommendations when necessary so that the system aligns with our brand, compliance, and customer expectations."
Description

Provides a configuration UI and API to set sustainability preferences (CO2 vs cost weighting), banned/required materials, minimum void fill, SKU-level packaging constraints, and default boxes. Enables one-click override in the pack screen with mandatory reason codes and automatic recalculation of CO2/cost. Supports per-storefront profiles, rule import/export (CSV/API), and an auditable change log. Ensures rules are applied consistently across batch processing and manual packing.

Acceptance Criteria
Emissions Impact Reporting and A/B Analysis
"As a sustainability lead, I want reports of emissions savings and adoption so that I can quantify impact and drive continuous improvement."
Description

Delivers dashboards and exports that quantify CO2e saved vs a configurable baseline by time period, channel (Shopify/Etsy/Woo/eBay), SKU, carrier/service, and packaging type. Tracks adoption of eco recommendations, packer compliance rates, and highlights top opportunities. Supports A/B tests comparing current process vs eco recommendations with statistical significance indicators. Provides CSV/API export for sustainability reporting and BI tools.

Acceptance Criteria
Emission Factor and Materials Data Management
"As a product owner, I want reliable, up-to-date emission factors and materials data so that CO2 calculations remain accurate and defensible."
Description

Integrates and versions material and transport emission factor datasets with regionalization and periodic updates. Allows admin selection of data source, applies unit conversion and rounding rules, and provides fallbacks/heuristics when factors are missing. Runs dependency checks against carrier services and the merchant’s materials catalog, and alerts when factor updates materially change recommendations. Ensures reproducibility of historical calculations via factor version locking.

Acceptance Criteria

Carbon Lane Map

Visualizes average g CO2 per shipment by ZIP3, service, and carrier with 7/14/30-day trends. Flags carbon hotspots and recommends greener services or regional carriers that maintain SLA and cost thresholds. Helps Ops redirect volume, negotiate with carriers, and track lane-level improvements over time.

Requirements

Emissions Calculation Engine
"As an operations analyst, I want accurate per-shipment CO2e calculations standardized across carriers so that I can trust lane comparisons and make informed decisions."
Description

Implement a normalized CO2e calculation service that computes grams CO2e per shipment using shipment attributes (weight, dimensions, package count), service/mode metadata, geodesic distance from ship-from location to destination ZIP3, and authoritative emission factors. Persist results per shipment and index by destination ZIP3, carrier, and service. Handle missing or incomplete data via documented imputation rules and confidence scores, and backfill historical shipments. Recompute on factor updates via versioned jobs and expose results through an internal API for analytics and UI consumption within ParcelPilot.

Acceptance Criteria
Lane Aggregation & Trend Windows
"As an ops manager, I want 7/14/30-day lane averages and trends so that I can see whether emissions are improving and where to focus."
Description

Aggregate emissions to lane-level metrics at destination ZIP3 × carrier × service with rolling 7/14/30-day windows. Compute average g CO2e per shipment, shipment counts, weighted variances, trend deltas, and confidence indicators with minimum-volume thresholds. Support filters by warehouse, storefront/marketplace, date range, and tags. Maintain daily materialized views for fast queries and provide a paginated API endpoint powering dashboards and exports.

Acceptance Criteria
Interactive Carbon Lane Map
"As a shipping lead, I want an interactive map of emissions by ZIP3 so that I can visually identify high-impact lanes quickly."
Description

Deliver an interactive US map at ZIP3 granularity visualizing average g CO2e per shipment with color scaling, legend, and accessible contrast. Provide hover tooltips with lane stats (avg CO2e, trend arrow, shipment volume, confidence) and click-through to lane detail. Include filters (carrier, service, date window, warehouse, marketplace) and multi-select comparison. Ensure responsive performance for large datasets via server-side tiling/caching and client-side virtualization. Integrate into ParcelPilot’s Analytics navigation and respect role-based access.

Acceptance Criteria
Hotspot Detection & Alerts
"As a sustainability owner, I want hotspots automatically flagged and alerted so that I don't miss rising-emission lanes."
Description

Implement automated hotspot detection that flags lanes exceeding configured emission thresholds (e.g., top percentile, above target, or week-over-week increase beyond X%) subject to minimum volume and confidence. Surface hotspots in the map and lane lists with badges and rationale. Provide alerting rules with daily evaluation and notifications via email and Slack, including deep links to lane details and recommended actions.

Acceptance Criteria
Constraint-Aware Green Recommendations
"As an operations manager, I want recommendations for greener services that maintain cost and SLA so that I can shift volume confidently."
Description

For each lane or hotspot, evaluate alternative carriers/services that meet configurable SLA constraints (predicted on-time performance) and cost ceilings relative to current rates. Present recommended switches with projected CO2e reduction, cost impact, and SLA risk. Enable one-click creation of ParcelPilot routing rules to shift volume and log the change for audit. Continuously monitor post-change outcomes to validate recommendations.

Acceptance Criteria
Methodology Transparency & Audit Trail
"As a decision-maker, I want to see how emissions are calculated and track changes so that I can defend decisions internally and externally."
Description

Expose a methodology panel that documents emission factor sources, versions, calculation formulas, assumptions, and data inputs per lane and shipment, including confidence scores and last-updated timestamps. Version emission factors and computation logic with effective dates, and keep an audit log of recalculations and rule changes. Provide shipment-level drilldowns to raw inputs and computed outputs to support internal review and external reporting.

Acceptance Criteria
Negotiation Pack Export
"As a procurement lead, I want exportable lane summaries and recommendations so that I can negotiate with carriers using clear data."
Description

Provide exportable lane-level summaries (CSV and branded PDF) containing current averages, 7/14/30-day trends, hotspot flags, and recommended alternative services with projected CO2e and cost impacts. Allow scoped exports by carrier, service, region, warehouse, and date range. Include methodology notes and confidence indicators, and generate shareable links with expiration for external stakeholders such as carriers.

Acceptance Criteria

Green Checkout

Syncs greener delivery options and estimated CO2 to Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and eBay checkout. Lets brands badge the eco-preferred service, offer incentives, and set rules (e.g., only show if ETA within +1 day of fastest). Improves conversion, supports sustainability messaging, and aligns what customers choose with carbon-smart fulfillment downstream.

Requirements

Product Ideas

Innovative concepts that could enhance this product's value proposition.

Rules Wind Tunnel

Simulate automation rules on past orders before launch. See postage delta, SLA hits, and mislabel risk by carrier in seconds to deploy confidently.

Idea

Scan-Gate Authorization

Require scanner PIN or SSO step-up before voids, address overrides, or weight edits. Create an ironclad audit trail linking actions to scans and users.

Idea

Carrier Health Radar

Track on-time rates by ZIP3 and service daily. Auto-suggest reroutes when lanes slip below threshold, preventing late deliveries during surges.

Idea

Brand Wallet Billing

Give each client a prepaid shipping wallet with auto top-ups, spend caps, and alerts. Cut invoicing churn and stop orders when balances dip.

Idea

Onboarding Flightpath

Guided setup with carrier linking, sample orders sandbox, and a Ready-to-Ship score. Get to first label in under 15 minutes, even without a developer.

Idea

Returns Lightning Portal

Spin up a lightweight branded returns page with QR-code labels and auto-RMA creation. Apply keep/refund rules and auto-restock on inbound scan.

Idea

Carbon-Smart Rate Shop

Add grams CO2 per shipment to rate shopping. Nudge to lowest-emission service and right-sized packaging, showing carbon saved alongside dollars.

Idea

Press Coverage

Imagined press coverage for this groundbreaking product concept.

Want More Amazing Product Ideas?

Subscribe to receive a fresh, AI-generated product idea in your inbox every day. It's completely free, and you might just discover your next big thing!

Product team collaborating

Transform ideas into products

Full.CX effortlessly brings product visions to life.

This product was entirely generated using our AI and advanced algorithms. When you upgrade, you'll gain access to detailed product requirements, user personas, and feature specifications just like what you see below.